Home

2015 Forte Owner`s Manual

1. j Features of your vehicle BASIC METHOD OF USE Audio CD MP3 CD USB iPod My Music Press the key to change the mod mode in order of CD USB iPod AUX My Music BT Audio The folder file name is displayed on the screen lt Audio CD gt lt CD MP3 gt lt My Music gt The CD is automatically played when a CD is inserted The USB music is automatically played when a USB is connected Repeat While song file is playing Qi RPT key Audio CD MP3 CD USB iPod My Music mode RPT on screen To repeat one song press the key Repeats the current song MP3 CD USB mode FLD RPT on screen To repeat folder pressing twice repeats all files within the current folder Press the key again to turn off repeat Random While song file is playing RGS RDM key Audio CD My Music mode RDM on screen e Random press the key Plays all songs in random order Features of your vehicle MP3 CD USB mode FLD RDM on screen Folder Random press the key Plays all files within the current fold er in random order iPod mode ALL RDM on screen All Random press the key Plays all files in random order MP3 CD USB ALL RDM on screen e All Random pressing twice Plays all files
2. j Introduction e E85 fuel is an alternative fuel com prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 percent gasoline and is manufac tured exclusively for use in Flexible Fuel Vehicles E85 is not compati ble with your vehicle Use of E85 may result in poor engine perform ance and damage to your vehicle s engine and fuel system Kia recom mends that customers do not use fuel with an ethanol content exceed ing 10 percent NOTICE Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty does not cover damage to the fuel System or any performance prob lems caused by the use of E85 fuel Gasoline containing MMT Some gasoline contains harmful manganese based fuel additives such as MMT Methylcyclopentadi enyl Manganese Tricarbonyl Kia does not recommend the use of gasoline containing MMT This type of fuel can reduce vehicle performance and affect your emis sion control system The malfunction indicator lamp on the cluster may come on Use of MTBE Kia recommends avoiding fuels con taining MTBE Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether over 15 0 vol Oxygen Content 2 7 weight in your vehicle Fuel containing MTBE over 15 0 vol Oxygen Content 2 7 weight may reduce vehicle performance and produce vapor lock or hard starting A CAUTION Your New Vehicle Limited
3. j Features of your vehicle Driving the vehicle with a warning light ON is dangerous If the Parking Brake amp Brake Fluid Warning Light illuminates with the parking brake released it indicates that the brake fluid level is low In this case have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia deal er Anti lock Brake System ABS Warning Light This warning light illuminates e Once you set the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop Button to the ON position It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off When there is a malfunction with the ABS The normal braking sys tem will still be operational without the assistance of the anti lock brake system In this case have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Electronic Brake force USB QG Distribution BRAKE EBD System Warning Light These two warning lights illuminate at the same time while driving e When the ABS and regular brake system may not work normally In this case have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer NOTICE Electronic Brake force Distribution EBD System Warning Light When the ABS Warning Light is on or both ABS and Parking Brake amp Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on the speedometer odometer or trip meter may not work Also the EPS Warnin
4. j Features of your vehicle After selecting press key AUX and select the delete menu AUX is used to play external MEDIA currently connected with the AUX terminal AUX mode will automatically start when an external device is connect ed with the AUX terminal If an external device is connected you can also press the key to change to AUX mode My Music e Even if memory is available a maximum of 6 000 songs can be stored The same song can be copied up to 1 000 times Memory info can be checked in the System menu of Setup ds AUX mode cannot be started unless there is an external device connected to the AUX terminal AUX Fully insert the AUX cable into the AUX terminal for use Features of your vehicle Bluetooth Wireless Technology AUDIO What is Bluetooth Wireless Technology Bluetoothe Wireless Technology allows devices to be connected in a short distance including hands free devices stereo headsets wireless remote controllers etc For more Information visit the Bluetooth Wireless Technology website at www Bluetooth com Before using Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio features e Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio may not be supported depend ing on the compatibility of your Bluetooth Wireless Technology mobile phone e In order to use Bluetooth Wireless
5. j HI OAM049100L Rear 5 Door if equipped OAM049048N A Wiper speed control front HI High wiper speed LO Low wiper speed INT Intermittent wipe AUTO Automatic control wipe OFF Off MIST Single wipe B Intermittent control wipe time adjustment C Wash with brief wipes front D Rear wiper washer control J ON Continuous wipe INT Intermittent wipe O OFF Off E Wash with brief wipes rear If equipped Features of vour vehicle Windshield wipers Operates as follows when the igni tion switch is turned ON MIST For a single wiping cycle push the lever upward and release it The wipers will operate continuously if the lever is held in this position OFF Wiper is not in operation INT Wiper operates intermittently at the same wiping intervals Use this mode in a light rain or mist To vary the speed setting turn the speed control knob LO Normal wiper speed HI Fast wiper speed If there is a heavy accumulation of snow or ice on the windshield defrost the windshield for about 10 minutes or until the snow and or ice is removed before using the windshield wipers to ensure proper operation Windshield washers front The reservoir filler neck is located in the front of the engine compartment on
6. j Driving your vehicle BRAKE SYSTEM Power brakes Your vehicle has power assisted brakes that adjust automatically through normal usage In the event that the power assisted brakes lose power because of a stalled engine or some other reason you can still stop your vehicle by applying greater force to the brake pedal than you normally would The stopping distance however will be longer When the engine is not running the reserve brake power is partially depleted each time the brake pedal is applied Do not pump the brake pedal when the power assist has been interrupted Pump the brake pedal only when necessary to maintain steering con trol on slippery surfaces 4 CAUTION Brake pedal Do not drive with your foot rest ing on the brake pedal This will create abnormally high brake temperatures which can cause excessive brake lining and pad wear Wet brakes may impair the vehicle s ability to safely slow down the vehi cle may also pull to one side when the brakes are applied Applying the brakes lightly will indicate whether they have been affected in this way To dry the brakes apply them lightly while maintaining a safe forward speed until brake performance returns to normal In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate while the vehicle is in motion you can make an emergency stop with the parking
7. ____ Radial ply tires Radial ply tires provide improved tread life road hazard resistance and smoother high speed ride The radi al ply tires used on this vehicle are of belted construction and are select ed to complement the ride and han dling characteristics of your vehicle Radial ply tires have the same load carrying capacity as bias ply or bias belted tires of the same size and use the same recommended inflation pressure Mixing of radial ply tires with bias ply or bias belted tires is not recommended Any combina tions of radial ply and bias ply or bias belted tires when used on the same vehicle will seriously deteriorate vehicle handling The best rule to fol low is identical radial ply tires should always be used as a set of four Longer wearing tires can be more susceptible to irregular tread wear It is very important to follow the tire rotation interval shown in this section to achieve the tread life potential of these tires Cuts and punctures in radial ply tires are repairable only in the tread area because of sidewall flexing Consult your tire dealer for radial ply tire repairs Low aspect ratio tire if equipped Low aspect ratio tires whose aspect ratio is lower than 50 are provided for sporty looks Because the low aspect ratio tires are optimized for handling and brak ing it may be more uncomfortable to ride in and there is more noise co
8. j Safety features of vour vehicle SRS components and func 10 PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF e The light does not turn on briefly tions indicator Front passenger s seat when you turn the ignition ON only e The light stays on after illuminating 11 Occupant detection system for approximately 6 seconds Front passenger s seat only The light comes on while the vehi 12 Driver s and front passenger s cle is in motion seat belt buckle sensors 13 Emergency fastening device EFD If equipped The SRSCM continually monitors all SRS components while the ignition switch is ON to determine if a crash The SRS consists of the following impact is severe enough to require OTF032049N componenis air bag deployment or pre tensioner 1 Driver s front air bag module seat belt deployment 2 Passenger s front air bag module The SRS air bag warning light on the 3 Side air bag modules instrument panel will illuminate for i about 6 seconds after the ignition 4 Curtain air bag modules switch is turned to the ON position 5 Retractor pre tensioner assem after which the air bag warning light blies should go out Air bag warning light If any of the following conditions SRS control module SRSCM occurs this indicates a malfunction of the SRS Have an authorized Kia Front impact sensors dealer inspect the air bag system as Side impact sensors soon as possible
9. j Features of your vehicle e To learn more about whether your mobile phone supports contacts downloads refer to your mobile phone user s manual The contacts for only the connected phone can be downloaded Downloading Contacts Press the key Select Phone Select Contacts Download As the contacts are downloaded from the mobile phone a download progress bar is displayed e Upon downloading phone contacts the previous corresponding data is deleted This feature may not be supported in some mobile phones Voice Recognition may not operate while contacts are being down loaded Auto Download Contacts Press the key Select Phone Select Auto Download This feature is used to automatically download mobile contacts entries once a Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone is connected e The Auto Download feature will download mobile contacts entries every time the phone is connected The download time may differ depending on the number of saved contacts entries and the communi cation state Before downloading contacts first check to see that your mobile phone supports the contacts download feature Features of your vehicle Audio Streaming Press the key Select Phone Select Audio Streaming When Audio Streaming is turned on you can play music files saved in your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device through
10. j Maintenance OHMO78060 P OHG070043 2 Lift up the wiper blade clip Then 3 Install the new blade assembly in pull down the blade assembly and the reverse order of removal remove it Maintenance BATTERY For best battery service Keep the battery securely mount ed Keep the battery top clean and dry Keep the terminals and connec tions clean tight and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the battery immediately with a solution of water and baking soda If the vehicle is not going to be used for an extended time discon nect the battery cables j WARNING Risk of explosion Keep lit cigarettes and all other flames or sparks away from the battery The battery contains hydrogen a highly combustible gas which will explode if it comes in contact with a flame or spark WARNING Sulfuric acid in batteries Keep batteries out of the reach of children because batteries con tain highly corrosive SULFURIC ACID and electrolytes Do not allow battery acid to contact your skin eyes clothing or paint finish Wear eye protection when charging or work ing near a battery Always provide ventila
11. OYDDDI2018 The LCD display modes can be changed by using the control buttons on the steering wheel Type A 1 TRIP TRIP button for changing trip modes 2 RESET RESET button for reset ting items Type B 1 MODE button for changing modes MOVE button for changing items SELECT RESET button for setting or resetting the selected item ds For the LCD modes refer to LCD Display in this chapter Gauges Speedometer E Type A B 100 120 wa 7S Af tc BO ao of 180 w 200 m 220 OYDEDI2003L E Type C OYDEDI2004L The speedometer indicates the for ward speed of the vehicle The speedometer is calibrated in kilometers per hour and or miles per hour j Features of your vehicle Tachometer E Type A B OYDDDI2005 E Type C OYDDDI2006 The indicates the tachometer approximate number of engine revo lutions per minute rpm Use the tachometer to select the cor rect shift points and to prevent lug ging and or over revving the engine The tachometer pointer may move slightly when the ignition switch is in ACC or ON position with the engine OFF This movement is normal and will not affect the accuracy of the tachometer once the engine is run ning 4 CAUTION Red zone Do no
12. Safety features of your vehicle SEAT BELTS Seat belt restraint system Seat belts are designed to bear upon the bony structure of the body and should be worn low across the pelvis chest and shoulders as appli cable wearing the lap section of the belt across the abdominal area must be avoided Seat belts should be adjusted as firmly as possible consistent with comfort to provide the protection for which they have been designed A slack belt will greatly reduce the protection afforded to the wearer Care should be taken to avoid con tamination of the webbing with pol ishes oils and chemicals and partic ularly battery acid Cleaning may safely be carried out using mild soap and water The belt should be replaced if webbing becomes frayed contaminated or damaged e For maximum restraint system pro tection the seat belts must always be used whenever the vehicle is moving A properly positioned shoulder belt should be positioned midway over your shoulder across your collarbone Never allow children to ride in the front passenger seat See child restraint system section for further discussion WARNING Shoulder belt Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm or behind your back An improperly positioned shoulder belt cannot protect the occupant in a crash 44 WARNING Damaged seat belt Replace the entire seat belt assembly if any part of the web bing or hardware is damaged as you c
13. Features of your vehicle e If the smart key is in close proximity to your cell phone or smart phone the signal from the smart key could be blocked by normal operation of your cell phone or smart phone This is especially important when the phone is active such as making call receiving calls text messaging and or sending receiving emails Avoid placing the smart key and your cell phone or smart phone in the same pants or jacket pocket and maintain adequate distance between the two devices 4 CAUTION Transmitter Keep the smart key away from water or any liquid as it can become damaged and not func tion properly This device complies with Industry Canada Standard RSS 210 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harm ful interference and 2 This device must accept any inter ference received including inter ference that may cause undesired operation NOTICE Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance it will not be cov ered by your manufacturer s vehicle warranty Features of your vehicle REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY IF EQUIPPED Remote keyless entry system operations R Type A OYDDCO2004 Lock 1 All door
14. It remains on if the parking brake is applied When the parking brake is applied When the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low lf the warning light illuminates with the parking brake released it indicates the brake fluid level in reservoir is low If the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low 1 Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle 2 With the engine stopped check the brake fluid level immediately and add fluid as required For more details refer to Brake Fluid in chapter 7 Then check all brake components for fluid leaks If any leak on the brake system is still found the warning light remains on or the brakes do not operate properly do not drive the vehicle In this case have your vehicle towed to an authorized Kia dealer and inspected Dual diagonal braking system Your vehicle is equipped with dual diagonal braking systems This means you still have braking on two wheels even if one of the dual sys tems should fail With only one of the dual systems working more than normal pedal travel and greater pedal pressure are required to stop the vehicle Also the vehicle will not stop in as short a distance with only a portion of the brake system working If the brakes fail while you are driv ing shift to a lower gear for addition al engine braking and stop the vehi cle as soon as it is safe to do so
15. 2 Evaporative emission con trol including ORVR Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery system The Evaporative Emission Control System is designed to prevent fuel vapors from escaping into the atmos phere The ORVR system is designed to allow the vapors from the fuel tank to be loaded into a canister while refu eling at the gas station preventing the escape of fuel vapors into the atmosphere Maintenance nnn TT Canister Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel tank are absorbed and stored in the onboard canister When the engine is running the fuel vapors absorbed in the canister are drawn into the surge tank through the purge control sole noid valve Purge Control Solenoid Valve PCSV The purge control solenoid valve is controlled by the Engine Control Module ECM when the engine coolant temperature is low during idling the PCSV closes so that evap orated fuel is not taken into the engine After the engine warms up during ordinary driving the PCSV opens to introduce evaporated fuel to the engine 3 Exhaust emission control system The Exhaust Emission Control System is a highly effective system which controls exhaust emissions while maintaining good vehicle per formance Vehicle modifications This vehicle should not be modified Modification of your vehicle could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate gov ernmental safety and emissions reg ulations In addit
16. Move the lever 1 to R or L to select the right side mirror or the left side mirror then press a corresponding point on the mirror adjustment con trol to position the selected mirror up down left or right After the adjustment put the lever into neutral center position to pre vent inadvertent adjustment Features of your vehicle Folding the outside rearview mirror al 7 OYDDCO2041 Electric type The outside rearview mirror can be folded or unfolded by pressing the switch as below Left 1 The mirrors will unfold Right 2 The mirrors will fold Center AUTO 3 The mirrors will fold or unfold auto matically as follows Without smart key system The mirrors will fold or unfold when the door is locked or unlocked by the transmitter e With smart key system The mirrors will fold or unfold when the door is locked or unlocked by the smart key The mirrors will fold or unfold when the door is locked or unlocked by the button on the outside door handle The mirrors will unfold when you approach the vehicle all doors closed and locked with a smart key in possession if equipped 4 CAUTION Electric type outside rearview mirror The electric type outside rearview mirror operates even though the ignition switch is in the OFF position However to prevent unnecessary battery discharge do not adjust the mirrors longer than necessary while the engine is not runnin
17. Operation in foreign countries If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country be sure to Observe all regulations regarding registration and insurance Determine that acceptable fuel is available VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCESS No special break in period is needed By following a few simple precautions for the first 1 000 km 600 miles you may add to the performance econo my and life of your vehicle e Do not race the engine While driving keep your engine speed rpm or revolutions per minute between 2 000 rpm and 4 000 rpm Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time either fast or slow Varying engine speed is needed to properly break in the engine Avoid hard stops except in emer gencies to allow the brakes to seat properly Don t tow a trailer during the first 2 000 km 1 200 miles of opera tion __ j Introduction Femmes 0CGG e VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situations such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data rel
18. This mode displays the state of the A V system Turn By Turn On this mode you can change settings of the doors lamps and so on if equipped For controlling the LCD modes refer to LCD Display Control in this chapter Ea Y Features of your vehicle Service Mode Service Interval E Type B E Type C Service in m 20000km 36S days OYDEDI2059 OYDEDI2035 Service in lt calculates and displays when you need a scheduled maintenance service mileage or days If the remaining mileage or time reaches 1 500 km 900 mi or 30 days Service in message is dis played for several seconds each time you set the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop Button to the ON position E Type B E Type C Service required Service required OYDEDI2060 OYDEDI2036 Service required If you do not have your vehicle serv iced according to the already inputted service interval Service required message is displayed for several sec onds each time you set the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop Button to the ON position The mileage and time changes to To reset the service interval to the mileage and days you inputted before Press the SELECT RESET button for more than 1 second E Type B E Type C Service in Off OYDEDI2021 OYDEDI2037 Service in OFF If the service interval is not set Service in OFF message is dis played on the LCD display NOTICE If any of th
19. 4 A M M M amp w w amp w w W M nnh h X gt W n h Yn nh n n wYWY n n n n 2 Tire size designation A tire s sidewall is marked with a tire size designation You will need this information when selecting replace ment tires for your car The following explains what the letters and num bers in the tire size designation mean Example tire size designation These numbers are provided as an example only your tire size designa tor could vary depending on your vehicle P205 55R16 89H P Applicable vehicle type tires marked with the prefix P are intended for use on passenger vehicles or light trucks however not all tires have this marking 205 Tire width in millimeters 55 Aspect ratio The tire s section height as a percentage of its width R Tire construction code Radial 16 Rim diameter in inches 89 Load Index a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry H Speed Rating Symbol See the speed rating chart in this section for additional information Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with impor tant information that you need if you ever have to replace one The follow ing explains what the letters and numbers in the wheel size designa tion mean Example wheel size designation 6 0JX16 6 0 Rim width in inches J Rim contour designation 16 Rim diameter in inches Tire
20. Auto Lock child restraint mode Safety features of vour vehicle OEN036103 4 Slowly allow the shoulder portion of the seat belt to retract and listen for an audible clicking or ratchet ing sound This indicates that the retractor is in the Auto Lock mode lf no distinct sound is heard repeat steps 3 and 4 OEN036104 5 Remove as much slack from the belt as possible by pushing down on the child restraint system while feeding the shoulder belt back into the retractor 6 Push and pull on the child restraint system to confirm that the seat belt is holding it firmly in place If it is not release the seat belt and repeat steps 2 through 6 7 Double check that the retractor is in the Auto Lock mode by attempting to pull more of the seat belt out of the retractor If you cannot the retractor is in the Auto Lock mode The lap shoulder belt automatically returns to the emergency lock mode whenever the belt is allowed to retract fully Therefore the preceding seven steps must be followed each time a child restraint is installed To remove the child restraint press the release button on the buckle and then pull the lap shoulder belt out of the restraint and allow the seat belt to retract fully Safety features of your vehicle Securing a child restraint seat This symbol indicates the D with tether anchorage system E it position of the tether anch
21. O O NO Safety features of your vehicle Driver s front air bag 1 B240B01L The air bag modules are located both in the center of the steering wheel and in the front passenger s panel above the glove box When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe impact to the front of the vehicle it will automatically deploy the front air bags Driver s front air bag 2 B240B02L Upon deployment tear seams mold ed directly into the pad covers will separate under pressure from the expansion of the air bags Further opening of the covers then allows full inflation of the air bags Driver s front air bag 3 B240B03L A fully inflated air bag in combina tion with a properly worn seat belt slows the driver s or the passenger s forward motion reducing the risk of head and chest injury After complete inflation the air bag immediately starts deflating enabling the driver to maintain for ward visibility and the ability to steer or operate other controls Safety features of vour vehicle Passenger s front air bag B240B05L NOTICE Before you replace a fuse or discon nect a battery terminal turn the igni tion switch to the LOCK position and remove the ignition key Never remove or replace the air bag related fuse s when the ignition switch is in the ON position Failure to heed this warning will cause the SRS air bag warning light to illuminate Occupant detection system Your v
22. The light will go off after about 30 seconds after the door is closed ENGINE START STOP button position OFF White To turn off the engine START STOP position or vehicle power ON posi tion press the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the P Park position When you press the ENGINE START STOP button without the shift lever in the P Park position the ENGINE START STOP button will not change to the OFF position but to the ACC position In an emergency situation while the vehicle is in motion you are able to turn the engine off and to the ACC position by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button for more than 2 seconds or 3 times successively within 3 seconds If the vehicle is still moving you can restart the engine without depressing the brake pedal by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the N Neutral position if smart key equipped j Driving your vehicle ACC Accessory Yellow Press the ENGINE START STOP button while it is in the OFF position without depressing the brake pedal The steering wheel unlocks and electrical accessories are opera tional If the ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC position for more than 1 hour the button is turned off auto matically to preve
23. The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled condi tions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure Grades B and A represent higher levels of perform ance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Tire terminology and definitions Air Pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on the tire Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch psi or kilo pascal kPa Accessory Weight This means the combined weight of optional acces sories Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transaxle power seats and air con ditioning Aspect Ratio The relationship of a tire s height to its width Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Cold Tire Pressure The amount of air pressure in a tire measured in pounds per square inch psi or kilo pascals kP
24. The vehicle should be driven at reduced speeds in the following cir cumstances e When driving on rough gravel or snow covered roads When driving on roads where the road surface is pitted or has differ ent surface heights Driving in these conditions increases the stopping distance for your vehi cle __ j Drivine vour vehicle The ABS continuously senses the speed of the wheels If the wheels are going to lock the ABS system repeatedly modulates the hydraulic brake pressure to the wheels When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels you may hear a tik tik sound from the brakes or feel a cor responding sensation in the brake pedal This is normal and it means your ABS is active In order to obtain the maximum ben efit from your ABS in an emergency situation do not attempt to modulate your brake pressure and do not try to pump your brakes Press your brake pedal as hard as possible or as hard as the situation allows the ABS to control the force being delivered to the brakes NOTICE A click sound may be heard in the engine compartment when the vehi cle begins to move after the engine is started These conditions are normal and indicate that the anti lock brake system is functioning properly
25. What to do in an emergency e Do not take this vehicle through an Do not use more than one compact automatic car wash while the com spare tire at a time pact spare tire is installed Do not tow a trailer while the com e The compact spare tire should not pact spare tire is installed be installed on the front axle if the vehicle must be driven in snow or on ice Do not use the compact spare tire on any other vehicle because this tire has been designed especially for your vehicle e The compact spare tire s tread life is shorter than a regular tire Inspect your compact spare tire regularly and replace worn com pact spare tires with the same size and design mounted on the same wheel e The compact spare tire should not be used on any other wheels nor should standard tires snow tires wheel covers or trim rings be used with the compact spare wheel If such use is attempted damage to these items or other car compo nents may occur What to do in an emergency Jack label E Example E Type A Model oo AN id 1 5 A k fan OOWWAAAA MNPIENUEW Jo Fl wo oo Ae CO LTD OHYK064001 L R MA MET 1 4 Oe ee Serer erase seed BLD Li L a TES ED E Type B MAX WEIGHT ooookgloooo lb USE ONLY TO SPECIFIED CAR AIS AZO NES 24 CARGA MAXIMA ooookgloooo lb USELO SOLO PARA EL VEHICULO A MakcMMmanNbHaAaucnon6s3os8aTib TO FPy30N0AbEMHOCTb 0000Kf 1aHHOoro BETOMO ANA B TTT EGL epee
26. Wireless Control System Your new mirror comes with an inte grated Homelink Universal Transceiver which allows you to pro gram the mirror to activate your garage door s estate gate home lighting etc The mirror actually learns the codes from your various existing transmitters Retain the original transmitter for future programming procedures i e new vehicle purchase It is also sug gested that upon the sale of the vehi cle the programmed Homelink but tons be erased for security purposes follow step 1 in the Programming portion of this text Programming Your vehicle may require the ignition switch to be turned to the ACC posi tion for programming and or opera tion of Homelink It is also recom mended that a new baitery be replaced in the hand held transmitter of the device being programmed to Homelink for quicker training and accurate transmission of the radio frequency Follow these steps to train your Homelink mirror Features of vour vehicle Flashing OHD046306N 1 When programming the buttons for the first time press and hold the left and center buttons A simultaneously until the indicator light begins to flash after approxi mately 20 seconds This proce dure erases the factory set default codes Do not perform this step to program additional hand held transmitters NOTICE For non rolling code garage door openers follow steps 2 3 For rolling code g
27. Your vehicle at a glance EXTERIOR OVERVIEW E Front view LES C ale c ere see eee 4 32 2 Hesdlempo ao 4 98 S Ses Te TT 4 101 4 Wheel and tire 7 44 5 Outside rearview mirror 4 51 6 Front windshield wiper blades 4 102 7 39 Pe Tae e a ees tee E A 4 27 8 Parking assist syst m een 4 89 9 Front removable towing hook 6 24 The actual shape may differ from the illustration OYDNIN3001 Your vehicle at a glance E Rear view 102 DOOMIOCKS rete tale mee 4 18 Suerte HG seen 4 34 12 Rear combination lamp 13 High mounted stop lamp CA EROE 4 22 WS Antenna lt s eeessnto 4 147 16 Parking assist system 4 89 The actual shape may differ from the illustration OYDEIN2002 E AE IA IONE A IAT S nng Your vehicle at a glance INTERIOR OVERVIEW 1 Driver position memory system DURON ate thas erence PER ace eee a eee ee 3 8 2 Inside door handle 4 18 3 Outside rearview mirror folding 4 53 4 Outside rearview mirror control 4 52 5 Central door lock switch 4 19 6 Power window lock switch 4 31 7 Power window switch 4 28 8 Instrument panel illumination control SWIC EE erp Dro T no Ri E 4 56 9 Active ECO On Off switch 5 40 10 Parking assist system On Off DUHODE D RAEE 4 89 EESC OMDUHON m 5 27 12 Heated steering wheel On Off SWIT M ate
28. be edited or deleted on the phone devices may require device authori e Mobile phone contacts are managed zation upon attempting to download separately for each paired contacts If downloading does not Bluetooth Wireless Technology normally occur check the Bluetooth device max 5 devices x 1 000 con Wireless Technology device settings tacts each Previously downloaded Or the screen state data is maintained even if the The contacts download feature may Bluetooth Wireless Technology not be supported in some mobile The list of saved phone book entries device has been disconnected phones For more information of sup is displayed However the contacts and call his ported Bluetooth devices and func tory saved to the phone will be delet tion support refer to your phone s ed if a paired phone is deleted user manual It is possible to download contacts during Bluetooth streaming audio e When downloading contacts the icon will be displayed within the sta tus bar Features of your vehicle Bluetooth Wireless Technology Setting The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth wireless technology 4 WARNING e Driving while distracted can result in a loss of vehicle con trol that m
29. e When the charging system warn ing light comes on or the battery voltage is low when the alternator or battery does not operate nor mally the steering wheel may get heavy and become difficult to con trol operate abnormally If the Electric Power Steering System does not operate normally the warn ing light will illuminate on the instru ment cluster The steering wheel may require increased steering effort Take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the vehicle checked as soon as possible Features of your vehicle Tilt and telescoping steering Tilt steering allows you to adjust the steering wheel before you drive You can also raise it to give your legs more room when you exit and enter the vehicle The steering wheel should be posi tioned so that it is comfortable for you to drive while permitting you to see the instrument panel warning lights and gauges aaa i IN 0YDDC03028 To change the steering wheel angle pull down the lock release lever 1 adjust the steering wheel to the desired angle 2 and height 3 then pull up the lock release lever to lock the steering wheel in place Be sure to adjust the steering wheel to the desired position before driving Horn OYDDCO2030 To sound the horn press the horn symbol on your steering wheel Check the horn regularly to be sure it operates properly To sound the horn press the area indicated by the horn symbol on your ste
30. e When the front fog lights are on Front Fog Indicator Light if equipped Cruise Indicator Light if equipped CRUISE This indicator light illuminates e When the cruise control system is enabled For more details refer to Cruise Control System in chapter 5 Cruise SET Indicator Light if equipped SET This indicator light illuminates e When the cruise control speed is set For more details refer to Cruise Control System in chapter 5 KEY OUT Indicator Light if equipped KEY OUT When the ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC or ON position if any door is open the system checks for the smart key This indicator light blinks When the smart key is not in the vehicle and any door is open with the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop button in the ACC or ON position At this time if you close all doors the chime will also sound for approximately 5 seconds The indicator will go off while the vehicle is moving Features of your vehicle PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM sal EQUIPPED R Front er pr SZ Sensor E Rear n nia L E r La TOYDI DCO2200 The sarin assist dai assists the driver during movement of the vehicle by chiming if any object is sensed within the distance of 60 cm 23 62 In in front or 120 cm 47 in behind the vehicle This system is a supplemental sys tem and it is not intended to nor does it replace the need for extreme care an
31. nance should be performed j Features of vour vehicle Transaxle Shift Indicator Automatic Transaxle Shift Manual transaxle shift Indicator if equipped indicator A E Type A E Type B e Park P if equipped Vv L Reverse R I l l Neutrali N This indicator informs you which l gear is desired while driving to save e Drive D fuel A Indicates that shifting up to the 3rd gear is desired currently the shift lever is in the 2nd OYDDDI2901 OYDDDI2903 gear 3 Indicates that shifting down to R Type C y the 3rd gear is desired current ly the shift lever is in the 4th gear NOTICE When the system is not working properly up amp down arrow indica OYDDDI2905 tor and Gear are not displayed This indicator displays which auto matic transaxle shift lever is selected Features of vour vehicle LCD DISPLAY IF EQUIPPED LCD Modes nre I Symbol Explanation Modes Type B Type C This mode displays driving information like the tripmeter fuel economy and so on Trip Computer For more details refer to Trip Computer in this chapter Service This mode informs of service interval mileage or days User Settings On this mode you can change settings of the doors lamps and so on A V if equipped
32. tion when working in an enclosed space Maintenance Always read the following instructions carefully when handling a battery If any electrolyte gets into your eyes flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immedi ate medical attention If electrolyte gets on your When the vehicle remains unused for skin thoroughly wash the a long time while tempertures are contacted area If you feel low disconnect the battery and keep pain or burning sensation it indasrs get medical attention imme diately An inappropriately disposed X battery can be harmful to the environment and human health Dispose the battery according to your local law s or regulation The battery contains lead Do not dispose of it after use Please return the battery to an authorized Kia dealer to be recycled Maintenance __ H Battery recharging Your vehicle has a maintenance free calcium based battery If the battery becomes discharged in a short time because for exam ple the headlights or interior lights were left on while the vehicle was not in use recharge it by slow charging trickle for 10 hours If the battery gradually discharges because of high electric load while the vehicle is being used recharge it at 20 30A for two hours When recharging the battery observe the following precautions The battery must be removed from the vehicle and placed in an area with good v
33. Closing the trunk To close lower the trunk lid then press down on it until it locks To be sure the trunk lid is securely fas tened always check by trying to pull it up again Emergency trunk safety release 7 oyppco02015 Your vehicle is equipped with an emergency trunk release lever locat ed inside the trunk If someone is inadvertently locked in the trunk moving the handle in the direction of the arrow will release the trunk latch mechanism and open the trunk No one should be allowed to occupy the trunk at any time The trunk is a very dangerous location in the event of a crash Use the release lever for emergen cies only Use extreme caution especially while the vehicle is in motion Features of your vehicle TAILGATE 5 DOOR Opening the tailgate OYDDC03232 e The tailgate is locked or unlocked when all doors are locked or unlocked with the transmitter or smart key or central door lock switch If unlocked the tailgate can be opened by pressing the handle and pulling it up When all doors are lock if the tail gate unlock button on the smart key is pressed for more than 1 second the tailgate is unlocked Once the tailgate is opened and then closed the tailgate is locked automatically NOTICE In cold and wet climates tailgate lock and tailgate mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions The tailgate swings upward Make sure no objects or people are near
34. Even with the anti lock brake sys tem your vehicle still requires suf ficient stopping distance Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Always slow down when cornering The anti lock brake system cannot prevent accidents resulting from excessive speeds On loose or uneven road surfaces operation of the anti lock brake system may result in a longer stop ping distance than for vehicles equipped with a conventional brake system W 78 The ABS warning light will stay on for approximately 3 seconds after the ignition switch is ON During that time the ABS will go through self diagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal If the light stays on you may have a problem with your ABS but your regular brakes will work normally Contact an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible Drivine vour vehicle When you drive on a road with poor traction such as an icy road and operated your brakes continu ously the ABS will be active con tinuously and the ABS warning light may illuminate Pull your vehi cle over to a safe place and stop the engine Restart the engine If the ABS warning light is off then your ABS is normal Otherwise you may have a problem with the ABS Contact an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible NOTICE When you jump start your vehicle because of a drained battery the engine may not run as smoothly and the ABS warning light may turn on a
35. Insert the ignition key into the key cylinder and turn it to the ON position To activate the immobilizer sys tem Turn the ignition key to the OFF posi tion The immobilizer system acti vates automatically Without a valid ignition key for your vehicle the engine will not start Your Immobilizer password is a cus tomer unique password and should be kept confidential Do not leave this number anywhere in your vehicle NOTICE Keep each key separately in order to avoid a starting malfunction Do not put metal accessories near the ignition switch Metal accessories may interrupt the transponder signal and may prevent the engine from being started If you need additional keys or lose your keys consult an authorized Kia dealer A CAUTION Immobilizer damage Do not expose your immobilizer system to moisture static elec tricity and rough handling This may damage your immobilizer A CAUTION Immobilizer alterations Do not change alter or adjust the immobilizer system because it could cause the immobilizer system to malfunction This device complies with Industry Canada Standard RSS 210 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harm ful interference and 2 This device must accept any inter ference received including inter ference that may cause undesired operation Features of your vehicle Limp home override proce dure When yo
36. Maintenance L _ ____ queFesM NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE 132 000 km 82 500 miles or 66 months O Rotate tire Q Inspect battery condition Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Replace engine oil and filter 132 000 km 82 500 miles or 132 months U Add fuel additive 12 000 km 7 500 miles or 12 months O Inspect cooling system hoses and connections U Inspect brake pedal free play Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace 144 000 km 90 000 miles or 72 months Q Rotate tire Q Inspect battery condition U Inspect air conditioning refrigerant U Inspect brake hoses and lines Q Inspect drive belts First 96 000 km 60 000 miles or 72 months after every 24 000 km 15 000 miles or 24 months Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler Q Inspect front brake disc pads calipers and rotors O Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint O Inspect suspension mounting bolts O Inspect brake clutch if equipped fluid Q Inspect fuel filter Q Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections Q Inspect fuel tank air filter if equipped U Inspect rear brake disc pads parking brake Q Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap fuel tank Q Inspect vacuum hose O Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit Continued Maintenance e I ee
37. Overview Description The trip computer is a microcomput er controlled driver information sys tem that displays information related to driving NOTICE Some driving information stored in the trip computer for example Average Vehicle Speed resets if the battery is disconnected Trip Modes FUEL ECONOMY e Range Average Fuel Economy e Instant Fuel Economy e Tripmeter A e Average Vehicle Speed A e Elapsed Time A e Tripmeter B e Average Vehicle Speed B e Elapsed Time B e Type A Cluster To change the trip mode press the TRIP button e Type B C Cluster To change the trip mode press the MOVE button W Features of your vehicle Fuel Economy Range E Type A RANGE 256km AVG 18 5tuio c G e 0 10 20 30 OYDNDI2012C OYDNDI2033C R Type C RANGE 256 im Aug 65 100 ln A OYDNDI2056C e The range is the estimated dis tance the vehicle can be driven with the remaining fuel Distance range 50 9999 km or 30 9999 mi e If the estimated distance is below 50 km 30 mi the trip computer will display as distance to empty NOTICE e If the vehicle is not on level ground or the battery power has been interrupted the distance to empty function may not operate correct ly The distance to empty may differ from the actual driving distance as it is an estimate of the available driving distance The trip computer may not regis ter addit
38. all doors and trunk are locked and closed the headlight position light and tail light will come on for 15 sec onds if any of the below is performed Without smart key system When the door unlock button is pressed on the transmitter e With the smart key system When the door unlock button is pressed on the smart key At this time if you press the door lock button on the transmitter or smart key the lights will turn off immediately Interior light welcome When the interior light switch is in the DOOR position and all doors and trunk are locked and closed the room lamp will come on for 30 sec onds if any of the below is performed Without smart key system When the door unlock button is pressed on the transmitter e With the smart key system When the door unlock button is pressed on the smart key When the button of the outside door handle is pressed At this time if you press the door lock button the lamps will turn off imme diately Puddle lamp and pocket lamp if equipped When all doors are locked and closed the puddle lamp and pocket lamp will come on for 15 seconds if any of the below is performed e With the smart key system When the door unlock button is pressed on the smart key When the button of the outside door handle is pressed When the vehicle is approached with the smart key in possession At this time if you press the door lock button the lamps will turn o
39. cle inspected by an author ized Kia dealer Features of your vehicle Door Ajar Warning Light Aa This warning light illuminates When a door is not closed securely pati This warning light illuminates When the tailgate is not closed securely Tailgate Open Warning Light Washer Fluid Warning oe Light if equipped Cid This warning light illuminates When the washer fluid level in the reservoir is nearly empty In this case you should refill the washer fluid Indicator Lights Electronic Stability Control ESC Indicator Light ee This indicator light illuminates Once you set the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop Button to the ON position It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off When there is a malfunction with the ESC system In this case have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer This indicator light blinks While the ESC is operating For more details refer to Electronic Stability Control ESC in chapter 5 j Features of your vehicle Electronic Stability Control ESC OFF 22 Indicator Light OFF This indicator light illuminates e Once you set the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop Button to the ON position It illuminates for approximate
40. onds when the vehicle speed is more than 10 km h 6 2 MPH Fuel economy range 0 30 L 100km or 0 50 MPG Trip A B Tripmeter 1 E Type A TRIP EJ TRIP A 150 2 km AVG BEkm n E T 23456 N 123456km OYDNDI2013C OYDNDI2032C R Type C OYDNDI2055C e The tripmeter is the total driving dis tance since the last tripmeter reset Distance range 0 0 9999 9 km or mi Features of your vehicle To reset the tripmeter press the RESET button Type A RESET Type B C 4 on the steering wheel for more than 1 second when the tripmeter is displayed Average Vehicle Speed 2 The average vehicle speed is cal culated by the total driving dis tance and driving time since the last average vehicle speed reset Speed range 0 999 km h or MPH To reset the average vehicle speed press the RESET button Type A RESET Type B C 4 on the steering wheel for more than 1 sec ond when the average vehicle speed is displayed NOTICE e The average vehicle speed is not dis played if the driving distance is less than 50 meters 0 03 miles or the driving time is less than 10 seconds since the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop button is turned to ON s Even if the vehicle is not in motion the average vehicle speed keeps going while the engine is running Elapsed Time 3 The elapsed time is the total driv ing time since the last elapsed time reset Time range hh mm
41. or the sensor cover is blocked It will operate normally when the materi al is removed or the sensor is no longer blocked 3 Sensor is stained with foreign mat ter such as snow or water Sensing range will return to nor mal when removed There is a possibility that the park ing assist system may not operate when 1 Driving on uneven road surfaces such as unpaved roads gravel bumps or gradient 2 Objects generating excessive noise such as vehicle horns loud motor cycle engines or truck air brakes interfere with the sensor 3 Heavy rain or water spray 4 Wireless transmitters or mobile phones are present near the sen sor 5 Sensor is covered with snow Detection range may decrease when 1 Outside air temperature is extremely hot or cold 2 There are undetectable objects smaller than 1 m 39 37 in and narrower than 14 cm 5 51 in in diameter The following objects may not be recognized by the sensor 1 Sharp or slim objects such as ropes chains or small poles 2 Objects which tend to absorb sen sor frequency such as clothes spongy material or snow Features of your vehicle NOTICE 1 The warning may not sound sequentially depending on the speed and shapes of the objects detected The parking assist system may malfunction if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified Any non factory installed equipment or accessories may also interfere wi
42. pump octane number R M 2 of 87 Research Octane Number 91 or higher Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with UNLEADED FUEL as well as mini mize exhaust emissions and spark plug fouling Never add any fuel system cleaning agents to the fuel tank other than what has been specified Consult an authorized Kia dealer for details NOTICE Tighten the cap until it clicks one time otherwise the Check Engine 9 light will illuminate Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol Gasohol a mixture of gasoline and ethanol also known as grain alco hol and gasoline or gasohol con taining methanol also known as wood alcohol are being marketed along with or instead of leaded or unleaded gasoline Pursuant to EPA regulations ethanol may be used in your vehicle Do not use gasohol containing more than 10 ethanol and do not use gaso line or gasohol containing any methanol Ethanol provides less energy than gasoline and it attracts water and it is thus likely to reduce your fuel efficiency and could lower your MPG results Methanol may cause drivability problems and dam age to the fuel system Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if drivabili ty problems occur Vehicle damage or drivability problems may not be covered by the manufacturer s war ranty if they result from the use of 1 Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol 2 Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol
43. rent song Press the key to turn off info display Copy Press the key Set E Copy through the TUNE knob or GB key This Is used to copy the current song into My Music You can play the copied Music in My Music mode If another key is pressed while copying is in progress a pop up asking you whether to cancel copying is displayed If another media is connected or inserted USB CD iPod AUX while copying is in progress copy ing is canceled Music will not be played while copying is in progress j Features of your vehicle MENU iPod In iPod mode press the key to set the Repeat Album Random All Random Information and Search fea tures Repeat Press the key Set MRPT through the TUNE knob or key to repeat the current song Press RPT again to turn repeat off Random Press the key Set RDM through the TUNE knob or key Plays all songs within the currently playing category in random order Press RDM again to turn off Information Press the key Set Info through the TUNE knob or key Displays information of the current song Press the key to turn off info display Search Press the key Set Search through the TUNE knob or key Displays iPod
44. s door has a master power window switch that controls all the windows in the vehicle To open or close a window press down or pull up the front portion of the corresponding switch to the first detent position 5 Features of your vehicle Auto down window if equipped Driver s window OYDECO2224CN Pressing the power window switch momentarily to the second detent position 6 completely lowers the drivers window even when the switch is released To stop the win dow at the desired position while the window is in operation momentarily pull up the switch to the opposite direction of the window movement Auto up down window if equipped OYDDCO2018 Pressing or pulling up the power win dow switch momentarily to the sec ond detent position 6 completely lowers or lifts the window even when the switch is released To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in operation pull up or press and release the switch to the opposite direction of the movement If the power window is not operated correctly the automatic power win dow system must be reset as follows 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 2 Close the window and continue pulling up on the drivers power window switch for at least 1 second after the window is completely closed Features of your vehicle v x N x Mi i 1 L i J U N i x sE be L q k 3 N U Ta n h 4 EZ i i d
45. they are moving as fast as the vehicle If you have to stop or turn quickly or if there is a crash the items will keep going and can Cause an injury if they strike the driv er or a passenger j Driving your vehicle NOTICE Overloading your vehicle may cause damage Repairs would not be cov ered by your warranty Do not over load your vehicle Driving your vehicle VEHICLE WEIGHT This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle and or trailer to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capa bility with or without a trailer Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of the vehi cle design performance Before load ing your vehicle familiarize yourself with the following terms for determin ing your vehicle s weight ratings with or without a trailer from the vehicle s specifications and the compliance label Base curb weight This is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all Standard equipment It does not include passengers cargo or option al equipment Vehicle curb weight This is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your deal er plus any aftermarket equipment Cargo weight This figure includes all weight added to the Base
46. turn the front wheels away from the curb to help keep the vehicle from rolling If there is no curb or if it is required by other conditions to keep the vehicle from rolling block the wheels Under some conditions your park ing brake can freeze in the engaged position This is most like ly to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet If there is a risk that the parking brake may freeze apply it only temporarily while you put the shift lever in P automatic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle and block the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot roll Then release the parking brake e Do not hold the vehicle on the upgrade with the accelerator pedal This can cause the transaxle to overheat Always use the brake pedal or parking brake Driving your vehicle CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED The cruise control system allows you to program the vehicle to maintain a constant speed without depressing the accelerator pedal This system is designed to function above approximately 40 km h 25 mph If the cruise control is left on CRUISE indicator light in the instru ment cluster illuminated the cruise control can be switched on acciden tally Keep the cruise control system off CRUISE indicator light OFF when the cruise control is not in use to avoid inadvertently setting a speed Use the cruise control system only when traveli
47. unsnap it from the bracket 1 and swing it to the side 2 Adjust the sunvisor extension for ward or backward 3 To use the vanity mirror pull down the visor and slide the mirror cover 4 The ticket holder 5 is provided for holding a tollgate ticket if equipped Features of your vehicle The seat warmer is provided to warm the front seats during cold weather With the ignition switch in the ON position push either of the switches to warm the driver s seat or the front passenger s seat During mild weather or under condi tions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed keep the switches in the OFF position Each time you push the button the temperature setting of the seat is changed as follows Front seat stia AM NA IZ IZ do O Rear seat SIL SUI OFF gt HIGH 3EE gt LOW 3 Li e The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is turned on With the seat warmer switch in the ON position the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature A CAUTION e When cleaning the seats do not use an organic solvent such as thinner benzene alcohol and gasoline Doing so may damage the surface of the heater or seats e To prevent overheating the seat warmer do not place any thing on the seats that insu lates against heat such as blankets cushions or seat covers while the seat warmer is in ope
48. vehicle may still be steered but it will require increased steering effort The motor driven power steering is controlled by the power steering con trol unit which senses the steering wheel torque and vehicle speed to command the motor The steering wheel becomes heavier as the vehicle s speed increases and becomes lighter as the vehicle s speed decreases for better control of the steering wheel Should you notice any change in the effort required to steer during normal vehicle operation have the power steering checked by an authorized Kia dealer NOTICE The following symptoms may occur during normal vehicle operation e The steering effort is increased immediately after turning the igni tion switch on This happens as the system performs the EPS system diagnostics When the diagnostics are completed the steering wheel will return to its normal condition A click noise may be heard from the EPS relay after the ignition switch is turned to the ON or LOCK position Motor noise may be heard when the vehicle is at a stop or at a low driving speed The steering effort increases if the steering wheel is rotated continu ously when the vehicle is not in motion However after a few min utes it will return to its normal condition When you operate the steering wheel in low temperature noise may occur If the temperature rises the noise will likely disap pear This is a normal condition Continued Continued
49. 00 00 99 59 To reset the elapsed time press the RESET button Type A RESET Type B C w on the steering wheel for more than 1 second when the elapsed time is displayed NOTICE Even if the vehicle is not in motion the elapsed time keeps going while the engine is running j Features of your vehicle WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS Warning lights Air bag Warning Light ec Seat Belt Warning Light ry L X NOTICE Warning lights l E o l Make sure that all warning lights This warning light illuminates This warning light informs the driver are OFF after starting the engine If Once you set the ignition switch or that the seat belt is not fastened any light is still ON this indicates a Engine Start Stop Button tothe ON For more details refer to the Seat situation that needs attention position Belts in chapter 3 It illuminates for approximately 6 seconds and then goes off When there is a malfunction with the SRS In this case have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Features of your vehicle Parking Brake amp Brake Fluid Warning Light OC BRAKE This warning light illuminates Once you set the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop Button to the ON position It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds
50. 1 Adult or child age 13 and up Activated 2 Infant or child restraint system D d with 12 months olde On Off eactivate 4 Malfunction in the system Activated 1 The system judges a person of adult size as an adult When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat the system may recognize him her as a child depending on his her physique and posture 2 Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat When a smaller child than the same age sits in the front passenger seat the system may recognize him her as an infant depending on his her physique or posture 3 Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat 4 The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12 months to 12 years old with or without child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat This is a normal condition Safetv features of vour vehicle Continued B990A080 Never put a heavy load in the front passenger seat OVQ036014N Never place the feet on the front passenger seatback KMN3663 Never sit with the hips shifted towards the front of the seat 1KMN3662 Never excessively recline the front passenger seatback E 4 1KMN3665 Never place the feet on the dashboard 1KMN3664 Neverlean on the door or cen ter console Never sit on one side of the front passenger seat Safety features of your vehicle B990A010 When an adult is
51. 2 door OYD033002 The driver and front passenger s seatback should be tilted to enter the rear seat By pulling up the walk in seat lever 1 on the back of the driver and front passengers seatback the seatback will tilt forward Then push the seat for ward to allow the occupants to enter By pulling up the seatback the seat back will recline and return to the Original position Seatback pocket N OYDDC02051 The seatback pocket is provided on the back of the front passenger s seatback Safetv features of vour vehicle Rear seat adjustment Headrest for rear seat ONF039401 The rear seat is equipped with head rests in all the seating positions for the occupant s safety and comfort The headrest not only provides com fort for passengers but also helps protect the head and neck in the event of a collision For maximum effectiveness in case of an accident the headrest should be adjusted so the middle of the headrest is at the same height of the center of gravity of an occupant s head Generally the center of gravity of most people s head is similar with the height as the top of their eyes Also adjust the headrest as close to your head as possible For this rea son the use of a cushion that holds the body away from the seatback is not recommended MI DDSA2012 Adjusting the height up and down if equipped To raise the headrest pull it up to the desired position
52. 230 33 230 33 230 33 P215 45R17 87H 7 04 X17 9 11 P225 40R18 88V 7 54 X18 65 79 88 107 T125 80D15 95M 4 0Tx15 Compact spare tire 420 60 420 60 420 60 420 60 T125 80D16 97M 4 0Tx16 1 Normal load Up to 3 persons 2 If your vehicle is not equipped with a compact spare tire it will be equipped with a Tire Mobility Kit 3 Only for P225 40R18 Tire Size A CAUTION Using tires of a different size may damage the related parts or cause them to operate improperly Specifications amp Consumer information WEIGHT VOLUME 4Door_ Boer Sboor Door Door 2Door 1 790 3 946 Gross vehicle weight 1 740 3 836 1 750 3 858 1 780 3 924 1 760 3 880 1 810 3 990 3 3 kg Ibs 1 760 3 880 1 770 3 902 1 800 3 968 1 780 3 924 1 840 4 057 1 820 4 012 L age volume Sa peut 421 14 9 421 14 9 657 23 2 378 13 3 657 23 2 378 13 3 AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM Weight of volume Classification 530 25g Refrigerant 18 70 0 88 oz R 134a 110 10g Compressor lubricant 3 87 0 35 oz PAG FD46XG We recommend that you contact an authorized Kia dealer for more details el Specifications amp Consumer information RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability use only lubricants of the proper quality The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency th
53. A OYDDMC201 0 3 Pull the Brennan fuse straight out Use the removal tool provided in the engine compartment fuse panel 4 Check the removed fuse replace it if it is blown 5 Push in a new fuse of the same rating and make sure it fits tightly in the clips If it fits loosely consult an authorized Kia dealer If you do not have a spare use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating the vehicle such as the cigarette lighter fuse Maintenance If the headlights or other electrical components do not work and the fuses are OK check the fuse panel in the engine compartment If a fuse is blown it must be replaced Fuse switch Your vehicle is equipped with a fuse switch to prevent battery discharge if your vehicle is parked without being operated for prolonged periods Use the following procedures before parking the vehicle for prolonged periods 1 Turn off the engine 2 Turn off the headlights and tail lights 3 Open the driver s side panel cover and move the fuse switch up to the OFF position NOTICE s If the fuse switch is in the OFF position the warning chime audio clock and interior lamps etc will not operate Some items must be reset after replacement Refer to Battery in this chapter s Even when the fuse switch is in the OFF position the battery can still be discharged by operation of the headlights or other electrical devices Mai
54. Curb Weight including cargo and optional equipment GAW Gross axle weight This is the total weight placed on each axle front and rear including vehicle curb weight and all payload GAWR Gross axle weight rating This is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear These numbers are shown on the compliance label The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR GVW Gross vehicle weight This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual Cargo Weight plus passen gers GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating This is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle including all options equipment passengers and cargo The GVWR is shown on the certification label located on the drivers door sill j What to do in an emergency Road warming oee eee 6 2 e Hazard warning flasher sssesesesososooe 6 2 In case of an emergency while driving 6 3 e If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing 6 3 s If you have a flat tire while driving 6 3 s If engine stalls while driving 0000000 6 3 If the engine will not start 0000 6 4 s If engine doesn t turn over or turns over slowly 6 4 s If engine turns over normally but does not st
55. E E _ _ re NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE Continued 156 000 km 97 500 miles or 78 months Q Replace air cleaner filter Q Rotate tire Q Replace engine oil and filter OU Inspect battery condition 144 000 km 90 000 miles or 144 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter U Add fuel additive Q Inspect vacuum hose 12 000 km 7 500 miles or 12 months Q Replace engine oil and filter Q Inspect cooling system hoses and connections 156 000 km 97 500 miles or 156 months Q Inspect brake pedal free play Q Add fuel additive O Inspect all latch hinges and locks 12 000 km 7 500 miles or 12 months Q Inspect cooling system hoses and connections ds Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or SRI P wlas Q Inspect brake pedal free play replace Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance L NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE 168 000 km 105 000 miles or 84 months Q Rotate tire Q Inspect battery condition Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect air conditioning refrigerant Q Inspect brake hoses and lines U Inspect drive belts First 96 000 km 60 000 miles or 72 months after every 24 000 km 15 000 miles or 24 months Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler Q Inspect front brake disc pads calipers and rotors U Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint Q Inspect suspension mou
56. If the inner door handle of the front door is pulled when the door lock button is in the lock position the button will unlock and the door will open if equipped e Front doors cannot be locked if the ignition key is in the ignition switch or if the smart key is in the vehicle and any front door is opened if equipped If a power door lock ever fails to func tion while you are in the vehicle try one or more of the following tech niques to exit Operate the door unlock feature repeatedly both electronic and manual while simultaneously pulling on the door handle Operate the other door locks and handles front and rear e Lower a front window and use the key to unlock the door from outside With central door lock switch If equipped E Driver s door Type A OYD043011 d d f 7 d N ke NY Features of your vehicle Operate by pressing the central door lock switch Press the switch to the Lock posi tion 1 all vehicle doors will lock Press the switch to the Unlock position 2 all vehicle doors will SE ne un Auto door lock unlock feature If the key is in the ignition switch or if equipped if the smart key is in the vehicle and any front door is opened the doors will not lock when the Lock position 1 of the central door lock switch is pressed if equipped Impact sensing door unlock system if equipped All doors will automatically u
57. If the occupant detection system is not working properly the SRS air bag warning light on the instru ment panel will illuminate because the passenger s front air bag is con nected with the occupant detection system If there is a malfunction of the occupant detection system the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi cator will not illuminate and the pas senger s front air bag will inflate in frontal impact crashes even if there is no occupant in the front passenger s seat Driver s and passenger s front air bag Driver s front air bag e 3 Aa x a ni x mand satira x L OYDDSA2026 Your vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Supplemental Restraint Air Bag System and lap shoulder belts at both the driver and passen ger seating position Safety features of your vehicle The indications of the system s pres ence are the letters AIR BAG embossed on the air bag pad cover in the steering wheel and the pas senger s side front panel pad above the glove box The SRS consists of air bags installed under the pad covers in the center of the steering wheel and the passenger s side front panel above the glove box The purpose of the SRS is to provide the vehicle s driver and or the front passenger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt sys tem alone in case of a frontal impact of sufficient severity The SRS uses sensors to gather information about the driver s seat p
58. MDPS Unit Ba e Smart Junction Box ARISU LT IPS 1 4CH Fuse MODULE 6 MODULE 7 P WDW LH N P WDW RH TRUNK ABSI 4 0 MULTI FUSE 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 ABS 1 WA ESo Mode SSCS C omn 40A_ orfani Relay Gan Relay SSCS C RRHTO 40A_ RRHTOReaySSSOSC SSCSCSC CS 608 4 4 4 GSL PTC Relay GSL PTC o Smart Junction Box ARISU LT IPS 3 4CH ARISU LT IPS 4 4CH IPS 5 2CH Fuse PDM A A A A d 1 P SEAT DRV BRAKE SWITCH S HEATER RR B UP LAMP A A T Electro Chromic Mirror Audio A V amp Navigation Head Unit Rear Combination Lamp In LH RH Smart Junction Box IPS Control Module M T Back Up Lamp Switch TCU 1 15A Transaxle Range Switch Vehicle Speed Sensor Oil Pump Inverter E R Fuse amp Relay Box Fuse B UP LAMP ABS 3 ESC Module Yaw Rate Sensor FUSE A A A A ECU 3 ECM PCM A CON SWITCH 10A A C Control Module Blower Motor Blower Relay ECM PCM Blower Resistor WIPER ECM PCM Wiper Motor E R Fuse amp Relay Box Wiper Relay B 3 50A Smartdunction Box Leak Current Autocut Device Fuse PDM 2 DR LOCK SUNROOF EMS Box Engine Control Relay Fuse ECU 4 A CON F PUMP ISG l INVERTER soa fo Pump Inverter DEICER ICM Relay Box Front Deicer Relay F PUMP F Pump Relay 6 6 1 5 Maintenance Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected STOP LAMP Stop Signal Electronic Module NES Driver CCS Control Module Passenger Seat Warmer Module HORN
59. Navigation SYSTEM coi 00d cened ve dens awe a 4 146 Power outlet ac oc crac aliante 4 143 SCAL WAFMEL causa RE KRE eae ag 4 140 Sliding areg nonn n unnan 4 139 DUNVISOF b4cc0nenaneees eee reaueseees ce sons 4 140 Interior Heb RR RP RE sy RN Ra 4 104 Automatict turn off function 4 104 Glove box lamp 60 40 lt sarees eed ela de bee a 4 106 Map LAUD or moo ne we ode eee Ree ae eee 4 104 Index Room laMe 1 34254 RE RRR rinii anin 558682 4 105 M Trunk room lamp di aaa 4 106 Vanity mirror lamp iii 4 107 Maintenance services eee eee 7 4 INTEMOL OVETVIEW 2 64520 065e006e 80nd ead bewod Mes 2 4 Owner maintenance precautions 1 5 Owner s responsibility 0000005 7 4 K Manual climate control system 4 110 i Climate control air filter 4 118 Key POSIMONS cc aacccund cee paweewews our E 5 5 Heating and air conditioning 4 111 Keys ia e Re Abdia bai ee eee iii 4 4 Refrigerant and compressor lubricant 4 119 Key ODCIQOUS cera sian rapiti 4 4 System operation Li 4 116 Record your key number a Manual ransaxle LL 5 13 Manual transaxle operation 5 13 MIMOrS iL i e 4 46 l Inside rearview MTOR os iii 4 46 LCD display naan 0 4 61 Outside rearview MIITor n onnon nnna 4 51 RN lt dE RR spenr nerra E A 4 66 LCD des reina lesa 4 61 O Service Le csangenama
60. O Inspect vacuum hose UO Replace engine oil and filter 108 000 km 67 500 miles or 108 months Q Add fuel additive 12 000 km 7 500 miles or 12 months Inspect cooling system hoses and connections U Inspect brake pedal free play Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance Di CCC NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE 120 000 km 75 000 miles or 60 months Continued Q Rotate tire Q Add fuel additive Q Inspect battery condition 12 000 km 7 500 miles or 12 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter U Inspect cooling system hoses and connections Q Inspect air conditioning refrigerant Q Inspect brake pedal free play Q Inspect brake hoses and lines Q Inspect all latch hinges and locks 0 Inspect drive belts First 96 000 km 60 000 miles or 72 months Inspect de and if necessary adjust correct clean or after every 24 000 km 15 000 miles or 24 months Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler Q Inspect front brake disc pads calipers and rotors U Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint Q Inspect suspension mounting bolts Q Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit U Inspect rear brake disc pads parking brake Q Replace engine oil and filter 120 000 km 75 000 miles or 120 months Continued
61. SPARE aa e PAWDW LA 25A DR LOCK 20A SPARE 3 E T POWER OUTLETI 20A SIHEATER RR 20A MODULE 8 10A BCM Smart Key Control Module SPARE 2 A TT TT SPARE 1 15A Smart Key Control Module BCM Digital Clock Audio A V amp Navigation Head Unit Power Outside Mirror Switch DC DC Converter MTS Module A CON 7 5A A C Control Module Cluster lonizer E R Fuse amp Relay Box Blower Relay GSL PTC Relay MODULE 5 7 5A Sunroof Driver CCS Control Module Passenger Seat Warmer Module Rear Seat Warmer LH RH HTD MIRR 10A ECM PCM A C Control Module Driver Passenger Power Outside Mirror Trunk Room Lamp Glove Box Lamp Vanity Lamp LH RH Room Lamp Overhead Console Lamp ERRE ME 7 5A ignition Key ILL amp Door Warning Switch W O Smart Key MODULE 6 7 5A Sport Mode Switch Key Solenoid PDM 2 7 5A With Smart Key Smart Key Control Module W O Smart Key Immobilizer Module SUNROOF 20A Sunroof Electro Chromic Mirror Multipurpose Check Connector A C Control Module Driver CCS Switch Driver MODULE 2 10A CCS Control Module Passenger Seat Warmer Module Driver IMS Module Passenger Seat Warmer Switch A V amp Navigation Head Unit DC DC Converter MTS Module ATM Lever Indicator PAS Off Switch Rear Seat Warmer LH RH Rear Power Window Switch LH RH MODULE 1 10A Maintenance Fuse Name Fuse aim Gioie OOO Wiper Motor E R Fuse amp Relay Box Wiper Relay Multifunction Switch Wiper MULTIMEDIA 2 Telematics Unit Dri
62. Select Sound through TUNE knob or key gt Select menu through TUNE knob Sound Settings This menu allows you to set the Bass Middle Treble and the Sound Fader and Balance Select Sound Settings gt Select menu through TUNE knob Turn TUNE knob left right to set e Bass Middle Treble Selects the sound tone e Fader Balance Moves the sound fader and balance e Default Restores default settings Back While _adjusting values pressing the TUNE knob will restore the parent menu Speed Dependent Volume Control This feature is used to automatically control the volume level according to the speed of the vehicle Select Speed Dependent Vol Set in 4 levels Off Low Mid High of TUNE knob Voice Recognition Volume Adjusts voice recognition volume select Voice Recognition Vol gt Set volume of TUNE knob j Features of your vehicle SYSTEM SETTINGS Press the key Select System through tune knob or key Select menu through TUNE knob Memory Information Displays currently used memory and total system memory Select Memory Information gt OK The currently used memory is dis played on the left side while the total system memory is displayed on the righ
63. Smart key functions Locking Carrying the smart key you may lock pae and unlock the vehicle doors Also you may start the engine Refer to the following for more details OYDDCO2007 With a smart key you can lock or unlock a door and even start the ali 2 OYDDCO2008 engine without inserting the key The functions of the buttons on a smart key are similar to the remote keyless entry Refer to the Remote keyless entry in this chapter Pressing the button of the front out side door handles with all doors closed and any door unlocked locks all the doors The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound once to indicate that all doors are locked The button will only oper ate when the smart key is within 0 7 1 m 28 40 in from the outside door handle If you want to make sure that a door has locked or not you should check the door lock but ton inside the vehicle or pull the out side door handle Features of your vehicle Even though you press the button the doors will not lock and the chime will sound for 3 seconds if any of the following occurs e The smart key is in the vehicle The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position e Any door except the trunk is opened Unlocking Pressing the button of the driver s outside door handle with all doors closed and locked unlocks the dri ver s door The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound twice
64. Technology audio you must first pair and connect the Bluetooth Wireless Technology mobile phone e The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology e Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio can be used only when the Audio Streaming of Phone is turned COn Setting Bluetooth Wireless Technology Audio Streaming Press the key Select Phone through the tune knob or key Select Audio Streaming through the TUNE knob gt Set Con YC Starting Bluetooth Wireless Technology Audio e Press the key to change the mode in order of CD USB AUX My Music BT Audio e If BT Audio is selected Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio will start playing Audio may not automatically start playing in some mobile phones j Features of vour vehicle Using the Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio features e Play Stop Press the TUNE knob to play and pause the current song Previous Next song SEEK SEEK Press or Mii to play previous or next song The previ
65. Turns power On Off by pressing the knob Volume Sets volume by turning the knob left right j Features of your vehicle CAT o FOLDER 7 Each time the button is shortly pressed under 0 8 seconds it sets the screen Off Screen On Screen Off Audio operation is maintained and only the screen will be turned Off In the screen Off state press any key to turn the screen On again 8 Radio Mode Shortly press the key Previews each broadcast for 5 seconds each Press and hold the key over 0 8 seconds Previews the broadcasts saved in Preset BEB ior B seconds each Press the key again to continue listening to the current frequency SAT Radio does not support the Preset scan feature CD USB My Music mode Shortly press the key under 0 8 seconds Previews each song file for 10 seconds each Press the key again to continue listening to the current song file 9 Moves to the Display Sound Phone System setting modes 10 Displays menus for the current mode 11 Radio Mode SIRIUS RADIO Category Search MP3 CD USB mode Folder Search 12 TUNE knob Radio mode Changes frequency by turning the knob left right CD USB iPod My Music mode Searches songs files b
66. USB music iPod Plays iPod music Features of your vehicle e FM AM radio commands Commands available during Satellite radio commands Commands that can be FM AM radio operation used while listening to Satellite Radio Command Function Command Function Preset 1 6 Plays the broadcast station saved in Preset 1 6 Scan Scans receivable channels from the current Auto Store Automatically selects radio broadcast fre broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each quencies with superior reception and saves in Preset 1 6 Plays the broadcast saved in Preset 1 6 Presets 1 6 Information Displays the information of the current broad Seek up Plays the next higher receivable broadcast cast Seek down Plays the previous lower receivable broadcast Scan Scans receivable frequencies from the current broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each Preset Scan Moves to the next preset from the current present and plays for 10 seconds each Information Displays the information of the current broad cast This feature can be used when receiving RBDS broadcasts Features of your vehicle e Audio CD commands Commands available during e MP3 CD USB commands Commands available dur Audio CD operation ing USB and MP3 CD operation Command Function Command Function Random Randomly plays the tracks within the CD Random Randomly plays the files within the current Random Off Cancels random play to play tracks in sequen folder tial order All Random Ra
67. Warranty may not cover damage to the fuel system and any per formance problems that are caused by the use of fuels con taining methanol or fuels con taining MTBE Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether over 15 0 vol Oxygen Content 2 7 weight Do not use methanol Fuels containing methanol wood alcohol should not be used in your vehicle This type of fuel can reduce vehicle performance and damage components of the fuel system Introduction I Ie____ _rrr rr __rrrrrrrrrr r _ 5 K Kk gt gt gt gypSpvyio Hu Fuel Additives Kia recommends that you use good quality gasolines treated with deter gent additives such as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline which helps prevent deposit formation in the engine These gasolines will help the engine run cleaner and enhance per formance of the Emission Control System For more information on TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline please go to the website www top tiergas com For Customers who do not use TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly and have problems starting or the engine does not run smoothly addi tives that you can buy separately may be added to the gasoline If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive added to the fuel tank at 12 000 km or every engine oil change is recom mended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives
68. When the engine oil pressure is low If the engine oil pressure is low 1 Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle 2 Turn the engine off and check the engine oil level For more details refer to Engine Oil in section 7 If the level is low add oil as required If the warning light remains on after adding oil or if oil is not avail able have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible Features of your vehicle Low Fuel Level Warnin A CAUTION Engine Oil Light TE in A CAUTION Low Fuel Pressure Level Warning Light Driving with the Low Fuel Level e If the engine is not stopped ECO warning light on or with the fuel immediately after the Engine This warning light illuminates level below can cause the Oil Pressure Warning Light is When the fuel tank is nearly empty engine to misfire and damage illuminated severe damage the catalytic converter if could result equipped If the fuel tank is nearly empty Add fuel as soon as possible If the warning light stays on while the engine is running there may be serious engine damage In this case 1 Stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so 2 Turn off the engine and check the oil level If the oil level is low fill the engine oil to the proper level 3 Start the engine again If the warning light stays on after the engine is started turn the engine off immediately In this case have your vehi
69. a genuine Kia cap or the equivalent specified for your vehi cle An incorrect fuel filler cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel system or emission control sys tem 4 CAUTION Exterior paint Do not spill fuel on the exterior surfaces of the vehicle Any type of fuel spilled on painted surfaces may damage the paint Features of vour vehicle SUNROOF IF EQUIPPED OYDDCO2025 If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the sunroof control lever located on the overhead console The sunroof can only be opened closed or tilted when the ignition switch is in the ON position In cold and wet climates the sunroof may not work properly due to freez ing conditions After the vehicle is washed or in a rainstorm be sure to wipe off any water that is on the sunroof before operating it The sunroof cannot slide when it is in the tilt position nor can it be tilted while in an open or slide position CAUTION Sunroof control lever Do not continue to press the sunroof control lever after the sunroof is fully opened closed or tilted Damage to the motor or system occur components could Sunroof open warning if equipped E Type A OYDDDI2016 h e OYDNDI2030 R Type C OYDNDI2052 Features of your vehicle If the driver removes the ignition key smart key turns off the engine and opens the driver side door when the sunroof is not
70. accor dance with the scheduled mainte nance service charts shown on the following pages You need this infor mation to establish your compliance with the servicing and maintenance requirements of your vehicle war ranties Detailed warranty information is provided in your Warranty amp Consumer Information manual Repairs and adjustments required as a result of improper maintenance or a lack of required maintenance are not covered We recommend you have your vehi cle maintained and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer An authorized Kia dealer meets Kia s high service quality standards and receives tech nical support from Kia in order to pro vide you with a high level of service satisfaction Maintenance Owner maintenance precau tions Improper or incomplete service may result in problems This section gives instructions only for the maintenance items that are easy to perform As explained earlier in this section several procedures can be done only by an authorized Kia dealer with spe cial tools NOTICE Improper owner maintenance dur ing the warranty period may affect warranty coverage For details read the separate Warranty amp Consumer Information manual provided with the vehicle If you re unsure about any servicing or maintenance proce dure have it done by an authorized Kia dealer dn i n i i i Maintenance E UEO0ROZE un OWNER MAINTENANCE The following lists are vehicl
71. allow brake clutch fluid to contact the vehicle s body paint as paint damage will result Brake clutch fluid which has been exposed to open air for an extended time should never be used as its quality cannot be guaranteed It should be disposed of properly Maintenance WASHER FLUID Checking the washer fluid level Check the fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces sary Plain water may be used if washer fluid is not available However use washer solvent with antifreeze characteristics in cold cli mates to prevent freezing PARKING BRAKE A OYDDDR2105 Check the stroke of the parking brake by counting the number of clicks heard while fully applying it from the released position Also the parking brake alone should securely hold the vehicle on a fairly steep grade If the stroke is more or less than specified have the parking brake adjusted by an authorized Kia dealer Stroke 6 8 clicks at a force of 20 kg 44 Ibs 196 N __ lt Maintenance AIR CLEANER Filter replacement Replace the filter according to the na z i Maintenance Schedule A CAUTION Air filter If the vehicle is operated in extreme l maintenance ly dusty or sandy areas replace the e Do not drive with the air clean element more often than the usual er removed this will result in recomme
72. as soon as possible Don t neglect the interior Moisture can collect under the floor mats and carpeting and cause corro sion Check under the mats periodi cally to be sure the carpeting is dry Use particular care if you carry fertil izers cleaning materials or chemi cals in the car These should be carried only in proper containers and any spills or leaks should be cleaned up flushed with clean water and thoroughly dried Maintenance Interior care Interior general precautions Prevent chemicals such as perfume cosmetic oil sun cream hand clean er and air freshener from contacting the interior parts because they may cause damage or discoloration If they do contact the interior parts wipe them off immediately See the instructions for the proper way to clean vinyl 4 CAUTION Electrical components Never allow water or other liq uids to come in contact with electrical electronic compo nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them 4 CAUTION Leather When cleaning leather products steering wheel seats etc use neutral detergents or low alco hol content solutions If you use high alcohol content solutions or acid alkaline detergents the color of the leather may fade or the surface may get stripped off Cleaning the upholstery and inte rior trim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner Fabri
73. bag warning light 0005 3 37 Ari bag system operation 3 35 Curtain air bag iii rei 3 49 Do not install a child restraint on a front passenger s O e RR TETTE 3 36 Driver s and passenger s front air bag 3 45 Inflation non inflation conditions of air bag 3 50 Occupant detection system 2 2 42 5 weed whead 3 40 Side alf BG K RR A RR R R RR R R A 3 48 BIRD CAle a2 4 ems en eed doe oh oe Bes 3 55 SRS components and functions 3 38 Pi CleANel sapete 7 36 Piller replacement ss ciccia cd eo ek as 7 36 Air conditioning system ict nina ate 8 5 Appearance care 4 siriana 7 71 ESEO I na atea 7 71 Tateno Cale sone get oa ob ee tae ee ae AS 7 76 ANO SICH rien ee 4 147 Aux USB and iPod port 4 149 Glass anna io lei iii ae 4 147 Steering wheel audio control 4 148 Automatic climate control system 4 120 Automatic heating and air conditioning 4 121 Manual heating and air conditioning 4 122 SYSICMLOPEFALON sesse aisea entia E TAT 0 4 128 Automatic transaxle eee 5 16 Automatic transaxle operation 5 16 B Ballefiss uns sasso noapina sazia aaa 7 41 Battery recharging lt x 0 a R RR a cds dee SSR eas od 7 43 For best battery service usa iano na rata 7 41 Reset EMS a K 6 Z R ade ou eho ead dae EE BAe 7 43 OVARO A R R eee ese ones 5 3 Brake SVSleMs rsa siae 5 22 Anti lock b
74. bags may not inflate if the vehi cle collides with objects such as utility poles or trees where the point of impact is concentrated to one area and the full force of the impact is not delivered to the sen sors Safety features of your vehicle SRS Care The SRS is virtually maintenance free and there are no parts you can safely service by yourself If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate or continuously remains on have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Any work on the SRS system such as removing installing repairing or any work on the steering wheel must be performed by an authorized Kia dealer Improper handling of the SRS system may result in serious person al injury For cleaning the air bag pad covers use only a soft dry cloth or one which has been moistened with plain water Solvents or cleaners could adversely affect the air bag covers and proper deployment of the sys tem If components of the air bag system must be discarded or if the vehicle must be scrapped certain safety precautions must be observed An authorized Kia dealer knows these precautions and can give you the necessary information Failure to fol low these precautions and proce dures could increase the risk of per sonal injury Adding equipment to or modi fying your air bag equipped vehicle If you modify your vehicle by chang ing your vehicle s frame bumper sys tem front end or s
75. command press and hold the key on the steering wheel to end voice command Voice Recognition and Phone Contact Tips The Kia Voice Recognition System may have difficulty understanding some accents or uncommon names When using Voice Recognition to place a call speak in a moderate tone with clear pronunciation To maximize the use of Voice Recognition consider these guide lines when storing contacts e Do not store single name entries e g Bob Mom etc Instead always use full names including first and last names for these contacts Do not use special characters e g 1 amp etc Do not use abbreviations i e use Lieutenant instead of Lt or acronyms i e use County Finance Department instead of C F D Be sure to say the name exactly as it is entered in the contacts list Features of your vehicle Illustration on using voice commands e End voice command Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Starting voice command Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds f E Please say a command after D the beep BEEP More Help E Contacts Please say the name of the contact you want to call More Help You can say Radio FM AM SIRIUS Media CD USB Aux My Music iPod Bluetooth Audio x Phone Call History or Contacts Please say a com f Beep Beep end beep mand e Skipping Voice Recognition Shortly pressing the key und
76. example corrosion is accelerated by high humidity partic ularly when temperatures are just above freezing In such conditions the corrosive material is kept in con tact with the vehicle surfaces by moisture that is slow to evaporate Mud is particularly corrosive because it dries slowly and holds moisture in contact with the vehicle Although the mud appears to be dry it can still retain the moisture and promote corrosion High temperatures can also acceler ate corrosion of parts that are not properly ventilated so the moisture can be dispersed For all these rea sons it is particularly important to keep your vehicle clean and free of mud or accumulations of other mate rials This applies not only to the vis ible surfaces but particularly to the underside of the vehicle To help prevent corrosion You can help prevent corrosion from getting started by observing the fol lowing Maintenance n 27_ _ __ 75 ss eej5 e Mo MI m O_ _MKy Rs sn g _ sp PN 005 Keep your vehicle clean The best way to prevent corrosion is to keep your vehicle clean and free of corrosive materials Attention to the underside of the vehicle is partic ularly important e If you live in a high corrosion area where road salts are used near the ocean areas with industrial pollution acid rain etc you should take extra care to prevent corrosion In winter hose off the underside of your vehicle at least once a month and be
77. fluid level 7 35 Weight volUme PRE EER E AE 8 5 Welcome SVSIeni sis sassate 4 108 Headlamp welcome si risi 4 108 Interior DEN ergal 4 108 Puddle lamp and pocket lamp 4 108 WII ischia a aen aari aaa 4 27 Power WINdOWS 2 ce lt cos taseneeoaansoewanaeks 4 28 Windshield defrosting and defogging 4 130 Automatic climate control system 4 131 Defogging logic ritirare 4 132 Manual climate control system 4 130 1 8
78. fold the rear seatback forward and down firmly If the seat belt locks after unfolding the rear seatback pull out the locked seat belt release it then pull it out again e 5 door 1 Set the front seatback to the upright position and if necessary slide the front seat forward 2 Lower the rear headrests to lowest position 3 Pull the lock release lever 1 and fold the rear seatback forward and down firmly Safety features of your vehicle 4 To use the rear seat lift and pull the seatback backward Pull the seatback firmly until it clicks into place Make sure the seatback is locked in place When you return the seatback to its upright posi tion always be sure it has locked into position by pushing on the top of the seatback If you can not see the red line at the folding lever it means the seat back is locked completely To unfold the rear seat 1 To use the rear seat lift and pull the seatback rearward Pull the seatback firmly until it clicks into place Make sure the seatback is locked in place When you return the seatback to its upright posi tion always be sure it has locked into position by pushing on the top of the seatback 2 Return the rear seat belt to the proper position 3 When the seatback is completely installed check the seatback fold ing lever again When returning the rear seatbacks to the upright position remember to return the rear shoulder belts to their proper position
79. fully closed the warning chime will sound for a few seconds and a warning image will appear on the LCD display Close the sunroof securely when leaving your vehicle Sliding the sunroof G a BEFFE ovine Einara OYDDC0202 To open the sunroof automatically Pull the sunroof control lever back ward to the second detent position and then release it The sunroof will slide all the way open The sunroof will slide to the recom mended open position about 5 cm 2in before the maximum slide open position To stop the sunroof sliding at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily To open the sunroof to the maximum slide open position press the switch towards the rear of the vehicle once again and hold it until the sunroof slide all the way open To reduce wind noise while driving we recommend you to drive at the recommended position about 5 cm 2in before the maximum slide open position To close the sunroof automatically Push the sunroof control lever for ward to the second detent position and then release it The sunroof will automatically close all the way To stop the sunroof sliding at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily While driving with the sunroof in an open or partially open position your vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffeting or pulsation noise This noise is a normal occurrence and can be reduced or eliminated by tak ing the follow
80. if you intend to back up Necessary inspections Fluid levels such as engine oll engine coolant brake fluid and washer fluid should be checked on a regular basis with the exact interval depending on the fluid Further details are provided in Chapter 7 Maintenance Before starting Close and lock all doors Position the seat so that all con trols are easily reached Buckle your seat belt Adjust the inside and outside rearview mirrors Be sure that all lights work Check all gauges Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position Release the parking brake and make sure the brake warning light goes off For safe operation be sure you are familiar with your vehicle and its equipment Driving your vehicle Driving your vehicle KEY POSITIONS Illuminated ignition switch if equipped OYDDDR3001 Whenever a front door is opened the ignition switch will illuminate for your convenience provided the ignition switch is not in the ON position The light will go off immediately when the ignition switch is turned on It will also go off after about 30 seconds after the door is closed Ignition switch position LOCK The steering wheel locks to protect against theft The ignition key can be removed only in the LOCK position When turning the ignition switch to the LOCK position push the key inward at the ACC position and turn the key towa
81. in random order Press the key again to turn off repeat Changing Song File While song file is Da Shortly pressing the key Plays the current song from the beginning If the key is pressed again within 2 second the previ ous song is played Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Rewinds the song playing SEEK A While song file is playing 2921 key Shortly pressing the key Plays the next song Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Fast forwards the song Scan While song file is playing ISS key Shortly pressing the key Scans all songs from the next song for 10 seconds each Press the key again to turn off The SCAN function is not support ed in iPod mode Folder Search MP3 CD USB Mode While file is playing Folder Up key Searches the next folder While file is playing Folder Down key Searches the parent folder If a folder is selected by pressing the TUNE knob the first file within the selected folder will be played s In iPod mode moves to the Parent Folder Searching Songs File e Turning TUNE knob Searches for songs files e Pressing TUNE knob selected song file Plays j Features of your vehicle ME
82. inflate in a frontal collision depending on the intensity speed or angles of impact of the front collision Safetv features of vour vehicle Kr L OYDDSA2040 The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration Side air bags Side air bags side and or curtain air bags are designed to inflate when an impact is detected by side collision sensors depending on the strength speed or angles of impact resulting from a side impact collision Although the front air bags driver s and front passenger s air bags are designed to inflate in frontal colli sions they also may inflate in other types of collisions if the front impact sensors detect a sufficient frontal force in another type of impact Side and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in certain side impact colli sions They may inflate in other type of collisions where a side force is detected by the sensors If the vehicle chassis is impacted by bumps or objects on unimproved roads or sidewalks air bags may deploy Drive carefully on unim proved roads or on surfaces not designed for vehicle traffic to prevent unintended air bag deployment Air bag non inflation conditions 1JBA3515 e In certain low speed collisions the air bags may not deploy The air bags are designed not to deploy in such cases because they may not provide benefits beyond the pro tection of the seat belts in such col lisions Safety features of your v
83. injuries in the event of an accident and to achieve maximum effectiveness of the restraint system all passengers should be sitting up and the front seats should be in an upright position when the vehicle is moving A seat belt cannot provide proper protection if the person is lying down in the rear seat or if the front seat is in a reclined position Care of seat belts Seat belt systems should never be disassembled or modified In addi tion care should be taken to assure that seat belts and belt hardware are not damaged by seat hinges doors or other abuse Periodic inspection All seat belts should be inspected periodically for wear or damage of any kind Any damaged parts should be replaced as soon as possible Keep belts clean and dry Seat belts should be kept clean and dry If belts become dirty they can be cleaned by using a mild soap solu tion and warm water Bleach dye strong detergents or abrasives should not be used because they may damage and weaken the fabric When to replace seat belts The entire in use seat belt assembly or assemblies should be replaced if the vehicle has been involved in an accident This should be done even if no damage is visible Additional questions concerning seat belt oper ation should be directed to an authorized Kia dealer Safety features of your vehicle CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM Children riding in the car should sit in the rear seat and must always be properly re
84. is Bluetooth Bluetooth refers to a short dis tance wireless networking technol ogy which uses a 2 45GHz fre quency to connect various devices within a certain distance e Supported within PCs external devices Bluetooth phones PDAs various electronic devices and automotive environments Bluetooth allows data to be trans mitted at high speeds without hav ing to use a connector cable Bluetooth Handsfree refers to a device which allows the user to con veniently make phone calls with Bluetooth mobile phones through the AV Navigation system e Bluetooth Handsfree may not be supported in some mobile phones To learn more about mobile device compatibility visit www kia com Precautions for Safe Driving Bluetooth Handsfree is a feature that enables drivers to practice safe driving Connecting the head unit with a Bluetooth phone allows the user to conveniently make and receive calls and use contacts Before using Bluetooth carefully read the contents of this user s manual Excessive use or operations while driving may lead to negligent driv ing practices and result in acci dents Refrain from excessive oper ations while driving Viewing the screen for prolonged periods of time is dangerous and may lead to accidents When driv ing view the screen only for short periods of time Features of your vehicle When connecting a Bluetooth Phone Before connecting the head unit
85. lights or headlights are ON 2 The parking brake is applied 3 Engine stops Lighting control Parking light position 00 OXM049110 The light switch has a Headlight and a Parking light position To operate the lights turn the knob at the end of the control lever to one of the following positions 1 OFF position 2 Parking light position 3 Headlight position 4 Auto light position if equipped OAM049041 When the light switch is in the park ing light position 1st position the tail position license and instrument panel lights will turn ON j Features of vour vehicle Headlight position 20 OAM049042 When the light switch is in the head light position 2nd position the head tail position license and instrument panel lights will turn ON The ignition switch must be in the ON position to turn on the headlights Auto light position if equipped im Ir hy OYDDCO02042 When the light switch is in the AUTO light position the taillights and head lights will turn ON or OFF automati cally depending on the amount of light outside the vehicle Never place anything over the sensor 1 located on the instrument panel This will ensure better auto light sys tem control Do not clean th
86. manual transaxle 3 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle Be sure they all get out on the side of the vehicle that is away from traffic 4 When changing a flat tire follow the instruction provided later in this section If engine stalls while driving 1 Reduce your speed gradually keeping a straight line Move cau tiously off the road to a safe place 2 Turn on your emergency flashers 3 Try to start the engine again If your vehicle will not start contact an authorized Kia dealer or seek other qualified assistance __ j What to do in an emergency IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START If the engine doesn t turn over or turns over slowly 1 If your vehicle has an automatic transaxle be sure the shift lever is in N Neutral or P Park and the emergency brake is set 2 Check the battery connections to be sure they are clean and tight 3 Turn on the interior light If the light dims or goes out when you operate the starter the battery is dis charged 4 Check the starter connections to be sure they are securely tight ened 5 Do not push or pull the vehicle to Start it See instructions for Jump starting If engine turns over normally but does not start 1 Check fuel level 2 With the ignition switch in the LOCK posi
87. may vary by product brand If there is difficulty locating the learn or smart button refer ence the device s owner s manual or contact Homelink at 1 800 355 3515 or on the internet at www homelink com 5 Press and release the learn or smart button on the devices motor head unit You have 30 sec onds to complete step number 6 6 Return to the vehicle and firmly press and release the pro grammed Homelink button up to three times The rolling code equipped device should now rec ognize the Homelink signal and activate when the Homelink but ton is pressed The remaining two buttons may now be programmed if this has not previously been done Refer to the Programming portion of this text Operating Homelink To operate simply press the pro grammed Homelink button Activation will now occur for the trained product garage door securi ty system entry door lock estate gate or home or office lighting For convenience the hand held trans mitter of the device may also be used at any time The Homelink Wireless Controls System once programmed or the original hand held transmitter may be used to activate the device e g garage door entry door lock etc In the event that there are still programming difficulties contact Homelink at 1 800 355 3515 or on the internet at www homelink com Features of vour vehicle Erasing programmed Homelink buttons Flashing OHD046306N
88. not play unau thenticated MP3 or WMA files 1 It can only play MP8 files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps 2 It can only play WMA music files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps Take precautions for static elec tricity when connecting or discon necting the external USB device Continued Continued An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is not recognizable Depending on the condition of the external USB device the connected external USB device can be unrecognizable When the formatted byte sector setting of External USB device is not either 512BYIE or 2048BYTE then the device will not be recognized Use only a USB device format ted to FAT 12 16 32 USB devices without USB I F authentication may not be recog nizable Make sure the USB connection terminal does not come in con tact with the human body or other objects If you repeatedly connect or dis connect the USB device in a short period of time it may break the device Continued Continued You may hear a strange noise when connecting or disconnect ing a USB device If you disconnect the external USB device during playback in USB mode the external USB device can be damaged or may malfunction Therefore discon nect the external USB device when the audio is turned off or in another mode e g Radio CD Depending on the type and capacity of the external USB device or the type of the files stored in the
89. observe the following Check tire pressure when the tires are cold After vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or hasn t been driven more than 1 6 km one mile since startup Check the pressure of your spare tire each time you check the pres sure of other tires Never overload your vehicle Be careful not to overload a vehicle luggage rack if your vehicle is equipped with one Checking tire inflation pres sure Check your tires once a month or more Also check the tire pressure of the spare tire How to check Use a good quality gauge to check tire pressure You can not tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they re underinflated Check the tire s inflation pressure when the tires are cold Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 6 km 1 mile Maintenance eee uz mZ zozozno lt lt z z lt czcezne M mmM ___ ZZDDDDii i i I t t Iiii VJi Vl liVJ j amp 4 A M M M amp w w amp w w W M nnh h X gt W n h Yn nh n n wYWY n n n n Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem Press the tire gauge firm ly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement lf the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the tire and loading information label no further adjust m
90. of your vehicle SIRIUS RADIO Using SIRIUS Satellite Radio Your Kia vehicle is equipped with a 3 month complimentary period of SIR IUSTM Satellite Radio so you have access to over 130 channels of music information and entertain ment programming Activation In order to extend or reactivate your subscription to SIRIUS Satellite Radio you will need to contact SIR IUS Customer Care at 1 888 539 7474 Have your 12 digit SID Sirius Identification Number ESN Electronic Serial Number ready To retrieve the SID ESN turn on the radio press the RADIO button and tune to channel zero Please note that the vehicle will need to be turned on in Sirius mode and have an unobstructed view of the sky in order for the radio to receive the activation signal SEEK Press the key Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds select previous or next channel Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds continuously move to previous or next channel If the Category icon is displayed channels are changed within the Current category SCAN Press the key gt ISS e Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Previews each broad cast for 5 seconds each Press the key again to continue listening to the current frequency If the Category icon is displayed channels are changed within the current category Category Press the key Set through the TUNE knob
91. or replace 72 000 km 45 000 miles or 36 months Q Rotate tire U Inspect battery condition Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect air conditioning refrigerant U Inspect brake hoses and lines Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler Q Inspect front brake disc pads calipers and rotors Q Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint Q Inspect suspension mounting bolts Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit U Inspect rear brake disc pads parking brake Q Replace engine oil and filter 72 000 km 45 000 miles or 72 months U Add fuel additive 12 000 km 7 500 miles or 12 months U Inspect cooling system hoses and connections U Inspect brake pedal free play Q Inspect all latch hinges and locks Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance eee NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE 84 000 km 52 500 miles or 42 months Q Rotate tire Q Inspect battery condition Q Inspect air cleaner filter O Inspect vacuum hose Q Replace engine oil and filter 84 000 km 52 500 miles or 84 months Q Add fuel additive 12 000 km 7 500 miles or 12 months Q Inspect cooling system hoses and connections U Inspect brake pedal free play Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace 96 000 km 60 000 miles or 48 months Q Rotate tire Q Inspect ba
92. or smart key Disarmed stage The system will be disarmed when Transmitter The door unlock button is pressed The engine is started within 3 seconds The ignition switch is in the ON position for 30 seconds or more Smart key The door unlock button is pressed The button of the front outside door is pressed while carrying the smart key The engine is started within 3 seconds After the doors are unlocked the haz ard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the system is disarmed After pressing the unlock button if any door or trunk is not opened within 30 seconds the system will be rearmed Features of your vehicle Avoid trying to start the engine while the alarm is activated The vehicle starting motor is disabled during the theft alarm stage If the system is not disarmed with the transmitter insert the key into the ignition switch turn the ignition switch to the ON position and wait for 30 seconds Then the system will be disarmed If you lose your keys consult your authorized Kia dealer If the system is not disarmed with the transmitter insert the key into the ignition switch and start the engine Then the system will be disarmed If you lose your keys consult your authorized Kia dealer Features of vour vehicle DOOR LOCKS Operating door locks from outside the vehicle rr SUS Unlock OYDDCO2009 Turn the ey dad the rear of the vehic
93. over 0 8 seconds While holding the key frequency changes without stop ping When the key is released automatically searches for the next frequency from that point Preset SEEK Press the GR key e Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Plays the frequency saved in the corresponding key Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Pressing and holding the desired key from 6 will save the currently playing broadcast to the selected key and sound a BEEP SCAN Press the key Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds The broadcast frequency increases and previews each broadcast for 5 seconds each After scanning all frequencies returns and plays the current broadcast fre quency Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Previews the broad casts saved in Preset 6 for 5 seconds each Selecting through manual search Turn the TUNE knob left right to adjust the frequency e FM Changes by 200KHz e AM Changes by 10KHz __ j Features of your vehicle MENU Within key are the A Store Auto Store and Info functions T A Store Press the key Set A Store through TUNE knob or key Saves broadcasts with superior reception to W keys If no frequencies are received then the most recently
94. provide protection in a severe collision the air bags must inflate rapidly The speed of air bag inflation is a consequence of extremely short time in which a collision occurs and the need to get the air bag between the occu pant and the vehicle structures before the occupant impacts those structures This speed of inflation reduces the risk of serious or life threatening injuries in a severe col lision and is thus a necessary part of air bag design However air bag inflation can also cause injuries which can include facial abrasions bruises and bro ken bones because the inflation speed also causes the air bags to expand with a great deal of force e There are even circumstances under which contact with the steering wheel air bag can cause fatal injuries especially if the occupant is positioned exces sively close to the steering wheel Safety features of vour vehicle Noise and smoke When the air bags inflate they make a loud noise and they leave smoke and powder in the air inside of the vehicle This is normal and is a result of the ignition of the air bag inflator After the air bag inflates you may feel substantial discomfort in breath ing due to the contact of your chest to both the seat belt and the air bag as well as from breathing the smoke and powder Open your doors and or windows as soon as possi ble after the impact in order to reduce discomfort and prevent prolonged exposure to smoke and pow
95. restraint system be used in the rear seats Since all passenger seat belts move freely under normal conditions and only lock under extreme or emer gency conditions emergency lock mode you must manually change these seat belts to the auto lock mode to secure a child restraint If the seat belt does not operate as described in this section have the system checked immediately by your authorized Kia dealer Safety features of your vehicle Placing a passenger seat belt into the auto lock mode E2MS103005 The auto lock mode will help prevent the normal movement of the child in the vehicle from causing the seat belt to loosen and compromise the child restraint system To secure a child restraint system use the following procedure OEN036101 To install a child restraint system on the outboard or center rear seats do the following 1 Place the child restraint system in the seat and route the lap shoul der belt around or through the restraint following the restraint manufacturers instructions Be sure the seat belt webbing is not twisted 2 Fasten the lap shoulder belt latch into the buckle Listen for the dis tinct click sound Position the release button so that it is easy to access in case of an emer gency OEN036102 Pull the shoulder portion of the seat belt all the way out When the shoulder portion of the seat belt is fully extended it will shift the retractor to the
96. result in overheating and possible failure of the tires Avoid using worn or damaged tires which may result in reduced traction Or tire failure Never exceed the maximum tire inflation pressure shown on the tires Fuel engine coolant and engine oil High speed travel consumes more fuel than urban motoring Do not for get to check both the engine coolant and engine oil Drive belt A loose or damaged drive belt may overheat the engine Driving your vehicle WINTER DRIVING ee 1JB B3305 Severe weather conditions in the winter result in greater wear and other problems To minimize the problems of winter driving you should follow these suggestions Snowy or Icy conditions To drive your vehicle in deep snow it may be necessary to use snow tires on your tires If snow tires are need ed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and type of the Original equipment tires Failure to do SO may adversely affect the safety and handling of your car Furthermore speeding rapid accel eration sudden brake applications and sharp turns are potentially very hazardous practices During deceleration use engine braking to the fullest extent Sudden brake applications on snowy or icy roads may cause skids You need to keep sufficient distance between the vehicle in operation in front and your vehicle Also apply the brake gently Snow tires If you mount snow tires on your vehi cle make sure they
97. s s s s s s s s ss ss ss 4 108 Interior Went ann 4 108 e Puddle lamp and pocket lamp 4 108 Detroster an 4 109 e Rear window defroster Lee 4 109 e Front wiper deicer 000000000000 000000 4 109 Manual climate control system 4 110 e Heating and air conditioning 4 111 System 0perali0n 2 nni 4 116 Climate control air filter 0 00000 4 118 e Refrigerant and compressor lubricant 4 119 Automatic climate control system 4 120 e Automatic heating and air conditioning 4 121 e Manual heating and air conditioning 4 122 Syslt M 0perdauioni ion inno 4 128 Windshield defrosting and defogging 4 130 e Manual climate control system 4 130 s Automatic climate control system 4 131 Delocoine loic see aces eis ee ies ree ete eee 4 132 Storage compartment eeee00 4 135 e Center console storage 0000000000000 4 135 s GIOVE DOX sce a 4 135 Coolbox ei 4 136 S IUH bolder inn 4 136 Interior features cccccccsccvevecvcess 4 138 eC iparette WENGER ooe eero ore oc ae 62 0 eee reece e 4 138 e ASHAY oeaan en 4 138 l Up Te aeneae ce wee eee 4 139 Shidmeo armrest inno 4 139 Sumisor se nn n 4 140 e Seat WAEL nn 4 140 e Climate control seat ss esaea aaea 4 142 lt Fower oulle oc oe nni 4 143 ECD momt
98. season tifeS siriani mee neds Kawase x 7 55 Checking tire inflation pressure 7 45 V LOW aspect raito tife israeliana 7 56 Radial ply res vice da cee presina woes 7 56 Vehicle break in process 0c eee eee 1 5 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures 7 44 Vehicle certification label 8 9 SNOW dEi 7 55 Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recorders SUMMER Ce gianna RARI 7 55 Vehicle identification number VIN 1 6 Hide sable parate ene 7 44 Vehicle load Imt nie Ped aw ew wae 5 50 Tire maintenance 2 626206 R A E N RL N RA e 7 49 Certification label 50d dees d Redan eee aw a 5 53 BO 1 7 Index Tire and loading information label 5 50 STO d e RO TA SRP 5 47 ACCINGE sasa aaa ei ea 5 55 sted sassari fe snoda eee 7 38 Base curb Weight dos 5 55 Blade IMSPCCUON v5 susan nation sa 7 38 Cargo Weight 5 55 Blade replacement lt 6 a gusesai sedano 7 38 GAW Gross axle weight 25 5 55 Wipers and washers gt riale 4 101 GAWR Gross axle weight rating 5 55 Windshield Washers 464 users nani 4 102 GVW Gross vehicle weight 5 55 Windshield wipers 0c eee eee 4 102 GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating 5 55 Vehicle curb weight 5 55 W Warning and indicator lights nonan nananana 4 78 Indicator Lights s 22554 fossa aan stenta 4 85 Warning lights LL 4 78 Washer flde 6 24 visiera nente 7 35 Checking the washer
99. seat belt pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab into the buckle There will be an audible click when the tab locks into the buckle When not securing a child restraint the seat belt operates in the same way as the driver s seat belt Emergency Locking Retractor Type lt automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt portion of the seat belt is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips When the seat belt is fully extended from the retractor to allow the instal lation of a child restraint system the seat belt operation changes to allow the belt to retract but not to extend Automatic Locking Retractor Type Refer to Using a child restraint sys tem in this section To convert from the automatic lock ing feature to the emergency locking operation mode allow the unbuckled seat belt to fully retract Safetv features of vour vehicle When using the rear center seat belt the buckle with the CENTER mark must be used B210A01NF 1 To release the seat belt The seat belt is released by pressing the release button 1 of the locking buckle When it is released the belt should automatically draw back into the retractor If this does not happen check the belt to be sure it is not twisted then try again Shoulder belt extension guide for 2 door OUB031053L You can adjust the position of the shoulder belt extension guide for easier acc
100. seconds if the door is closed However if the ignition switch is ON or all doors are locked the map lamp and the room lamp will turn off immediately If a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or LOCK position the map lamp and the room lamp stays on for about 20 minutes However if a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ON position the map lamp and the room lamp stays on continuously If the type B room lamp switch is OFF it doesn t work e OFF 3 The lights turn off even if a door is opened When the lamp is turned ON by pressing the lens 1 the lamp does not turn off even If the switch 2 is in the OFF position e ON 4 The map lamp and the room lamp stay on at all times Room lamp s BMG Lanni I NT SSA 0 1D040097 To turn the room lamp ON or OFF push the switch If your vehicle is not equipped with a map lamp the room lamp will also turn on or off as follows The room lamp comes on when a door is opened The lamps go out after approximately 30 seconds The room lamp comes on for approximately 30 seconds when doors are unlocked with a trans mitter or smart key as long as the doors are not opened Features of your vehicle The room lamp will stay on for approximately 20 minutes if a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or LOCK OFF position The room lamp will stay on con tinuously if the door is opened with the ignition switch
101. shows there is less than 1 6 mm 1 16 inch of tread left on the tire Replace the tire when this happens Do not wait for the band to appear across the entire tread before replac ing the tire The ABS works by comparing the speed of the wheels Tire size can affect wheel speed When replacing tires all 4 tires must use the same size originally supplied with the vehi cle Using tires of a different size can cause the ABS Anti lock Brake System and ESC Electronic Stability Control if equipped to work irregularly Compact spare tire replacement A compact spare tire has a shorter tread life than a regular size tire Replace it when you can see the tread wear indicator bars on the tire The replacement compact spare tire should be the same size and design tire as the one provided with your new vehicle and should be mounted on the same compact spare tire wheel The compact spare tire is not designed to be mounted on a regular size wheel and the compact spare tire wheel is not designed for mount ing a regular size tire Maintenance EN CC i Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels for any reason make sure the new wheels are equivalent to the original factory units in diameter rim width and offset A wheel that is not the correct size may adversely affect wheel and bearing life braking and stopping abilities handling characteristics ground clearance body to tire clear ance snow chain
102. specified govern ment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half times 1 as well on the gov ernment course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Tires degrade over time even when they are not being used Regardless of the remaining tread we recom mend that tires be replaced after approximately six 6 years of nor mal service Heat caused by hot cli mates or frequent high loading con ditions can accelerate the aging process These grades are molded on the side walls of passenger vehicle tires The tires available as standard or optional equipment on your vehicles may vary with respect to grade Traction AA A B amp C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tires ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on spec ified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction perform ance The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead brak ing traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction char acteristics Maintenance n Ge NU 9UN i i bh I HE Temperature A B amp C
103. speed ratings The chart below lists many of the dif ferent speed ratings currently being used for passenger vehicles The speed rating is part of the tire size designation on the sidewall of the tire This symbol corresponds to that tire s designed maximum safe oper ating speed Maximum Speed 180 km h 112 mph 190 km h 118 mph 210 km h 130 mph 240 km h 149 mph 240 km h Above 149 mph Maintenance nnn TT 3 Checking tire life TIN Tire Identification Number Any tires that are over 6 years old based on the manufacturing date including the spare tire should be replaced by new ones You can find the manufacturing date on the tire sidewall possibly on the inside of the wheel displaying the DOT Code The DOT Code is a series of num bers on a tire consisting of numbers and English letters The manufactur ing date is designated by the last four digits characters of the DOT code DOT XXXX XXXX 0000 The front part of the DOT means a plant code number tire size and tread pattern and the last four num bers indicate week and year manu factured For example DOT XXXX XXXX 1614 represents that the tire was produced in the 16th week of 2014 4 Tire ply composition and mate rial The number of layers or plies of rub ber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others The letter R means radial
104. start position Automatic Transaxle Place the transaxle shift lever in P Park Depress the brake pedal fully You can also start the engine when the shift lever is in the N Neutral position 3 Turn the ignition switch to START and hold it there until the engine starts a maximum of 10 seconds then release the key lt should be started without depressing the accelerator 4 Do not wait for the engine to warm up while the vehicle remains sta tionary Start driving at moderate engine speeds Steep accelerating and decelerating should be avoided If the engine stalls while the vehicle is in motion do not attempt to move the shift lever to the P Park posi tion If traffic and road conditions per mit you may put the shift lever in the N Neutral position while the vehicle is still moving and turn the ignition switch to the START position in an attempt to restart the engine A CAUTION Starter Do not engage the starter for more than 10 seconds If the engine stalls or fails to start wait 5 to 10 seconds before re engaging the starter Improper use of the starter may damage it Driving your vehicle Starting the engine with a smart key if equipped 1 Carry the smart key or leave it inside the vehicle 2 Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied 3 Place the transaxle shift lever in P Park 4 Press the ENGINE START STOP button while depressing the brake pedal 5 Do not wait for the engi
105. system during or after use is normal Maintenance n e 76M ee MO At least monthly e Check the coolant level in the At least twice a year i e every Spring and Fall At least once a year e Clean the body and door drain engine coolant reservoir Check the operation of all exterior lights including the stoplights turn signals and hazard warning flash ers Check the inflation pressures of all tires including the spare Check the radiator heater and air conditioning hoses for leaks or damage Check the windshield washer spray and wiper operation Clean the wiper blades with clean cloth dampened with washer fluid Check the headlight alignment Check the muffler exhaust pipes shields and clamps Check the lap shoulder belts for wear and function Check for worn tires and loose wheel lug nuts holes Lubricate the door hinges and check the hood hinges Lubricate the door and hood locks and latches Lubricate the door rubber weather strips Check the air conditioning system Check the power steering fluid level Inspect and lubricate automatic transaxle linkage and controls Clean the battery and terminals e Check the brake clutch fluid level j Maintenance Seam SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE F
106. terminals or the correct ground Do not lean over the bat tery when making connections 5 Start the engine of the vehicle with the booster battery and let it run at 2 000 rpm then start the engine of the vehicle with the discharged battery If the cause of your battery discharg ing is not apparent you should have your vehicle checked by an author ized Kia dealer Push starting Your manual transaxle equipped vehicle should not be push started because it might damage the emis sion control system Vehicles equipped with automatic transaxle cannot be push started Follow the directions in this section for jump starting What to do in an emergency IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS If your temperature gauge indicates overheating you will experience a loss of power or hear loud pinging or knocking the engine is probably too hot If this happens you should 1 Pull off the road and stop as soon as it is safe to do so 2 Place the shift lever in P automat ic transaxle or neutral manual transaxle and set the parking brake If the air conditioning is on turn it off 3 If engine coolant is running out under the vehicle or steam is com ing out from underneath the hood stop the engine Do not open the hood until the coolant has stopped running or the steaming has stopped If there is no visible loss of engine coolant and no steam leave the engine running and check to be sure the engine cool ing fan is
107. the audio system Outgoing Volume Press the key Select Phone Select Outgoing Volume Use TUNE knob to adjust the out going volume level e While on a call the volume can be changed by using the REF key Turning Bluetooth System Off Press the key Select Phone Select Bluetooth System Off Once Bluetooth Wireless Technology is turned off Bluetooth Wireless Technology related features will not be supported within the audio system e To turn Bluetooth Wireless Technology back on go to gt Phone and select Yes __ j Features of your vehicle VOICE RECOGNITION Using Voice Recognition Starting Voice Recognition Shortly press the key on the steering wheel Say a command If prompt feedback is in ON then the system will say Please say a command after the beep BEEP e If prompt feedback is in OFF mode then the system will only say BEEP e To change Prompt Feedback On Off go to EANA System gt Prompt Feedback e For proper recognition say the command after the voice instruc tion and beep tone Contact List Best Practices 1 Do not store single name entries e g Bob Mom Kim etc Instead always use full names including first and last n
108. the fan speed control to the desired speed 6 If air conditioning is desired turn the air conditioning system on Press the AUTO button in order to convert to full automatic control of the system Mode selection OYDDCL2014 The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system Every time you press the mode selection button the mode will change as follows py Fd 7 lt 1 Refer to the illustration in the Manual climate control system Features of vour vehicle Face Level B C D E F Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face Additionally each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet Bi Level B C D E F Air flow is discharged towards the face and floor Floor Level C A D E Most of the air flow is directed to the floor with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side window defroster Floor Defrost Level A C D E Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters OYDDCL2016 Defrost level Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters Features of vour vehicle OYDDCL2006 Instrument panel vents The outlet vents can be opened or closed separately using the thumb wheel Also you can adjust the di
109. the parking brake Wwe E applied will cause excessive brake pad or lining and brake rotor wear Releasing the parking OYDDDR2106 To release the parking brake first apply the foot brake and pull up the parking brake lever slightly Secondly press the release button 1 and lower the parking brake lever 2 while holding the button Drivine vour vehicle DE BRAKE Check the brake warning light by turning the ignition switch ON do not start the engine This light will illumi nate when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position Before driving be sure the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off If the brake warning light remains on after the parking brake is released while the engine is running there may be a malfunction in the brake system Immediate attention is nec essary W 75 If at all possible stop driving the vehicle immediately If that is not pos sible use extreme caution while operating the vehicle and only con tinue to drive the vehicle until you can reach a safe location or repair shop Anti lock brake system ABS ABS or ESC will not prevent acci dents due to improper or dangerous driving maneuvers Even though vehicle control is improved during emergency braking always maintain a safe distance between you and objects ahead Vehicle speeds should always be reduced during extreme road conditions
110. through 4 in the Programming portion of this text while you press and re press cycle your handheld transmitter every two seconds until the frequen cy signal has been learned The indi cator light will flash slowly and then rapidly after several seconds upon successful training Features of your vehicle Accessories If you would like additional informa tion on the Homelink Wireless Control System Homelink compati ble products or to purchase other accessories such as the HomeLink Lighting Package please contact Homelink at 1 800 355 3515 or on the internet at www homelink com This device complies with Industry Canada Standard RSS 210 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harm ful interference and 2 This device must accept any inter ference received including inter ference that may cause undesired operation The Homelink transmitter has been tested and complies with FCC and DOC MDC rules Changes or modifi cations not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate the equipment IC 4112104541A Gentex MODEL FCC ID NZLSTDHL3 Outside rearview mirror Be sure to adjust mirror angles before driving Your vehicle is equipped with both left hand and right hand outside rearview mirrors The mirrors can be adjusted remotely with the remote switch if equipped The mirror heads can be fol
111. to indicate that the driver s door is unlocked Pressing the button in the front pas senger s outside door handle with all doors closed and locked unlocks all the doors The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound twice to indicate that all doors are unlocked The button will only oper ate when the smart key is within 0 7 1 m 28 40 in from the outside door handle Start up You can start the engine without inserting the key For detailed infor mation refer to Starting the engine with a smart key in section 5 Smart key precautions e If you lose your smart key you will not be able to start the engine Tow the vehicle if necessary and con tact an authorized Kia dealer e A maximum of 2 smart keys can be registered to a single vehicle If you lose a smart key you should immediately take the vehicle and key to your authorized Kia dealer to protect it from potential theft e The smart key will not work if any of following occurs The smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio sta tion or an airport which can inter fere with normal operation of the smart key The smart key near a mobile two Way radio system or a cellular phone Another vehicle s smart key is being operated close to your vehicle When the smart key does not work correctly open and close the door with the mechanical key If you have a problem with the smart key contact an authorized Kia dealer
112. try to start the engine with the shift lever not in the P Park or N Neutral position NOTICE You can start the engine with the shift lever in the N Neutral position But for your safety you should start the engine with the shift lever in the P Park position Door Open E Type B E Type C OYDNDI2028 OYDNDI2050 e It means that any door is open Features of vour vehicle Trunk Open Sunroof Open if equipped Low Washer Fluid if equipped E Type B E Type C E Type A R Type B E Type B E Type C LOW Washer Fluid Low Washer Fluid N an L 1 OYDDDI2016 OYDNDI2030 m Type C OYDEDI2031 OYDEDI2053 e This warning message illuminates on the service reminder mode if the washer fluid level in the reser voir is nearly empty e It means that you should refill the washer fluid OYDNDI2029 OYDNDI2052 e It means that the trunk is open OYDNDI2052 e The warning message illuminates if you turn off the engine and then open the driver s door when the sunroof is open Features of vour vehicle Turn on FUSE SWITCH If equipped m Type A m Type B e It means that you should turn the fuse switch on FUSE For more details refer to Fuses in chapter 7 Turn on on FLISE SWITCH OYDDDI2015 OYDEDI2066 R Type C Turn On FUSE SWITCH N OYDEDI2054 e This warning message illuminates if the fuse switch on the fuse box is OFF Features of your vehicle TRIP COMPUTER
113. vacuum hose Q Inspect air conditioning refrigerant U Inspect brake hoses and lines Q Inspect drive shafts and boots O Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler Q Inspect front brake disc pads calipers and rotors U Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint Q Inspect suspension mounting bolts O Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit 0 Inspect rear brake disc pads parking brake Q Replace engine oil and filter 24 000 km 15 000 miles or 24 months Q Add fuel additive 12 000 km 7 500 miles or 12 months O Inspect cooling system hoses and connections U Inspect brake pedal free play Q Inspect all latch hinges and locks Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance n 5 a See NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE 36 000 km 22 500 miles or 18 months Q Rotate tire Q Inspect battery condition Q Inspect air cleaner filter O Inspect vacuum hose Q Replace engine oil and filter 36 000 km 22 500 miles or 36 months U Add fuel additive 12 000 km 7 500 miles or 12 months Q Inspect cooling system hoses and connections O Inspect brake pedal free play Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace 48 000 km 30 000 miles or 24 months Q Rotate tire Q Inspect battery condition O Inspect vacuum hose Q Inspect air conditioning refrigerant U Inspect brake hoses and lines Q Inspect drive sha
114. vehicle by pulling up the fuel filler lid opener If the fuel filler lid does not open because ice has formed around it tap lightly or push on the lid to break the ice and release the lid Do not pry on the lid If necessary spray around the lid with an approved de icer fluid do not use radiator anti freeze or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt OTF040027 1 Stop the engine 2 To open the fuel filler lid pull the fuel filler lid opener up 3 Pull open the fuel filler lid 1 out to fully open 4 To remove the cap turn the fuel filler cap 2 counterclockwise 5 Refuel as needed Closing the fuel filler lid 1 To install the cap turn it clockwise until it clicks one time This indi cates that the cap is securely tight ened 2 Close the fuel filler lid and push it lightly and make sure that it is securely closed Features of your vehicle Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of an accident WARNING Portable fuel container WARNING Static electricity WARNING Fire explosion risk Read and follow all warnings posted at the gas station facili ty Failure to follow all warnings will result in severe personal injury severe burns or death due to fire or explosion e Before touching the fuel noz zle you should eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity discharge by touch
115. when ESC is off ESC remains off Upon restarting the engine the ESC will automatically turn on again e ESC off state 1 To cancel ESC operation press the ESC OFF button ESC OFF shortly ESC OFF indicator light ESC OFF illuminates At this state the engine control function does not operate It means the traction control function does not operate Brake control function only operates press the ESC OFF button ESC OFF for more than 3 seconds ESC OFF indicator light ESC OFF illuminates and ESC OFF warning chime will sound At this state the engine control function and brake control function do not operate It means the car sta bility control function does not operate any more i CO m ESC OFF indicator light ee OFF When the ignition switch is turned ON the indicator light illuminates then goes off if ESC system is oper ating normally The ESC indicator light blinks when ever ESC is operating The ESC indicator light blinks when ever ESC is operating or illuminates when ESC fails to operate The ESC OFF indicator light comes on when the ESC is turned off with the button __ j Driving your vehicle Driving with varying tire or wheel sizes may cause the ESC system to malfunction When replacing tires make s
116. you find either of these conditions Replace the tire if fabric or cord is visible After rotation be sure to bring the front and rear tire pressures to specification and check lug nut tightness Refer to Tire and wheels in chapter 8 Maintenance Without a spare tire Rotate radial tires that have an direc Wheel alignment and tire bal tional tread pattern only from frontto ance rear and not from right to left l The wheels on your vehicle were E3 Do not use the compact spare tire for aligned and balanced carefully at the 4m tire rotation factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance In most cases you will not need to have your wheels aligned again However if you notice unusual tire S2BLA790A wear or your vehicle pulling one way Directional tires if equipped or the other the alignment may need to be reset If you notice your vehicle vibrating DI when driving on a smooth road your d wheels may need to be rebalanced S 4 CAUTION Wheel weight Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle s alu CBGQ0707A minum wheels Use only Disc brake pads should be inspected approved wheel weights for wear whenever tires are rotated Maintenance e lt _ aE3 a a Tire replacement TEA ita wW n L AR a OENO76053 If the tire is worn evenly a tread wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread This
117. 0 EnsincniMber e 8 10 Specifications amp Consumer information ENGINE tem 18M 2060 1 6 Turbo GDI Displacement cc cc in 1 797 109 66 1 999 121 99 1 591 97 1 66 99 1 Bore x Stroke mm in 81 x 87 2 3 19 x 3 43 81 x 97 3 19 x 3 82 77 x 85 3 03 x 3 35 15335452 153375452 153375452 DIMENSIONS em min YSO Overall length Overall height 2 Door 1 410 55 5 Front tread P215 45 R17 Alloy 1 557 61 3 P225 40 R18 Alloy 1 545 60 8 P195 65 R15 Steel 1 576 62 0 P205 55 R16 Steel 1 566 61 6 Rear tread P205 55 R16 Alloy 1 568 61 7 P215 45 R17 Alloy 1 570 61 8 P225 40 R18 Alloy 1 558 61 3 Wheelbase 2 700 106 3 Specifications amp Consumer information BULB WATTAGE Light Bulb Wattage Bulb type Headlamps Low 55 Headlamps Low HID Headlamps High Side Repeater lamps Outside Mirror Daytime running lamps Side marker Rear Stop Tail lamps outside Rear tail lamps Inside Rear Stop Tail lamps outside Rear Stop tail lamps Inside icense plate lamps Map lamps Room lamps Interior Vanity mirror lamps Trunk room lamp 5 FESTOON Glove box lamp 5 FESTOON If equipped el Specifications amp Consumer information TIRES AND WHEELS Inflation pressure kPa psi Tire size Wheel size Normal load Maximum load punge nut torque P195 65R15 89T 6 0J X15 o P205 55R16 89H 6 5J X16 Full size tire 230 33
118. 1 To lower the headrest push and hold the release button 2 on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desired position 3 Safety features of your vehicle Folding the rear seat The rear seatbacks may be folded to facilitate carrying long items or to increase the luggage capacity of the vehicle OYDDSA2013 Wi 4 a i n OYDDSA2019 To use the armrest pull it forward from the seatback Removal and installation To remove the headrest raise it as far as it can go then press the release button 1 while pulling the headrest upward 2 To reinstall the headrest put the headrest poles 3 into the holes while pressing the release button 1 Then adjust it to the appropriate height and ensure that it locks in position Make sure the headrest locks in position after adjusting Safetv features of vour vehicle OYDDSA2017 To fold the rear seatback e 4 door 2door 1 Make sure the rear seat belt web bing is in the guide to prevent the seat belt from being damaged 2 Set the front seatback to the upright position and if necessary slide the front seat forward 3 Lower the rear headrests to the lowest position 4 Open the trunk j 4 Pull the lock release lever 1 and
119. 136 kg Bar Baal 340 kg Dia TRN 365 kg 300 Ibs 750 Ibs 9 805 Ibs 68 kg 150 Ibs x 2 68 kg 150 Ibs x 5 73 kg 161 Ibs x 5 C Available Cargo and 249 kg C Available Cargo and 45 kg C Available Cargo and 20 kg Luggage weight 549 Ibs Luggage weight 99 Ibs Luggage weight 44 Ibs Refer to your vehicle s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle s capacity weight and seating positions The combined weight of the driver passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle s capacity weight Driving your vehicle Certification label The certification label is located on the driver s door sill at the center pil lar This label shows the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle This is called the GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel and cargo This label also tells you the maxi mum weight that can be supported by the front and rear axles called Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR To find out the actual loads on your front and rear axles you need to go to a weigh station and weigh your vehicle Your dealer can help you with this Be sure to spread out your load equally on both sides of the center line The label will help you decide how much cargo and installed equipment your vehicle can carry If you carry items inside your vehicle like suitcases tools packages or anything else
120. 2 When replacing the battery make sure the battery position 4 Install the battery in the reverse order of removal Features of vour vehicle The transmitter or smart key is Immobilizer system designed to give you years of trou ble free use however it can mal function if exposed to moisture or static electricity If you are unsure how to use or replace the battery contact an authorized Kia dealer e Using the wrong battery can cause the transmitter or smart key to mal function Be sure to use the correct battery e An inappropriately dis posed battery can be harm A ful to the environment and human health Dispose the Your vehicle may be equipped with battery according to your an electronic engine immobilizer sys local law s or regulation tem to reduce the risk of unautho rized vehicle use l Your immobilizer system is com A CAUTION Transmitter prised of a small transponder in the damage ignition key and electronic devices Do not drop wet or expose the inside the vehicle keyless entry system transmit With the immobilizer system when ter to heat or sunlight ever you insert your ignition key into the ignition switch and turn it to ON it checks and determines and verifies that the ignition key is valid If the key is determined to be valid the engine will start If the key is determined to be invalid the engine will not start Features of your vehicle To deactivate the immobilizer system
121. 2 e User Settings Mode Rai 4 63 SAN Mode Sa a es acts esa ea ane aetna A 4 66 lun By Torn Mode o sicnc oe vies oie ieee see 4 66 Warning Messages ina 4 67 Trip computers ii 4 74 SOVET VIC W a 4 74 Fuel Economy seere es ot Gees cee ee tee eens 4 75 P A B sec cr 4 76 Warning and indicator lights 4 78 WMarmmolhehis ei 4 78 Indicator Liehis aa 4 85 Parking assist SyStem 000 00000 4 89 Operation nn 4 89 e Non operational conditions 06 4 92 Sel A noS o eeen ee 4 94 Rearview camera sssssosssososooooooo 4 95 Liehtino s ra ri 4 96 s Battery saver function 0000000000000 4 96 e Headlamp escort function sss ss ss s s s s x e ees 4 96 e Daytime running light 000000 4 97 Ligh ng control 4 97 e High beam operation sss s s x e e lt lt lt lt x e ee 4 99 e Turn signals and lane change signals 4 100 Froni fog holt 15 soa see ee a 4 101 Wipers and washers ccsessssesesecess 4 101 e Windshield Wipers ss ss s ss s s ss ss ss eee ele os 4 102 Windshield washers i iii a 4 102 Interrorbeht a 4 104 e Automatict turn off function 00 4 104 Map lamp es sere eae di 4 104 Room lamp 210 ce os cs cee tae ee eN 4 105 Trunk room lamp ela 4 106 Glove DOxIamip 22 a 4 106 Vanity mirror lamp fs oe ee ee es 4 107 Welcome Syste e e cece a 4 108 e Headlamp welcome sss sss s s
122. 24 months U Add fuel additive 12 000 km 7 500 miles or 12 months O Inspect cooling system hoses and connections U Inspect brake pedal free play Q Inspect all latch hinges and locks Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace No check No service required Q Automatic transaxle fluid if equipped Maintenance MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals R Replace Inspect and after inspection clean adjust repair or replace if necessary ENGINE OIL AND FILTER OR EVERY S SE MILES OR SA F AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID E EVERY 96 000 KM 60 000 MILES A C E F G MANUAL TRANSAXLE FLUID OR EVERY 120 000 KM 75 000 MILES A C E F G I Continued Maintenance MAINTENANCE DRIVING MAINTENANCE ITEM OPERATION MAINTENANCE INTERVALS CONDITION FRONT DISC BRAKE PADS CALIPERS MORE FREQUENTLY C D G H AND ROTORS i BRAKE PADS PARKING MORE FREQUENTLY CDGH STEERING GEAR BOX LINKAGE amp BOOTS LOWER ARM BALL JOINT UPPER ARM BALL JOINT DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER FOR EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER UNIT MORE FREQUENTLY C DEFG HI EVERY 120 000 KM 75 000 MILES OR 6 MONTHS MORE FREQUENTLY C E CDEF ea SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS A Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 8
123. 4 21 e Child protector rear door lock 4 21 EI e tesa oto 4 22 Opening the trunk ia nine 4 22 Closing the trunk ann 4 23 e Emergency trunk safety release 4 23 WIndows Ro 4 27 d NNT ina 4 28 blood 4 32 Opemne the hood roi 4 32 e losing the hood nea 4 32 uel mier ld cea 4 34 s Opening the fuel filler lid 4 34 Closine the fuel filler Ndi 26 eae en ea 8 4 34 Sumnook ninni 4 37 e Sunroof open Warning lt ss s s s lt lt e e ee eee 4 37 e Sliding the sunroof 3 256 524 ent 4 38 Tilting the sunro of GR 4 39 Sunshade e pe a e are ee E ea ees 4 39 s Resetting the sunroof sss sss s s s s s s ss sese eae 4 40 Steering wheel seneese ce acini 4 41 Electronic power steering 0 lt lt lt lt lt lt x e e e 4 41 e Tilt amp telescopic Steering 000000000000 4 42 Home 4 42 e Heated steering wheel sss ss ss sss sss sese eae 4 43 SELEX SEE Ree en 4 43 Moss na 4 46 s Inside rearview Mirror s s s s s e s e eee R Rea 4 46 e Outside rearview Mirror sss s s s s s lt s e e eee 4 51 Instrument cluster inni 4 55 Instrument Cluster Control 000 4 56 lt LCD Display Control seess isecseerasceroesserk 4 57 E E S rears irae ET 4 57 s Transaxle Shift Indicator sss ss s s s s s s s s s eee 4 60 IER KRI a 4 61 ELS T a 4 61 lt Service Mode oo neno enna 4 6
124. 44 d Driving in the rain esseci renti tonino 5 45 e Driving in flooded areas lt sss ss ss eee 5 45 Driyimp off road arse 5 46 HehwaydinnoT gra 5 46 Winter driving ee ee ere eee 5 47 Trailer towilifs lt lt ccs oc e eee ee ees 5 49 Vehicle load limit sss ss s s s s s ss sss sss essa lt 5 50 e Tire and loading information label 5 50 6 9 label i 5 53 Vehicle weiht 2 c lt 5 cas cone tw a 5 55 Base curb weight 2 lt 2 access nina 5 55 e Vehicle curb weight scscscscsesessvesecs 5 55 eC ARP WEIN run 5 55 s GAW Gross axle weight 00eeeeeee 5 55 e GAWR Gross axle weight rating 5 55 e GVW Gross vehicle weight 00000 5 55 e GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating 5 55 Driving your vehicle Be sure the exhaust system does not leak The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over some thing that strikes the underneath side of the vehicle have the exhaust sys tem checked as soon as possible by an authorized Kia dealer Driving your vehicle BEFORE DRIVING Before entering vehicle Be sure that all windows outside mirror s and outside lights are clean Check the condition of the tires Check under the vehicle for any sign of leaks Be sure there are no obstacles behind you
125. A2024 The seat belt pre tensioner system consists mainly of the following com ponents Their locations are shown in the illustration 1 SRS air bag warning light 2 Retractor pre tensioner assembly 3 SRS control module 4 Emergency fastening device EFD To obtain maximum benefit from a pre tensioner seat belt 1 The seat belt must be worn cor rectly and adjusted to the proper position Please read and follow all of the important information and precautions about your vehicle s occupant safety features includ ing seat belts and air bags that are provided in this manual 2 Be sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts properly NOTICE When the pre tensioner seat belts are activated a loud noise may be heard and fine dust which may appear to be smoke may be visible in the passenger compartment These are normal operating condi tions and are not hazardous Safety features of your vehicle Because the sensor that activates the SRS air bag is connected with the pre tensioner seat belt the SRS air bag warning light on the instru ment panel will illuminate for approxi mately 6 seconds after the ignition switch has been turned to the ON position and then it should turn off If the pre tensioner seat belt does not work properly this warning light will illuminate even if the SRS air bag has not malfunctioned If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when the ignition s
126. ANUAL FOF PNEU DIMENSIONS PNEUS A FROID AL FOR can be in your vehicle and vehicle ar x ADU FRONT i oposite FRONT n ori oer Peas 250078 ansi c baia REAR VOR LES REAR VOIR LE MANUEL mans 71258015 20kPa copsi APR DESECOIRS IR LE OYDNEM4011C capacity weight Driving your vehicle Vehicle capacity weight 385 kg 849 Ibs Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi mum combined weight of occupants and cargo If your vehicle is equipped with a trailer the combined weight includes the tongue load Seating capacity Total 5 persons Front seat 2 persons Rear seat 3 persons Seating capacity is the maximum number of occupants including a driver your vehicle may carry However the seating capacity may be reduced based upon the weight of all of the occupants and the weight of the cargo being carried or towed Do not overload the vehicle as there is a limit to the total weight or load limit including occupants and cargo the vehicle can carry Towing capacity We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing Cargo capacity The cargo capacity of your vehicle will increase or decrease depending on the weight and the number of occupants and the tongue load if your vehicle is equipped with a trailer Steps For Determining Correct Load Limit 1 Locate the statement The com bined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s plac
127. C2004 Check the fluid level in the reservoir periodically The fluid level should be between MAX and MIN marks on the side of the reservoir Before removing the reservoir cap and adding brake clutch fluid clean the area around the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent brake clutch fluid contamination if equipped 4 CAUTION Proper fluid Only use brake clutch fluid in brake clutch system Small amounts of improper fluids such as engine oil can cause damage to the brake clutch sys tem If the level is low add fluid to the MAX level The level will fall with accumulated mileage This is a nor mal condition associated with the wear of the brake linings and or clutch disc if equipped If the fluid level is excessively low have the brake clutch system checked by an authorized Kia dealer Use only the specified brake clutch fluid Refer to Recommended lubri cants and capacities in chapter 8 Never mix different types of fluid In the event the brake clutch system requires frequent additions of fluid the vehicle should be inspected by an authorized Kia dealer When changing and adding brake clutch fluid handle it carefully Do not let it come in contact with your eyes If brake clutch fluid should come in contact with your eyes immediately flush them with a large quantity of fresh tap water Have your eyes examined by a doc tor as soon as possible 4 CAUTION Brake clutch fluid Do not
128. Horn Relay ICM Relay Box Burglar Alarm Horn Relay FUSE a 5 G4NC ECM PCM IG 2 40A W O Smart Key Ignition Switch Start Relay With Smart Key PDM 4 IG2 Relay Start 1 Relay ESC Module W O Smart Key Ignition Switch With Smart Key PDM 3 IG1 Relay PDM 2 ACC Relay Maintenance Engine compartment fuse panel EMS BOX Fuse Name Fuse aina Giieuli Protected SSSOS S S ECU 2 ECM PCM IGN COIL 1 Ignition Coil 1 2 3 4 Condenser SPARE 208 y SyS SENSOR 2 10A Oxygen Sensor Up Oxygen Sensor Down Variable Intake Solenoid Valve Oil Control Valve 1 2 Purge Control Solenoid Valve Canister Close Valve E R Fuse amp Relay Box C Fan 1 Relay C Fan 2 Relay SENSOR 1 Camshaft Position Sensor 1 2 Maintenance _ _ _ ___ __k j iNNN N FW i xnX SN S nmii lt M 1 ij APPEARANCE CARE Exterior care Exterior general caution It is very important to follow the label directions when using any chemical cleaner or polish Read all warning and caution statements that appear on the label N CAUTION Headlight Lens To prevent damage do not clean headlight lens with chem ical solvents or strong deter gents Finish maintenance Washing To help protect your vehicle s finish from rust and deterioration wash it thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water If you use your vehicle for off road driving
129. Kia THE COMPANY Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle As a global car manufacturer focused on building high quality vehi cles with exceptional value Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you with a customer service experience that exceeds your expectations All information contained in this Owner s Manual is accurate at the time of publication However Kia reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement can be carried out This manual applies to all models of this vehicle and includes descrip tions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment As a result you may encounter material in this manual that is not applica ble to your specific Kia vehicle Drive safely and enjoy your Kia FOREWORD Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle When you require service remember that your Kia dealer knows your vehicle best Your dealer has factory trained tech nicians recommended special tools and genuine Kia replace ment parts It is dedicated to your complete customer satisfac tion Because subsequent owners require this important information as well this publication should remain with the vehicle if it is sold This manual will familiarize you with operational mainte nance and safety information about your new vehicle It is sup plemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manual that provides important information on all warranties regardi
130. NOTICE ditioning e To turn the automatic operation off select any button or switch of the following Mode selection button Air conditioning button Front windshield defroster button Air intake control button Fan speed control knob The selected function will be con trolled manually while other func OYDDCL2017 tions operate automatically 2 Turn the temperature control knob For your convenience and to to set the desired temperature improve the effectiveness of the OYDDCL2012 climate control use the AUTO 1 Push the AUTO button The modes button and set the temperature to fan speeds air intake and air con 23 C 73 F ditioning will be controlled automat ically by temperature setting Features of vour vehicle OYDDCL2013 NOTICE Never place anything over the sen sor located on the instrument panel to ensure better control of the heat ing and cooling system Manual heating and air condi tioning The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pushing buttons other than the AUTO button In this case the system works sequentially according to the order of buttons selected 1 Start the engine 2 Set the mode to the desired position To improve the effectiveness of heating and cooling Heating wed Cooling Se 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air or recirculated air position 5 Set
131. NU Audio CD Press the CD MP3 mode key to set the Repeat Randon Information features Repeat Press the key Set MRPT through the TUNE knob or key to repeat the current song Press RPT again to turn off Random Press the key Set f2IRDM through the TUNE knob or key to randomly play songs within the current folder Press RDM again to turn off Information Press the key Set Enfo through the TUNE knob or key to display information of the cur rent song Press the key to turn off info display MENU MP3 CD USB Press the CD MP3 mode key to set the Repeat Folder Random Folder Repeat All Random Information and Copy features Repeat Press the key Set RPT through the TUNE knob or key to repeat the current song Press RPT again to turn off Features of your vehicle Folder Random Press the key Set ZF RDM through the TUNE knob or key to randomly play songs within the current folder Press ERDM again to turn off Folder Repeat Press the key Set BIF RPT through the TUNE knob or key to repeat songs within the cur rent folder Press F RPT again to turn off All Random Press the key Set A RDM through the TUNE knob or key to randomly play all songs within the CD Press A RDM again to turn off Information Press the key Set Silnfo through the TUNE knob or key to display information of the cur
132. Press start button while turn steering for smart key system E Type B E Type C Press start button while turn steering Press start button while turn steering iN Na OYDNDI2907 OYDNDI2908 e This warning message illuminates if the steering wheel does not unlock normally when the Engine Start Stop Button is pressed e It means that you should press the Engine Start Stop Button while turning the steering wheel right and left Features of your vehicle Steering wheel unlocked for smart key system E Type B E Type C Steering wheel Steerina wheel unlocked Unlocked OYDEDI2070 OYDEDI2071 e This warning message illuminates if the steering wheel does not lock when the Engine Start Stop Button changes to the OFF position Check steering wheel lock system for smart key system E Type B E Type C Check steering check steering wheel Wheel lock system Leck steering whee lock system OYDEDI2072 OYDEDI2073 This warning message illuminates if the steering wheel does not lock normally when the Engine Start Stop Button changes to the OFF position Press brake pedal to start engine for smart key system and auto matic transaxle E Type B E Type C Press brake pedal to stat engine Press brake pedal to start engine OYDEDI2065 OYDEDI2042 This warning message illuminates if the Engine Start Stop Button changes to the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly w
133. RA 4 43 13 Steering wheel 4 41 14 Tilt and telescopic steering control Te 7 EEA 4 42 15 Trunk lid open lever 4 22 16 Fuel filler lid open lever 4 34 17 Inner fuse panel 1939 18 Hood release lever 4 32 OYDNIN2003 Your vehicle at a glance INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW 1 psttumentelustee ra 4 55 2 Lighting control lever 4 96 3 Audio remote control buttons 4 148 HOME SE 4 42 S PIGS font Allis Dag ra esr eee 3 45 6 Cruise control DURON eee sea 539 F 7 Wiper and washer control lever 4 101 Prandi dl 8 Ignition switch or Engine start stop button See SI SADigitalicloc ea 4 144 10 Hazard warning flasher 6 2 WS Te Te ER a ena te 4 147 12 Climate control system 4 110 4 120 iS Shiflilevep aa Sells 16 14 Passenger s front air bag 3 45 ELE VEG ONG ot eee en 4 135 16 Parking brake DEE 5 23 1 Cupholder ae a a 4 139 18 LCD display control butions ein 4 57 The actual shape may differ from the illustration OYDEIN2004CN dn i n i i el Your vehicle at a glance ENGINE COMPARTMENT E 1 8 2 0 Gasoline engine iSEngine eilbiille resposta 7 29 21 Engine oil dipstick ee 7 29 3 Brake clutch fluid reservoir 7 34 A AHT LT Te een RE a H ee TT 7 58 6 Positive battery term
134. Replace the fuse with a new one If it is not possible you can start the engine by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button for 10 seconds while it is in the ACC position The engine can start with out depressing the brake pedal But for your safety always depress the brake pedal before starting the engine Driving your vehicle MANUAL TRANSAXLE IF EQUIPPED Manual transaxle operation P 4 CAUTION Downshifting The manual transaxle has 6 forward gears Do not downshift more than 2 ee ee gears or downshift the gear shift knob The transaxle is fully syn high speed 5 000 RPM or high chronized in all forward gears so er Such a downshifting may shifting to either a higher or a lower damage the engine clutch and gear is easily accomplished the transaxie Depress the clutch pedal down fully while shifting then release it slowly If your vehicle is equipped with an ignition lock switch the engine will The shift lever can be moved without not start when starting the engine pressing the button without depressing the clutch pedal The shift lever must be returned to the neutral position before shifting into R Reverse The button 1 located below the shift knob must be pulled upward while moving the shift lever to the R Reverse position Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before shifting into R Reverse Never operate the engine with the tachometer rom in the red zone The button 1 should be p
135. TEM IF EQUIPPED Armed Vl S DI Disarmed Theft alarm stage stage This system is designed to provide protection from unauthorized entry into the vehicle This system is operat ed in three stages the first is the Armed stage the second is the Theft alarm stage and the third is the Disarmed stage If triggered the system provides an audible alarm with blinking of the hazard warning lights Armed stage Park the vehicle and stop the engine Arm the system as described below 1 Remove the ignition key from the ignition switch and exit the vehicle 2 Make sure that all doors and trunk and engine hood are closed and latched 3 Lock the doors by depressing the door lock button on the transmit ter or smart key After completion of the steps above the hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that the system is armed If any door trunk or engine hood remains open the hazard warn ing lights won t operate and theft alarm will not arm After this if all doors trunk and engine hood are closed the hazard warning lights blink once e Lock the doors by pressing the button of the front outside door handles with the smart key in your possession After completion of the steps above the hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that the system is armed If any door remains open the hazard warning lights won t oper ate and theft alarm will not arm Close the door and try again
136. This feature may not be supported in some mobile phones For more information on download support refer to your mobile phone user s manual USING Bluetooth Wireless Technology Phone Menu Screen Phone Menus With a Bluetooth Wireless Technology device connected press the key to display the Phone menu screen 1 Favorite Up to 20 frequently used contacts saved for easy access 2 Call History Displays the call his tory list screen 3 Contacts Displays the Contacts list screen 4 Setup Displays Phone related settings Answering Calls Answering a Call Answering a call with a Bluetooth Wireless Technology device connect ed will display the following screen To accept the call press key on the steering wheel while the call is incoming L 2 1 Caller Displays the other party s name when the incoming caller is saved within your contacts 2 Incoming Number Displays the incoming number Features of your vehicle e When an incoming call pop up is displayed most Audio and SETUP mode features are disabled Only the call volume will operate The telephone number may not be properly displayed in some mobile phones e When a call is answered with the mobile phone the call mode will automatically revert to Private mode Favorites Press the key Select Favorites 1 Saved favorite contact Connects call upon selection 2 To add favorite Downloaded con ta
137. To erase the three programmed but tons individual buttons cannot be erased Press and hold the left and center buttons simultaneously until the indicator light begins to flash approximately 20 seconds Release both buttons Do not hold for longer than 30 seconds Homelink is now in the train or learning mode and can be pro grammed at any time Reprogramming a single Homelink button To program a device to Homelink using a Homelink button previously trained follow these steps 1 Press and hold the desired Homelink button Do NOT release until step 4 has been completed 2 When the indicator light begins to flash slowly after 20 seconds position the hand held transmitter 1 to 3 inches away from the Homelink surface 3 Press and hold the hand held transmitter button or press and cycle as described in Canadian Programming above 4 The Homelink indicator light will flash first slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light begins to flash rapidly release both buttons The previous device has now been erased and the new device can be activated by pushing the Homelink button that has just been pro grammed This procedure will not affect any other programmed Homelink buttons Gate operator programming amp canadian programming During programming your hand held transmitter may automatically stop transmitting Continue to press and hold the Homelink button note steps 2
138. Trip Computer in this chapter Service Interval E Type B E Type C Service Interval n mnn mns A L arvice j Back Service Interval D Back Off On D0000 tem omon Olm 00 month ZRI Months OYDEDI2062 OYDEDI2039 On this mode you can activate the service interval function with mileage mi or km and period months Features of your vehicle A V Mode if equipped Turn By Turn Mode if equipped m Type C m Type C n DISC mP3 MATE 0001 00 00 00 OYDDDI2057 OYDDDI2058 This mode displays the state of the This mode displays the state of the A V system navigation Features of your vehicle Warning Messages Shift to P position for smart key system and automatic transaxle E Type B E Type C Shift to P position Shift to P position PIH SHIFT re Ld OYDEDI2022 OYDEDI2040 e This warning message illuminates if you try to turn off the engine without the shift lever in P Park position e At this time the Engine Start Stop Button turns to the ACC position If you press the Engine Start Stop Button once more it will turn to the ON position Low Key Battery for smart key system E Type B E Type C LOW Keu Battery Low Key Battery int 1 j j f OYDEDI2023 OYDEDI2041 This warning message illuminates if the battery of the smart key is discharged when the Engine Start Stop Button changes to the OFF position
139. U Inspect rear brake disc pads parking brake O Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint O Inspect suspension mounting bolts O Inspect brake clutch if equipped fluid Q Inspect fuel filter U Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections U Inspect fuel tank air filter if equipped Q Inspect front brake disc pads calipers and rotors O Inspect vacuum hose Q Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap fuel tank O Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit Continued Maintenance E NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE Continued Q Replace air cleaner filter Q Replace engine oil and filter 192 000 km 120 000 miles or 192 months Q Replace coolant First 192 000 km 120 000 miles or 120 months after every 48 000 km 30 000 miles or 24 months U Add fuel additive 12 000 km 7 500 miles or 12 months Q Inspect cooling system hoses and connections Q Inspect brake pedal free play Q Inspect all latch hinges and locks Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace 204 000 km 127 500 miles or 102 months Q Rotate tire Q Inspect battery condition Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Replace engine oil and filter 204 000 km 127 500 miles or 204 months U Add fuel additive 12 000 km 7 500 miles or 12 months U Inspect cooling system hoses and connections Q Inspect brake pedal free pl
140. United States D C and P R with coverage limita tions SiriusXM M Traffic available in select markets See siriusxm com traffic for more infor mation Sirius XM and all related marks and logos are trademarks of Sirius XM Radio Inc Driving your vehicle Before driving co Red 5 3 Key positions ini 5 5 Engine start stop button lt sss s s s s s s e eee eee 5 7 e Illuminated ENGINE START STOP button 5 7 e ENGINE START STOP button position 5 7 Starting the engine 0000000000000 5 10 Manual transaxle 5 13 e Manual transaxle operation 06 5 13 Automatic transaxle lt sss s s s ccc cece eee eee 5 16 e Automatic transaxle operation 5 16 Brake SV SGC rc nn 5 22 s BOWER WPAKEGS cro e a a soe eae si E 5 22 d MSN ST Drake on 5 23 e Anti lock brake system ABS 5 25 e Electronic stability control ESC 5 27 e Hill start assist control HAC 000 5 31 e Vehicle stability management VSM 5 31 Cruise control system 0000000000000 5 35 Active eco system cccccccccccceseccsens 5 40 Economical operation lt s sss s s s lt lt lt lt lt lt e eee 5 41 Special driving conditions lt sss sss s s s s s s s s 5 43 e Hazardous driving conditions sss ss s s s s s s s s 5 43 Rocking the vehicle 0000000000000 5 43 Smooth cornerme apri 5 44 Driving at might nn 5
141. XLE IF EQUIPPED Automatic transaxle operation The automatic transaxle has 6 for ward speeds and one reverse speed The individual speeds are selected automatically depending on the position of the shift lever NOTICE The first few shifts on a new vehicle if the battery has been disconnected may be somewhat abrupt This is a normal condition and the shifting sequence will adjust after shifts are cycled a few times by the TCM Transaxle Control Module or PCM Powertrain Control Module DOWN Wife To shift depress the brake pedal and press the button Press the button when shifting gt The shift lever can be shifted freely OYDDDR4102N Driving your vehicle For smooth operation depress the Transaxle ranges brake pedal when shifting from N CAUTION Transaxle The indicator light in the instrument Neutral to a forward or reverse To avoid damage to your cluster displays the shift lever posi gear transaxle do not accelerate the tion when the ignition switch is in the engine in R Reverse or any for ON position ward gear position with the brakes on The transaxle may be damaged if you shift into P T Park Park while the vehicle is in Always come to a complete stop motion before shifting into P Park This position locks the transaxle and pre vents the front wheels from rotating When stopped on an upgrade do not hold the vehicle with engine power Use the service brake or the parking br
142. _ 10 To install the wheel hold it on the sharp edges Handle them carefully studs put the wheel nuts on the to avoid possible injury Before put studs and tighten them finger ting the wheel into place be sure tight Jiggle the tire to be sure it is that there is nothing on the hub or completely seated then tighten wheel such as mud tar gravel etc the nuts as much as possible that prevents the wheel from fitting with your fingers again solidly against the hub 11 Lower the vehicle to the ground by turning the wheel nut wrench counterclockwise OTF060007 Then position the wrench as shown in the drawing and tighten the wheel nuts Be sure the socket is seated completely over the nut Do not stand on the wrench handle or use an extension pipe over the wrench han dle Go around the wheel tightening every nut following the numerical sequence shown in the image until they are tight Then double check each nut for tightness After changing the wheels have an authorized Kia dealer tighten the wheel nuts to their proper torque as soon as possible Wheel nut tightening torque Steel wheel amp aluminium alloy wheel 9 11 kg m 65 79 Ib ft What to do in an emergency If you have a tire gauge remove the valve cap and check the air pressure If the pressure is lower than recom mended drive slowly to the nearest service station and inflate to the cor rect pressure If it is too high adjust it until it is correct A
143. a before a tire has built up heat from driving Curb Weight This means the weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant but without passengers and cargo DOT Markings The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number TIN an alphanumeric des ignator which can also identify the tire manufacturer production plant brand and date of production GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Front Axle GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Rear axle j Maintenance eee uz mZ zozozno lt lt z z lt czcezne M mmM ___ ZZDDDDii i i I t t Iiii VJi Vl liVJ j amp 4 A M M M amp w w amp w w W M nnh h X gt W n h Yn nh n n wYWY n n n n Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corre sponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire may be inflated The maxi mum air pressure is molded onto t
144. ade replacement sss ss ss s s s s s s s s s s cece wees 7 38 Baker 7 41 e For best battery service 000000000000 7 41 Battery rechareine 2 45 ese ss iii 7 43 OT cn te seh ta ae Shera re oe 7 43 Tires and wheels 2 lt 2 ss sss sss sese e aeea 7 44 s KT nno 7 44 e Recommended cold tire inflation pressures 7 44 e Checking tire inflation pressure 7 45 e Tire roA NON rn 7 46 e Wheel alignment and tire balance 7 47 Tmre replacementi ana 7 48 e Wheel replacement 0000000000000000 7 49 Tire Tac UON seee ninna 7 49 Piremamienanee i ion 7 49 e Tire sidewall labeling 0 0000 s s ss ss sss s 7 49 s AT season Ures ae sae oa Gs cs eee ia 7 55 SUBMMEL res ninna 7 55 e OILOW TES o cnc coe crates cancers era crate teasers 7 55 Radtal ply tires os na 7 56 Low aspect raito ST nananana 7 56 Rises ZE arene 7 58 e Instrument panel fuse replacement 7 59 Engine compartment fuse replacement 7 61 e Fuse relay panel description sss ss s s s s s s sss 7 63 Engine compartment fuse panel 7 64 Engine room Battery terminal cover 7 65 Appear ance Gre nn 7 71 s RL sce ea iets erences ie ana ses 7 71 Interioreare rn 7 76 Emission control system 0000000 7 78 e Crankcase emission control system 7 78 e Evaporative emission control including ORVR Onboard Ref
145. ake Shifting into P Park while the vehi cle is in motion will cause the drive wheels to lock which will cause you to lose control of the vehicle j Driving your vehicle R Reverse Use this position to drive the vehicle backward 4 CAUTION Shifting Always come to a complete stop before shifting into or out of R Reverse you may damage the transaxle if you shift into R Reverse while the vehicle is in motion except when Rocking the Vehicle explained in this section N Neutral The wheels and transaxle are not engaged The vehicle will roll freely even on the slightest incline unless the parking brake or service brakes are applied D Drive This is the normal forward driving position The transaxle will automati cally shift through a 6 gear sequence providing the best fuel economy and power For extra power when passing anoth er vehicle or climbing grades depress the accelerator fully at which time the transaxle will auto matically downshift to the next lower gear i oy 000R4103N Sports mode Whether the vehicle is stopped or in motion sports mode is selected by pushing the shift lever from the D Drive position into the manual gate To return to D Drive range opera tion push the shift lever ba
146. all weather rub ber mat on top of a carpeted floor mat Only a single floor mat should be installed in each position IMPORTANT Your vehicle was manufactured with driver s side floor mat anchors that are designed to securely hold the floor mat in place To avoid any interference with pedal operation Kia recommends that only the Kia floor mat designed for use in your vehicle be installed j Features of your vehicle Navigation system if equipped The navigation system identifies the present position of our vehicle by using GPS information and can help guide you to a selected destination Detailed information for the naviga tion system is described in a sepa rately supplied manual Features of your vehicle AUDIO SYSTEM NOTICE Glass antenna if equipped If you install an after market HID head lamp your vehicle s audio and electronic device may malfunction 4 CAUTION e Do not clean the inside of the rear window glass with a cleaner or use a scraper to remove foreign deposits as this may cause damage to the antenna elements Avoid adding metallic coat ings such as Ni Cd and so on These can disturb receiv ing AM and FM broadcast sig nals OYDEMM2001 When the radio power switch is turned on while the igni
147. ames for all contacts e g use Jacob Stevenson instead of Dad 2 Do not use abbreviations i e use Lieutenant instead of Lt or Sergeant instead of Sgft 3 Do not use acronyms i e use County Finance Department instead of CFD 4 Do not use special characters e g hyphen asterisk ampersand amp 5 If a name is not recognized from the contact list change it to a more descriptive name e g use Grandpa Joseph instead of Pa Joe Skipping Prompt Messages While prompt message is being stat ed Shortly press the key on the steering remote controller The prompt message is immediately ended and the beep tone will sound After the beep say the voice com mand Re starting Voice Recognition While system waits for a command Shortly press the key on the steering remote controller The command wait state is immedi ately ended and the beep ton will sound After the beep say the voice command Features of your vehicle ENDING VOICE RECOGNITION While Voice Recognition is operating K Press and hold the key on the steering remote controller e While using voice command press ing any steering wheel control or a different key will end voice com mand e When the system is waiting for a voice command say cancel or end to end voice command e When the system is waiting for a voice
148. an no longer be sure that a damaged seat belt will provide protection in a crash WARNING Twisted seat belt Make sure your seat belt is not twisted when worn A twisted seat belt may not properly pro tect you in an accident and could even cut into your body WARNING Seat belt buckle Do not allow foreign material gum crumbs coins etc to obstruct the seat belt buckle This may prevent the seat belt from fastening securely __ j Safety features of vour vehicle Seat belt warning for driver s seat Vehicle Chime Seat Belt Light Blink anat Suea lia Z Below 5 km h 6 seconds None 3 mph Buckled gt 5 km h 6 seconds Unbuckled 10 km h Above 10 km h 6 sec on 24 sec off 6 mph 11 times Above 10 km h 6 mph 6 seconds Unbuckled J Below 5 km h 3 mph 1GQA2083 The driver s seat belt warning light and chime will activate to the follow ing table when the ignition switch is in ON position Stop Warning pattern repeats 11 times with an interval of 24 seconds If the driver s seat belt is buckled the light will stop within 6 seconds and chime will stop immediately The light will stop within 6 seconds and chime will stop immediately Seat belt Driver s 3 point system wit
149. and filter Have engine oil and filter changed by an authorized Kia dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this chapter Maintenance ENGINE COOLANT The high pressure cooling system has a reservoir filled with year round antifreeze coolant The reservoir is filled at the factory Check the antifreeze protection and coolant level at least once a year at the beginning of the winter season and before traveling to a colder cli mate Checking the coolant level 4OMDO070004N Check the condition and connections of all cooling system hoses and heater hoses Replace any swollen or deteriorated hoses The coolant level should be filled between F MAX and L MIN marks on the side of the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool If the coolant level is low add enough specified coolant or distilled deion ized water to provide protection against freezing and corrosion Bring the level to F MAX but do not over fill If frequent coolant addition is required see an authorized Kia deal er for a cooling system inspection Recommended engine coolant When adding coolant use only deionized water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the fac tory An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage e The engine in your vehicle has alu minum engine parts and must be protected by an ethylene glycol based c
150. and seatbacks or the air vent holes may be blocked and pre vented from working properly Do not place materials such as plastic bags or newspapers under the seats The air vent may not work properly as the air intake can be blocked When the air vent does not operate restart the vehicle If there is no change have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Features of your vehicle Power outlet if equipped el E AS OYDECO2061CN 1 The power outlet is designed to pro vide power for mobile telephones or other devices designed to operate with vehicle electrical systems The devices should draw less than 12V 10A with the engine running Use the power outlet only when the engine is running and remove the accessory plug after use Using the accessory plug for prolonged periods of time with the engine off could cause the battery to discharge Only use 12V electric accessories which are less than 15A in electric capacity Adjust the air conditioner or heater to the lowest operating level when using the power outlet Close the cover when not in use Some electronic devices can cause electronic interference when plugged into a vehicles power outlet These devices may cause excessive audio static and malfunctions in other elec tronic systems or devices used in your vehicle Features of your vehicle LCD monitor Whenever the battery terminals or Display conversion clock and outside temperature
151. and FM radio signals are broad cast from transmitter towers located around your city They are intercept ed by the radio antenna on your vehi cle This signal is then processed by the radio and sent to your vehicle speakers When a strong radio signal has reached your vehicle the precise engineering of your audio system ensures the best possible quality reproduction However in some cases the signal coming to your vehi cle may not be strong and clear AM broadcasts can be received at greater distances than FM broad casts This is because AM radio waves are transmitted at low fre quencies These long distance low frequency radio waves can follow the curvature of the earth rather than travelling straight In addition they Curve around obstructions resulting in better signal coverage Features of vour vehicle FM radio station Mountains Unobstructed area JBM003 FM broadcasts are transmitted at high frequencies and do not bend to follow the earth s surface Because of this FM broadcasts generally begin to fade within short distances from the station short distances from the station Also FM signals are eas ily affected by buildings mountains and obstructions This can lead to undesirable or unpleasant listening conditions which might lead you to believe a problem exists with your radio The following conditions are normal and do not indicate radio trouble Fading As your vehicle mo
152. apr Yt 101 Guiot onou IRI ie Bri ni oe CE fii tiot X g ri gt ao o A ooookg 2000 1b NE OF AE FY 6 JL 0000 aS 0000 cual oy fasaad full 1 9 sme OHYK064002 sk The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration For more detailed specifications refer to the label attached to the jack 1 Model Name 2 Maximum allowable load 3 When using the jack set your parking brake 4 When using the jack stop the engine 5 Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack 6 The designated locations under the frame 7 When supporting the vehicle the base plate of jack must be vertical under the lifting point 8 Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles with manual transmission or move the shift lever to the P position on vehicles with automatic transmis sion 9 The jack should be used on firm level ground 10 Jack manufacture 11 Production date What to do in an emergency TOWING Towing service It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground A without dollies and the front wheels off the ground If any of the loaded wheels or sus pension components are damaged or the vehicle is being towed with the front wheels on the ground use a towing dolly under the front wheels HXDO 2 When being towed by a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not used the front of the vehicle should always be lifted not the rear OMC045012 HXD03 If em
153. arage door open ers follow steps 2 6 For Canadian Programming please follow the Canadian Programming section For help with determining whether your garage is non rolling code or rolling code please refer to the garage door openers owner s manu al or contact Homelink customer service at 1 800 355 3515 Flashing OHD046307N 2 Press and hold the button on the Homelink system you wish to train and the button on the transmitter while the transmitter is approxi mately 1 to 3 inches away from the mirror Do not release the buttons until step 3 has been completed 3 The Homelink indicator light will flash first slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light flashes rapidly both buttons may be released The rapid flashing light indicates successful programming of the new frequency signal Features of your vehicle NOTICE Some gate operators and garage door openers may require you to replace step 3 with the cycling procedure noted in the Canadian Programming section of this docu ment Rolling code programming To train a garage door opener or other rolling code equipped devices with the rolling code feature follow these instructions after completing the Programming portion of this text A second person may make the following training procedures quicker amp easier 4 Locate the learn or smart but ton on the device s motor head unit Exact location and color of the button
154. ard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and lug gage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 635 kg 1400 lbs and there will be five 68 kg 150 lbs passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 295 kg 650 Ibs 635 340 5 x 68 295 kg or 1400 750 5 x 150 650 lbs 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calcu lated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trail er load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehi cle __ j Drivine vour vehicle Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Vehicle l i Vehicle Vehicle E i j Capacity ee Capacity Capacity ee A B C C C190F01JM C190F02JM C190F03JM A Vehicle Capacity 385 kg A Vehicle Capacity 385 Hi Vehicle Capacity 385 kg Weight 849 Ibs Weight 849 Hi Weight 849 Ibs gar S
155. are radial tires of the same size and load range as the original tires Mount snow tires on all four wheels to balance your vehicle s handling in all weather conditions Keep in mind that the traction provid ed by snow tires on dry roads may not be as high as your vehicle s orig inal equipment tires You should drive cautiously even when the roads are clear Check with the tire dealer for maximum speed recommendations Do not install studded tires without first checking local state and munic ipal regulations for possible restric tions against their use Driving your vehicle Use high quality ethylene gly col coolant Your vehicle is delivered with high quality ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling system It is the only type of coolant that should be used because it helps prevent corrosion in the cool ing system lubricates the water pump and prevents freezing Be sure to replace or replenish your coolant in accordance with the maintenance schedule in section 7 Before winter have your coolant tested to assure that its freezing point is sufficient for the temperatures anticipated during the winter Check battery and cables Winter puts additional burdens on the battery system Visually inspect the battery and cables as described in section 7 The level of charge in your battery can be checked by an authorized Kia dealer or a service Station Change to winter weight oil if necessary In some climates it is recom
156. art 6 4 Emergency starting ccccscscccccccscess 6 5 s JUIN starine ni 6 5 PRush staroime Ge 6 6 e If the engine overheats sss ss s s s s s s essea R Rae aa 6 7 If you have a flat tire with tire mobility kit 6 8 A LOT S ea a nae ea crate wears 6 8 e Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit 6 9 s Components of the TireMobilityKit 6 10 e Using the Tire Mobility Kit 6 11 If you have a flat tire with spare tire 6 14 Jack and tools oeoo eon eee a 6 14 e Removing and storing the spare tire 6 15 CHAT UIP OS scree ene nn 6 15 Jack abel cee ee a eee 6 22 What to do in an emergency ROAD WARNING Hazard warning flasher AST ih OYDEEM2001CN The hazard warning flasher serves as a warning to other drivers to exer cise extreme caution when approaching overtaking or passing your vehicle It should be used whenever emer gency repairs are being made or when the vehicle is stopped near the edge of a roadway Depress the flasher switch with the ignition switch in any position The flasher switch is located in the center console switch panel All turn signal lights will flash simultaneously e The hazard warning flasher oper ates whether your vehicle is run ning or not e The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on Care must be taken when using the hazard warning flasher while the v
157. as 2 fuse panels one located in the driver s side panel bol ster the other in the engine compart ment near the battery If any of your vehicle s lights acces sories or controls do not work check the appropriate circuit fuse If a fuse has blown the element inside the fuse has melted If the electrical system does not work first check the driver s side fuse has melted Before replacing a blown fuse dis connect the negative battery cable Always replace a blown fuse with one of the same rating If the replacement fuse blows this indicates an electrical problem Avoid using the system involved and imme diately consult an authorized Kia dealer Three kinds of fuses are used blade type for lower amperage rating car tridge type and multi fuse for higher amperage ratings A CAUTION Do not use a screwdriver or any other metal object to remove fuses because it may cause a short circuit and damage the system NOTICE The actual fuse relay panel label may differ from equipped items Maintenance A CAUTION Do not input any other objects except fuses or relays into fuse relay terminals such as a driver or wiring lt may cause contact failure and system mal function NOTICE The actual fuse relay panel label may differ from equipped items Instrument panel fuse replace ment 1 Turn the ignition switch and all other switches off 2 Open the fuse panel cover
158. at results in improved fuel economy These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle Engine oil drain and refill API Service SM Recommends MPI GDI engine 4 0 4 23 US qt ILSAC GF 4 or above Turbo GDI engine 4 5 4 75 US at ACEA A5 or above 1 87 MPI GDI engine 2 0 2 1 US qt Manual transaxle fluid API GL 4 SAE 75W 85 or SAE 70W fill for life Turbo GDI engine nu 2 0 2 1 US qt MICHANG ATF SP IV SK ATF SP IV Automatic transaxle fluid 7 1 1 7 5 US qt NOCA ATF SP IV 6 0 6 34 US qt 5 9 6 23 US at Mixture of antifreeze and water Coolant Ethylene glycol base coolant Turbo GDI 6 1 6 45 US qt for aluminum radiator engine 5 7 1 6 02 US at Specifications amp Consumer information 0 7 0 8 7 Brake clutch fluid FMVSS116 DOT 3 or DOT 4 0 7 0 8 US qt 1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page 2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available Along with other additional benefits they contribute to fuel econ omy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction Often these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving but in a year s time they can offer significant cost and energy savings 3 If the API service SM engine oil is not available in your country you are able to use API service SL dn n i o i n i 9 Specifications amp Consumer information Recommended SAE viscosity
159. ated to vehicle dynamics and safety sys tems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as How various systems in your vehicle were operating Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and How fast the vehicle was travel ing These data can help provide a bet ter understanding of the circum stances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non trivial crash situation occurs no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving con ditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash loca tion are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer other parties such as law enforcement that have the special equipment can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR Your vehicle at a glance Exterior overview COSTIERI IE 2 2 Interior overvieW 00000000000 00000000 2 4 Instrument panel overview 20006 2 5 Engine compartment
160. ay Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance n RR NEI NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE 216 000 km 135 000 miles or 108 months Q Rotate tire Q Inspect battery condition Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect air conditioning refrigerant U Inspect brake hoses and lines U Inspect drive belts First 96 000 km 60 000 miles or 72 months after every 24 000 km 15 000 miles or 24 months Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler U Inspect rear brake disc pads parking brake O Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint Q Inspect suspension mounting bolts Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit Q Inspect front brake disc pads calipers and rotors Q Replace engine oil and filter 216 000 km 135 000 miles or 216 months U Add fuel additive 12 000 km 7 500 miles or 12 months Continued Continued Q Inspect cooling system hoses and connections Q Inspect brake pedal free play Q Inspect all latch hinges and locks Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace 228 000 km 142 500 miles or 114 months O Rotate tire U Inspect battery condition Q Inspect air cleaner filter O Inspect vacuum hose UO Replace engine oil and filter 228 000 km 142 500 miles or 228 months U Add fuel additive 12 000 km 7 500 mi
161. ay lead to an acci dent severe personal injury and death The driver s primary responsibility is in the safe and legal operation of a vehicle and use of any handheld devices other equipment or vehicle systems which take the driver s eyes attention and focus away from the safe oper ation of a vehicle or which are not permissible by law should never be used during operation of the vehicle Pairing a New Device Press the key Select Phone Select Pair Phone Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices can be paired with the audio system For more information refer to the Pairing through Phone Setup section within Bluetooth Wireless Technology Viewing Paired Phone List Press the key Select Phone Select Phone List This feature is used to view mobile phones that have been paired with the audio system Upon selecting a paired phone the setup menu is dis played For more information refer to the Setting Bluetooth Wireless Technology Connection section with in Bluetooth Wireless Technology 1 Connect Disconnect Phone Connect disconnects currently selected phone 2 Change Priority Sets currently selected phone to highest connec tion priority 3 Delete Deletes the currently selected phone 4 Return Moves to the previous screen
162. bove approximately 9 mph 15 km h on curves e The VSM is designed to function above approximately 18 mph 30 km h when a vehicle is braking on a split mu road The split mu road is made of surfaces which have dif ferent friction forces The Vehicle Stability Management system is not a substitute for safe driving practices but a supplemen tary function only It is the respon sibility of the driver to always check the speed and the distance to the vehicle ahead Always hold the steering wheel firmly while driving Your vehicle is designed to activate according to the driver s intention even with installed VSM Always follow all the normal precautions for driving at safe speeds for the conditions including driving in inclement weather and on a slip pery road Driving your vehicle Good braking practices Check to be sure the parking brake is not engaged and that the park ing brake indicator light is out before driving away Driving through water may get the brakes wet They can also get wet when the vehicle is washed Wet brakes can be dangerous Your vehicle will not stop as quickly if the brakes are wet Wet brakes may cause the vehicle to pull to one side To dry the brakes apply the brakes lightly until the braking action returns to normal taking care to keep the vehicle under control at all times If the braking action does not return to normal stop as soon as it is safe to do so and call an autho
163. brake The stopping dis tance however will be much greater than normal Driving your vehicle Disc brakes wear indicator When your brake pads are worn and new pads are required you will hear a high pitched warning sound from your front brakes or rear brakes if equipped You may hear this sound come and go or it may occur when ever you depress the brake pedal Please remember that some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when you first apply or lightly apply the brakes This is nor mal and does not indicate a problem with your brakes N CAUTION Replace brake pads Do not continue to drive with worn brake pads Continuing to drive with worn brake pads can damage the braking system and result in costly brake repairs Always replace the front or rear brake pads as pairs Parking brake Applying the parking brake Ye OYDDDR2105 To engage the parking brake first apply the foot brake and then without pressing the release button in pull the parking brake lever up as far as possible In addition it is recommend ed that when parking the vehicle on a gradient the shift lever should be positioned in the appropriate low gear for manual transaxle vehicles or in the P Park position for automatic transaxle vehicles __ lt Driving your vehicle brake A CAUTION Parking brake _ Driving with
164. c Remove dust and loose dirt from fab ric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean with a mild soap solu tion recommended for upholstery or carpets Remove fresh spots imme diately with a fabric spot cleaner If fresh spots do not receive immediate attention the fabric can be stained and its color can be affected Also its fire resistant properties can be reduced if the material is not proper ly maintained Using anything but recommended cleaners and procedures may affect the fabrics appearance and fire resistant properties Maintenance Cleaning the lap shoulder belt webbing i 4 CAUTION Rear windows Clean the belt webbing with any mild Do not scrape or scratch the soap solution recommended for inside of the rear window This cleaning upholstery or carpet Follow may result in damage to the rear the instructions provided with the window defroster grid soap Do not bleach or re dye the webbing because this may weaken It Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehicle become fogged that is cov ered with an oily greasy or waxy film they should be cleaned with glass cleaner Follow the directions on the glass cleaner container _ _ j Maintenance E EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM The emission co
165. category list Searching iPod category is key pressed move to par ent category Features of your vehicle MENU My Music Mode In My Music mode press the key to set the Repeat Random Information Delete Delete All and Delete Selection features Repeat Press the key Set MRPT through the TUNE knob or key Repeats the currently playing song Press RPT again to turn repeat off Random Press the key Set I RDM through the TUNE knob or key Plays all songs in random order Press RDM again to turn random off Information Press the key Set Gilnfo through the TUNE knob or key Displays information of the current song Press the key to turn off info display Delete Press the key gt Set Delete through the TUNE knob or key Deletes currently playing file In the play screen pressing delete will delete the currently playing song Deletes file from list Select the file you wish to delete by using the TUNE knob Press the key and select the delete menu to delete the selected file Delete All Press the key Set EDel All through the TUNE knob or key Deletes all songs of My Music Delete Selection Press the key Set Del Sel through the S TUNE knob or GG key Songs within My Music are selected and deleted Select the songs you wish to delete from the list __
166. ccupants and cargo should newer need z kg or Lo pois lola des occupanti et du changement no dot jamais dipassar ssh bg qu Lp poids Iola des occupanti et du chargement ne dod jamais dbpasser raa i Lp poids Iola des comparti 61 du changement ne doi jamais dipasser Kas SIZE Se SEE OWNERS ara SEE OWNERS SUE bar i SEE OWNERS i seat MANUAL FUR MANUAL FUR S xi MANUAL EUS DIMENSIONSI PNEUSAFROID x TD PNEUS FROID pride DIMENSIONS BNEUS AFROID br seri n Ar FR Lie pne FR v pne P205 55R16 230kPa 33psi 40 P19SISSR15 230kpa 33psi a THON P225 40R18 230kPa 33psi INFORMATION i POUR PLUS POUR PLUS DE E 20a Cos EA sus SURE n OYDNEM4010A TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION _ TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION SEATING CAPACITY ToT 5 FRONT SEATING CAPACITY RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT MD RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT The label located on the driver s door HOMBRE DE PLACES AANT HOMBRE DE PLACES Es sill gives the original tire size cold The tana weigh of occupante and cargo should newer eted kg The combined weight of occupante and cargo should newer stesi igor sug ti re pressu res recom mended for you r Lo poids total des coceganis ol du chargement ne dot jamais dipassar 7 Le poids total des occupants st du changement ne dod jamais d passer ke m ib EJE COLD TIRE PRESSURE OTE v sue COLORE PRESSURE ainan vehicle the number of people that PNEU PNEUS A FROID M
167. ce USB memory prod ucts which can be INC used as key chains or cellular phone acces sories as they could cause dam age to the USB jack Please make certain only to use plug type connector products Please avoid using p773 K e j Features of your vehicle USING THE iPod DEVICE Some iPod models may not support communication protocol and files may not properly play Supported iPod models iPhone 3GS 4 iPod touch 1st 4th generation iPod nano 1st 6th generation iPod classic The order of search or playback of songs in the iPod can be dif ferent from the order searched in the audio system If the iPod is disabled due to its own malfunction reset the iPod Reset Refer to iPod manual An iPod may not operate nor mally on low battery Continued Continued Some iPod devices such as the iPhone can be connected through the Bluetooth Wireless Technology interface The device must have audio Bluetooth Wireless Technology capability such as for stereo headphone Bluetooth Wireless Technology The device can play but it will not be controlled by the audio system To use iPod features within the audio use the cable provided upon purchasing an iPod device Skipping or imp
168. ch is on ACC or ON Power ON Press the button when the audio is off Power OFF Press the button for more than 0 8 seconds when the audio is on MUTE 4 if equipped e Press the button to mute the sound e Press the button to turn off the microphone during a telephone call Detailed information for audio control buttons are described in the following pages in this chapter Aux USB and iPod port A LU Q z j p i a HM i T i X da Y a k l H i I a ANY oYDDMM2004 If your vehicle has an aux and or USB universal serial bus port or iPod port you can use an aux port to connect audio devices and an USB port to plug in an USB and also an iPod port to plug in an iPod x NOTICE When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet noise may occur during playback If this happens use the power source of the portable audio device iPod is a Registered trademark of Apple Inc __ j Features of vour vehicle How vehicle audio works This can be due to factors such as AM reception the distance from the radio station FM reception closeness of other strong radio sta p tions or the presence of buildings bridges or other large obstructions in the area e JBM002 JBM001 AM
169. chnology feature The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth wireless technology 1 Car Name Name of device as shown when searching from your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device 2 Passkey Passkey used to pair the device j Features of your vehicle 3 From your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device i e Mobile Phone search and select your car audio system 4 After a few moments a screen is displayed where the passkey is entered Here enter the passkey 0000 to pair your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device with 1 The following steps are the same as those described in the section When No Devices have been Paired on the previous page Bluetooth Wireless Technology fea tures supported within the vehicle are as follows Some features may not be supported depending on your If Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices are paired but none are the car audio system currently connected pressing the Bluetoothe Wireless Technology 5 Once pairing is complete the fol key or the key on t
170. ck into the main gate In sports mode moving the shift lever backwards and forwards will allow you to make gearshifts rapidly In contrast to a manual transaxle the sports mode allows gearshifts with the accelerator pedal depressed Driving your vehicle Push the lever forward once to shift up one gear Down Pull the lever backwards once to shift down one gear Up In sports mode the driver must execute upshifts in accordance with road conditions taking care to keep the engine speed below the red zone In sports mode only the 6 forward gears can be selected To reverse or park the vehicle move the shift lever to the R Reverse or P Park position as required In sports mode downshifts are made automatically when the vehi cle slows down When the vehicle stops 1st gear is automatically selected In sports mode when the engine rom approaches the red zone shift points are varied to upshift auto matically To maintain the required levels of vehicle performance and safety the system may not execute cer tain gearshifts when the shift lever is operated When driving on a slippery road push the shift lever forward into the up position This causes the transaxle to shift into the 2nd gear which is better for smooth driving on a slippery road Push the shift lever to the down side to shift back to the 1st gear Paddle shifter if equipped K ami S OYDDDR2111 The paddle shif
171. cked OYDDEM2004 6 Loosen the wheel lug nuts counter clockwise one turn each but do not remove any nut until the tire has been raised off the ground What to do in an emergenc 7 Place the jack at the front or rear jacking position closest to the tire you are changing Place the jack at the designated locations under the frame The jacking positions are plates welded to the frame with two tabs and a raised dot to index with the jack OYDDEM2005 8 Insert the jack handle into the jack and turn it clockwise raising the vehicle until the tire just clears the ground This measurement is approximately 30 mm 1 in Before removing the wheel lug nuts make sure the vehicle is stable and that there is no chance for movement or slippage 9 Loosen the wheel nuts and remove them with your fingers Slide the wheel off the studs and lay it flat so it cannot roll away To put the wheel on the hub pick up the spare tire line up the holes with the studs and slide the wheel onto them If this is difficult tip the wheel slightly and get the top hole in the wheel lined up with the top stud Then jiggle the wheel back and forth until the wheel can be slid over the other studs __ j What to do in an emergency Wheels and wheel covers may have
172. clearance speedometer and odometer calibra tion headlight aim and bumper height A CAUTION Wheel Wheels that do not meet Kia s specifications may fit poorly and result in damage to the vehicle or unusual handling and poor vehicle control Tire traction Tire traction can be reduced if you drive on worn tires tires that are improperly inflated or on slippery road surfaces Tires should be replaced when tread wear indicators appear Slow down whenever there is rain snow or ice on the road to reduce the possibility of losing con trol of the vehicle Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation correct wheel alignment helps to decrease tire wear If you find a tire is worn unevenly have your dealer check the wheel alignment When you have new tires installed make sure they are balanced This will increase vehicle ride comfort and tire life Additionally a tire should always be rebalanced if it is removed from the wheel Tire sidewall labeling 1 I1030B04JM This information identifies and describes the fundamental charac teristics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall 1 Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or Brand name is shown Maintenance eee uz mZ zozozno lt lt z z lt czcezne M mmM ___ ZZDDDDii i i I t t Iiii VJi Vl liVJ j amp
173. cts be saved as favorite e To save Favorite contacts should be downloaded e Contact saved in Favorites will not be automatically updated if the con tact has been updated in the phone To update Favorites delete the Favorite and create a new Favorite Call History Press the key Select Call History A list of incoming outgoing and missed calls is displayed e Call history may not be saved in the call history list in some mobile phones e Calls received with hidden caller ID will not be saved in the call history list e Calling through the call history is not possible when there is no call histo ry stored or a Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone is not connected e Up to 20 received dialed and missed calls are stored in Call History e Time of received dialed calls and call time information are not saved j Features of your vehicle Contacts e Up to 1 000 contacts saved in your It is not possible to begin download Bluetooth Wireless Technology ing a contact list when the contact phone can be downloaded into the download feature has been turned Press the key gt Select car contacts Contacts that have off within the Bluetooth Wireless Contacts been downloaded to the car cannot Technology device In addition some
174. culated air position Be sure to return the control to the fresh air position when the irritation has passed to keep fresh air in the vehicle This will help keep the driv er alert and comfortable Air for the heating cooling system is drawn in through the grilles just ahead of the windshield Care should be taken that these are not blocked by leaves snow ice or other obstructions To prevent interior fog on the wind shield set the air intake control to the fresh air position and fan speed to the desired position turn on the air conditioning system and adjust the temperature control to desired temperature Features of your vehicle Air conditioning if equipped Kia Air Conditioning Systems are filled with R 134a refrigerant NM Start the engine Push the air con ditioning button Set the mode to the position Set the air intake control to the recirculated air position However prolonged operation in the recircu lated air position will excessively dry the air In this case change the air position Adjust the fan speed control and temperature control to maintain maximum comfort When maximum cooling is desired set the temperature control to the extreme left position set the mode control to the MAX A C position then set the fan speed control to the highest speed 4 CAUTION Excessive AC While using the air conditioning system monitor the tempera ture gauge closely whil
175. d then If you close the door s the win dow s will be fully closed automati cally This function prevents damage to the windows This is not a mal function This is a normal condition If the windows does not drop down automatically because ice has formed around it tap lightly the win dows to break the ice Do not pry on the windows If necessary move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt Features of your vehicle Power window lock button If equipped JOYDDCO2019 The driver can disable the power window switches on the rear passen gers doors by pressing the power window lock switch to the lock posi tion pressed When the power window lock switch is pressed e The driver s master control can operate all the power windows The front passenger s control can operate the front passen ger s power window e The rear passenger s control cannot operate the rear passen ger s power window N CAUTION Opening closing Window To prevent possible damage to the power window system do not open or close two windows or more at the same time This will also ensure the longevity of the fuse Always double check to make sure all arms hands head and other obstructions are safely out of the way before closing a window Features of vour vehicle HOOD Opening the hood OYDDCO2020 1 Pull the release lever to unlatch the hood The hood should pop open slightly Open
176. d attention of the driver The sensing range and objects detectable by the sensors are limit ed Whenever moving pay as much attention to what is in front of and behind you as you would in a vehicle without a parking assist system The parking assist system should only be considered as a supplemen tary function The driver must check the front and rear view The opera tional function of the parking assist System can be affected by many fac tors and conditions of the surround ings so the responsibility rests always with the driver Operation of the parking assist system Gaadi condition This system will activate when the parking assist button is pressed with the engine running Features of your vehicle e Sensing distance in backing up is NOTICE approximately 120 cm 47 in when The parking assist system may not 3 i SA less than 10 km h operate if it s distance from the object 6 Sb is already less than approximately 25 Sensing distance in moving for cm 9 84 in when the system is ON ward is approximately 60 cm 23 62 in when you are driving less than 10 km h 6 21 mph When more than two objects are sensed at the same time the clos est one will be recognized first If you move the shift lever to the R position with the engine start stop button in the ON position and the parking assist system in OFF the parking assist system will operate automatically But it will turn off automatically wh
177. d it in position B The lever will return to the OFF position when released If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement If an indicator flash is abnormally quick or slow a bulb may be burned out or have a poor electrical connec tion in the circuit One touch lane change function To activate an one touch lane change function move the turn sig nal lever slightly and then release it The lane change signals will blink 3 5 or 7 times You can choose one touch lane change blinking function in One touch turn lamp of User setting Refer to User setting in chapter 4 NOTICE If an indicator flash is abnormally quick or slow the bulb may be burned out or have a poor electrical connection in the circuit Features of your vehicle WIPERS AND WASHERS Front A Front fog light if equipped OAM049046N Fog lights are used to provide improved visibility when visibility is poor due to fog rain or snow etc The fog lights will turn on when the fog light switch 1 is turned to the on position after the headlights are turned on To turn off the fog lights turn the switch 1 to the off position When in operation the fog lights consume large amounts of vehicle electrical power Only use the fog lights when visibility is poor __
178. ded to prevent damage dur ing an automatic car wash or when passing through a narrow street The right outside rearview mirror is convex Objects seen in the mirror are closer than they appear Use your interior rearview mirror or direct observation to determine the actual distance of following vehicles when changing lanes j Features of your vehicle Rem ntrol epee FORIO 4 CAUTION Outside mirror e The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjusting angles but the motor continues to operate while the switch is pressed Do not press the switch longer than necessary the motor may be damaged j Do not attempt to adjust the p outside rearview mirror by hand Doing so may damage OYDDCO2039 the parts 4 CAUTION Rearview mirror Do not scrape ice off the mirror face this may damage the sur face of the glass If ice should restrict movement of the mirror do not force the mirror for adjustment To remove ice use a deicer spray or a sponge or soft cloth with very warm water Electric type The electric remote control mirror switch allows you to adjust the posi tion of the left and right outside rearview mirrors To adjust the posi tion of either mirror the ignition switch should be in the ACC or ON position
179. der Though smoke and powder are non toxic They may cause irritation to the skin eyes nose and throat etc If this is the case wash and rinse with cold water immediately and consult a docior if the symptom persists Installing a child restraint on a front passenger s seat is forbidden FAC N gt aN 1JBH3051 Never place a rear facing child restraint in the front passenger s seat If the air bag deploys it would impact the rear facing child restraint Causing serious or fatal injury In addition do not place front facing child restraint in the front passen gers seat either If the front passen ger air bag inflates it would cause serious or fatal injuries to the child Safety features of your vehicle Air bag warning light Have the system checked by an e The light stays on after illuminating O gt for approximately 6 seconds authorized Kia dealer if e The light comes on while the vehi The light does not turn on briefly ry cle is in motion when you turn the ignition ON W7 147 The purpose of the air bag warning light in your instrument panel is to alert you of a potential problem with your air bag Supplemental Restraint System SRS When the ignition switch is turned ON the indicator light should illumi nate for approximately 6 seconds then go off
180. device there is a difference in the time taken for recognition of the device Do not use the USB device for purposes other than playing music files Playing videos through the USB is not Supported Use of USB accessories such as rechargers or heaters using USB I F may lower performance or cause trouble Continued Features of your vehicle Continued If you use devices such as a USB hub purchased separately the vehicle s audio system may not recognize the USB device In that case connect the USB device directly to the multimedia terminal of the vehicle If the USB device is divided by log ical drives only the music files on the highest priority drive are rec ognized by car audio Devices such as MP3 Player Cellular phone Digital camera can be unrecognizable by standard USB I F can be unrecognizable Charging through the USB may not be supported in some mobile devices USB HDD or USB types liable to connection failures due to vehicle vibrations are not supported i stick type Some non standard USB devices METAL COVER TYPE USB can be unrecognizable Continued Continued Some USB flash memory read ers such as CF SD micro SD etc or external HDD type devices can be unrecognizable Music files protected by DRM DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGE MENT are not recognizable The data in the USB memory may be lost while using this audio Always back up important data on a personal storage devi
181. driver and front passen ger but also helps protect the head and neck in the event of a collision Safety features of your vehicle For maximum effectiveness in case of an accident the headrest should be adjusted so the middle of the headrest is at the same height of the center of gravity of an occupant s head Generally the center of gravity of most people s head is similar with the height of the top of their eyes Also adjust the headrest as close to your head as possible For this reason the use of a cushion that holds the body away from the seatback is not recommended Adjusting the height up and down 74 I OYDDSA2009 To raise the headrest pull it up to the desired position 1 To lower the headrest push and hold the release button 2 on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desired position 3 Removal and installation E Type A 1 OYD034102 To remove the headrest 1 Recline the seatback 2 with the recline switch 1 2 Raise headrest as far as it can go Safety features of your vehicle 3 Press the headrest release button m Type A R 3 Adjust the headrest to the appro 3 while pulling the headrest up 4 priate height To reinstall the headrest 1 Put the headrest poles 2 into the holes while pressing the release button 1 2 Recline the seatback 4 with the recline switch or lever 3 Safety features of your vehicle Rear seat entry for
182. during the operation of the voice recognition system pressing any key other than the key terminate voice recognition mode For superior voice recognition per formance position the microphone used for voice recognition above the head of the drivers seat and maintain a proper position when saying commands Within the following situations voice recognition may not function properly due to external sound When the windows and sunroof are open When the wind of the cooling heating device is strong When entering and passing through tunnels Continued Continued When driving on rugged and uneven roads During severe rain heavy rains windstorms e Phone related voice commands can be used only when a Bluetooth Wireless Technology device is connected e When making calls by stating a name the corresponding contact must be downloaded and stored within the audio system e After downloading the Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone book it takes some times to convert the phone book data into voice infor mation During this time voice recognition may not properly oper ate e Pronounce the voice commands naturally and clearly as if in a nor mal conversation Features of your vehicle m CD Player AM171A7KN AM1A1A7KN AM171A7AN AM1A1A7AN AM101A7KN AM111A7KN No Bluetooth logo will be shown if the Bluetooth Wireless Technology feature is not supported Features of your vehicl
183. e SYSTEM CONTROLLERS AND FUNCTIONS Display and settings may differ depending on the selected audio Audio Head Unit 1 GW EJECT Ejects the disc 2 Changes to FM AM SIRIUS mode Each time the key is pressed the mode is changed in order of FM1 FM2 AM SAT1 SAT2 SATS In Setup gt Display the radio pop up screen will be displayed when Mode Pop up is turned Con When the pop up screen is dis played use the TUNE knob or keys WEB to select the desired mode 3 Changes to CD USB iPod AUX My Music BT Audio mode Each time the key is pressed the mode is changed in order of CD USB iPod AUX My Music BT Audio sk In Setup gt Display the media pop up screen will be displayed when Mode Pop up is turned Con When the pop up screen is dis played use the TUNE knob or keys to select the desired mode 4 Operates Phone Screen When a phone is not connected the connection screen is displayed 5 Radio Mode Automatically search es for broadcast frequencies CD USB iPod My Music modes Shortly press the key under 0 8 sec onds Moves to next or previous song file Press and hold the key over 0 8 sec onds Rewinds or fast forwards the current song BT Audio mode Moves to next or previous song file The Play Pause feature may oper ate differently depending on the mobile phone 6 PWR VOL knob Power
184. e The display will indicate the catego ry menus highlight the category that the current channel belongs to e In the Category List Mode press the key to navigate cate gory list Press the tune knob to select the lowest channel in the highlighted category If channel is selected by selecting category then the CATEGORY icon is displayed at the top of the screen Features of your vehicle Preset Press the key IS Ga Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Plays the frequency saved in the corresponding key Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Pressing and holding the desired key from 6 will save the current broadcast to the selected key and sound a BEEP Troubleshooting 1 Antenna Error If this message is displayed the antenna or antenna cable is bro ken or unplugged Please consult with your Kia dealership 2 Acquiring Signal If this message is displayed it means that the antenna is covered and that the SIRIUS Satellite Radio signal is not available Ensure the antenna is uncovered and has a clear view of the sky Tune e Rotate TUNE knob Changes the channel number or scrolls cat egory list s Press TUNE knob Selects the menu Menu Select category menu through the TUNE knob Press the key gt Select Info through the TUNE knob or key Info Information Displays the Artist Song info of the current song
185. e checks and inspections that should be per formed by the owner or an author ized Kia dealer at the frequencies indicated to help ensure safe dependable operation of your vehi cle Any adverse conditions should be brought to the attention of your deal er as soon as possible These Owner Maintenance Checks are generally not covered by war ranties and you may be charged for labor parts and lubricants used Owner maintenance schedule When you stop for fuel Check the engine oil level e Check the coolant level in coolant reservoir e Check the windshield washer fluid level e Look for low or under inflated tires While operating your vehicle e Note any changes in the sound of the exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes in the vehicle Check for vibrations in the steering wheel Notice any increased steer ing effort or looseness in the steer ing wheel or change in its straight ahead position Notice if your vehicle constantly turns slightly or pulls to one side when traveling on smooth level road When stopping listen and check for unusual sounds pulling to one side increased brake pedal travel or hard to push brake pedal If any slipping or changes in the operation of your transaxle occurs check the transaxle fluid level Check the automatic transaxle P Park function Check the parking brake Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle water dripping from the air conditioning
186. e driving up hills or in heavy traffic when outside temperatures are high Air conditioning system opera tion may cause engine over heating and potential engine damage Continue to use the blower fan but turn the air con ditioning system off if the tem perature gauge indicates engine overheating Air conditioning system operation tips If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape To help reduce moisture inside of the windows on rainy or humid days decrease the humidity inside the vehicle by operating the air conditioning system During air conditioning system operation you may occasionally notice a slight change in engine speed as the air conditioning com pressor cycles This is a normal system operation characteristic Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system per formance When using the air conditioning system you may notice clear water dripping or even puddling on the ground under the passenger side of the vehicle This is a normal sys tem operation characteristic Features of your vehicle e Operating the air conditioning sys tem in the recirculated air position provides maximum cooling how ever continual operation in this mode may cause the air inside the vehicle to become stale During cooling operation you may occasionally notice a misty a
187. e following conditions occurs the mileage and days may be incorrect The battery cable is disconnected The fuse switch is turned off The battery is discharged Features of your vehicle User Settings Mode Description E Type B E Type C User Settings E Door OYDEDI2061 OYDEDI2038 On this mode you can change set ting of the doors lamps and so on Door Auto Door Lock if equipped Off The auto door lock operation will be deactivated Speed All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds 15km h 9 3mph Shift Lever All doors will be automatically locked if the automatic transaxle shift lever is shifted from the P Park position to the R Reverse N Neutral or D Drive position Auto Door Unlock if equipped Off The auto door unlock operation will be canceled Key Out or Power Off All doors will be automatically unlocked when the ignition key is removed from ignition switch or Engine Start Stop Button is set to the OFF position Shift Lever All doors will be automatically unlocked if the automatic transaxle shift lever is shifted to the P Park position Features of your vehicle Two Press Unlock if equipped e Off The two press unlock function will be deactivated Therefore all doors will unlock if the door is unlocked e On The driver s door will unlock if the door is unlocked When the door is unlocked again within 4
188. e moisture inside the windshield The auto defogging system operates when the heater or air conditioning is on This indicator illuminates when the auto defogging system senses the mois ture inside the windshield and operates wy AUTO If more moisture is in the vehicle higher steps operate as follows For example if auto defogging does not defog inside the windshield at step 1 Outside air position it tries to defog again at step 2 Blowing air toward the windshield Step 1 Outside air position Step 2 Blowing air toward the wind shield Step 3 Increasing air flow toward the windshield Step 4 Operating the air conditioning Step 5 Maximizing the air condi tioning j Features of your vehicle If your vehicle is equipped with the NOTICE auto defogging system itis automat gt When the air conditioning is ically activated when the conditions turned on by Auto defogging sys are met However if you would like to tem if you try to turn off the air cancel the auto defogging system conditioning the indicator will press the front defroster button 4 blink 3 ii side ar idi times within 2 seconds while press tioning will not be turned off ing the AUTO button The indicator ror efficiency do not select recir will blink 3 ti
189. e sensor using a win dow cleaner the cleaner may leave a light film which could interfere with sensor operation If your vehicle has window tint or other types of metallic coating on the front windshield the Auto light sys tem may not work properly Features of vour vehicle High beam operation OAM049044 To turn on the high beam headlights push the lever away from you Pull it back for low beams The high beam indicator will light when the headlight high beams are switched on To prevent the battery from being discharged do not leave the lights on for a prolonged time while the engine is not running OAM049043 To flash the headlights pull the lever towards you It will return to the normal low beam position when released The headlight switch does not need to be on to use this flashing feature __ lt Features of your vehicle Turn signals and lane change signals OAM049045 The ignition switch must be on for the turn signals to function To turn on the turn signals move the lever up or down A The green arrow indicators on the instrument panel indicate which turn signal is operating They will self cancel after a turn is com pleted If the indicator continues to flash after a turn manually return the lever to the OFF position To signal a lane change move the turn signal lever slightly and hol
190. e temperature of the outside air and that of the windshield could cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up causing loss of visibility In this case set the mode selection knob or button to the 22 position and fan speed control to the lower speed Features of your vehicle WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING For maximum defrosting set the temperature control to the extreme right hot position and the fan speed control to the highest speed If warm air to the floor is desired while defrosting or defogging set the mode to the floor defrost position Before driving clear all snow and ice from the windshield rear win dow outside rear view mirrors and all side windows Clear all snow and ice from the hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to improve heater and defroster effi ciency and to reduce the probabili ty of fogging up the inside of the windshield Manual climate control system To defog inside windshield H E T ae 4 L D E ay n c E E H OYDDCL2023 1 Select any fan speed except 0 position 2 Select desired temperature 3 Select the amp or 7 position 4 The outside fresh air will be selected automatically If the outside fresh air position is not selected automatically press the corresponding button manually Features of vour vehicle To defrost outside windshield OYDDCL2024 1 Set the fan speed to t
191. e the front windshield defroster Features of vour vehicle MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM 1 Fan speed control knob 4 Air conditioning button 2 Mode selection knob 5 Air intake control button 3 Temperature control knob 6 Rear window defroster button OYDDCL2002 Features of your vehicle Heating and air conditioning 1 Start the engine 2 Set the mode to the desired posi Ee s Jo To improve the effectiveness of heating and cooling Heating ed Cooling se 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air or recirculated air position 5 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 6 If air conditioning is desired turn the air conditioning system if equipped on if equipped OYDECL2004CN j Features of vour vehicle Mode selection OYDDCL2003 The mode selection knob controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system Air can be directed to the floor dash board outlets or windshield Six symbols are used to represent Face Bi Level Floor Floor Defrost and Defrost air position Face Level B C D E F Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face Additionally each outlet can be controlled to di
192. eat forward will cause strong pressure on the abdomen Do not place your hand near the seat bottom or seat track while adjusting the seat Your hand could get caught in the seat mechanism Front seat adjustment manual Forward and backward OYDDSA2002 To move the seat forward or back ward 1 Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up and hold it 2 Slide the seat to the position you desire 3 Release the lever and make sure the seat is locked in place Adjust the seat before driving and make sure the seat is locked securely by trying to move forward and back ward without using the lever If the seat moves it is not locked properly Safety features of your vehicle Seatback angle Seat cushion height for driver s seat a To recline the seatback os OYDDSA2004 1 Lean forward slightly and liftupthe To change the height of the seat seatback recline lever cushion push the lever upwards or 2 Carefully lean back on the seat downwards and adjust the seatback of the To lower the seat cushion push the seat to the position you desire lever down several times 3 Release the lever and make sure e To raise the seat cushion push the the seatback is locked in place lever up several times The lever MUST return to its orig inal position for the seatback to lock Safety features of your vehicle Lumbar support for driver s seat lado OYDDSA2008 Press the front portion of the s
193. eceivers which are available for installation in motor vehicles or factory installed as well as for the home portable and wireless devices and through an Internet connection on per sonal computer Vehicles that are equipped with a factory installed SIRIUS Satellite Radio system include Hardware and an introductory trial subscription term which begins on the date of sale or lease of the vehi cle For a small upgrade fee access to SIRIUS music channels and other select channels over the Internet using any computer connected to the Internet U S customers only For information on extended sub scription terms contact SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 NOTE SiriusXM service requires a sub scription sold separately after 3 month trial included with vehicle purchase If you decide to contin ue your SiriusXM service at the end of your trial subscription the plan you choose will automatical ly renew and bill at then current rates until you call Sirius XM at 1 866 635 2349 to cancel See our Customer Agreement for com plete terms at www siriusxm com Programming subject to change Sirius satellite service is available only to those at least 18 and older in the 48 contiguous USA D C and PR with coverage limita tions Traffic information not available in all markets See sir iusxm com traffic for details Sirius XM and all related marks and logos are trademarks of Sirius XM Radio Inc Features
194. ecking the engine oil level 7 29 Child protector rear door lock 4 21 Engine start stop button nananana aanne 5 7 PEOMNINBICC spontanea bea 4 18 ENGINE START STOP button position 5 7 From OTS irene omar 4 18 Illuminated ENGINE START STOP button 5 7 Impact sensing door unlock system 4 20 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 7 25 Speed sensing door lock system 4 21 Exterior OVCIVICW se sera elena 2 2 HE D Economical Operation 4 siii 5 41 PUG Rs d cicoria 4 34 Emergency Starting sow se dew ee teh eeew deseo neds 6 5 Closing the fuel filler lid 4 34 If the engine overheats 0240 2eve04 ciasaeoaess 6 7 Opening the fuel filler hd sasso 4 34 Jump starting ernia alia 6 5 PUG reguirem niS ss sadica 1 3 PS Star 62sec as ote R R Gh aaa 6 6 Do not use methanol x suina 1 4 Emission control system s sananne eenean 7 78 Fuel Additives iii lee Shae i 1 5 Crankcase emission control system 7 78 Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol 1 3 Index SOR piana 7 58 Engine compartment fuse panel 7 64 Engine compartment fuse replacement 7 61 Engine room Battery terminal cover 7 65 Fuse relay panel description 7 63 Instrument panel fuse replacement 7 59 H HOO TTT 4 32 Closing the hood tene 4 32 Opening the h
195. eering effort will change automatically to the selected mode Use caution when changing the steering mode while driving When the electronic power steering is not operating the flex steering wheel will not work Features of your vehicle MIRRORS Inside rearview mirror Adjust the rearview mirror so that the center view through the rear window is seen Make this adjustment before you start driving Do not place objects in the rear seat which would interfere with your vision through the rear window Day night rearview mirror If equipped cs Day OYDDCO2031 Make this adjustment before you start driving and while the day night lever is in the day position Pull the day night lever toward you to reduce the glare from the headlights of the vehicles behind you during night driving Remember that you lose some rearview clarity in the night position Electric chromic mirror with homelink system if equipped i e eg ee a n O OHD046025N To operate the electric rearview mir ror Press the button 1 to turn the automatic dimming function on The mirror indicator light will illuminate Press the O button 2 to turn the automatic dimming function off The mirror indicator light will turn off HomeLink is a registered trade mark of Johnson Controls Inc Features of your vehicle i i Glare detection sensor Indicator light Homelink buttons OHD046305N HomeLink
196. efective wheel and screw filling hose 2 of the sealant bottle onto the valve 5 Insert the sealant bottle into the housing of the compressor 4 so that the bottle is upright NOTICE If a foreign object is seen that has punctured the tire do not remove it before using Tire Mobility Kit OEL069019 6 Ensure that the compressor is switched off position 0 7 Connect between compressor and the vehicle power outlet using the cable and connectors 8 With the engine start stop button position on or ignition switch posi tion on switch on the compressor and let it run for approximately 5 7 minutes to fill the sealant up to proper pressure refer to the Tire and Wheels chapter 8 The infla tion pressure of the tire after filling is unimportant and will be checked corrected later Be careful not to overinflate the tire and stay away from the tire when filling it 9 Switch off the compressor 10 Detach the hoses from the sealant bottle connector and from the tire valve Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its stor age location in the vehicle What to do in an emergency Distributing the sealant 11 Immediately drive approximately 7 10km 4 6miles or about 10min to evenly distribute the sealant in the tire Do not exceed a speed of 80 km h 50 mph If possible do not fall below a speed of 20 km h 12 mph While driving if you experience any unusual vibration ride disturbance or noise reduce you
197. ehicle 0ED036100 e Air bags are not designed to inflate in rear collisions because occu pants are moved backward by the force of the impact In this case inflated air bags would not be able to provide any additional benefit Front air bags may not inflate in 1JBA3516 side impact collisions because occupants move to the direction of the collision and thus in side impacts front air bag deployment would not provide additional occu pant protection 1JBA3521 e In a slant or angled collision the force of impact may direct the occupants in a direction where the air bags would not be able to pro vide any additional benefit and thus the sensors may not deploy any air bags afety features of your vehicle 1 BA3517 Just before impact drivers often brake heavily Such heavy braking lowers the front portion of the vehi cle causing it to ride under a vehi cle with a higher ground clearance Air bags may not inflate in this under ride situation because deceleration forces that are detect ed by sensors may be significantly replaced by such under ride colli sions 1JBA3522 e Air bags does not inflate in most rollover accidents even if the vehi cle is equipped with side impact air bags and curtain air bags Airbags may not inflate in rollover accidents where the air bag system indicates air bag deployment would not pro vide protection to the occupants e Air
198. ehicle is being towed What to do in an emergency IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING In an emergency situation while the vehicle is in motion you are able to turn the engine off and to the ACC position by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button for more than 2 seconds or 3 times successively within 3 seconds If the vehicle is still moving you can restart the engine without depressing the brake pedal by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the N Neutral position if smart key equipped If the engine stalls at a cross road or crossing If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing set the shift lever in the N Neutral position and then push the vehicle to a safe place If you have a flat tire while driving If a tire goes flat while you are driv ing 1 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and let the vehicle slow down while driving straight ahead Do not apply the brakes immedi ately or attempt to pull off the road as this may cause a loss of control When the vehicle has slowed down to such a speed that it is safe to do so brake carefully and pull off the road Drive off the road as far as possible and park on a firm level ground If you are on a divided highway do not park in the median area between the two traffic lanes 2 When the vehicle is stopped turn on your emergency hazard flash ers set the parking brake and put the transaxle in P automatic transaxle or reverse
199. ehicle is equipped with an occu pant detection system in the front passenger s seat The occupant detection system is designed to detect the presence of a properly seated front passenger and determine if the passenger s front air bag should be enabled may inflate or not The driver s front air bag is not affected or controlled by the occu pant detection system Safety features of your vehicle Main components of occupant detection system e A detection device located within the front passenger seat track Electronic system to determine whether passenger air bag sys tems should be activated or deac tivated An indicator light located on the instrument panel which illuminates the words PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicating the front passen ger air bag system is deactivated The instrument panel air bag warn ing light is interconnected with the occupant detection system If the front passenger seat is occupied by a person that the system deter mines to be of adult size and he she sits properly sitting upright with the seatback in an upright position cen tered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs comfortably extend ed and their feet on the floor the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indica tor will turn off and the front passen ger s air bag will be able to inflate if necessary in frontal crashes You will find the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator on the center facia panel This system detect
200. en the vehicle speed exceeds than 20km h 12 4 mph Features of vour vehicle Type of warning indicator and sound B with Warning sound Warning indicator When driving rearward Distance from object Warning sound 30cm 11 8 in When driving forward 120cm 61cm 47in 24 Buzzer beeps intermittently Buzzer beeps 60cm 31cm frequently 23 6in 12 2 Buzzer beeps frequently 4_ tend Buzzer sounds continuously Buzzer sounds Rear continuously NOTICE e The actual warning sound and indicator may differ from the illustration according to objects or sensor status s Do not wash the vehicle s sensor with high pressure water A CAUTION e This system can only sense objects within the range and location of the sensors lt can not detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed Also small or slim objects such as poles or objects located between sen sors may not be detected by the sensors Always visually check behind the vehicle when backing up Be sure to inform any drivers of the vehicle that may be unfamiliar with the system regarding the systems capa bilities and limitations Features of your vehicle Non operational conditions of parking assist system Parking assist system may not operate when 1 Moisture is frozen to the sensor It will operate normally when mois ture melts 2 Sensor is covered with foreign matter such as snow or water
201. ent is necessary If the pressure is low add air until you reach the rec ommended amount If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve Recheck the tire pressure with the tire gauge Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and mois ture Inspect your tires frequently for proper inflation as well as wear and damage Always use a tire pres sure gauge Tires with too much or too little pressure wear unevenly causing poor handling loss of vehicle con trol and sudden tire failure leading to accidents injuries and even death The recommended cold tire pressure for your vehicle can be found in this manual and on the tire label located on the driver s side center pillar Remember to check the pressure of your spare tire Kia recommends that you check the spare every time you check the pressure of the other tires on your vehicle Tire rotation To equalize tread wear it is recom mended that the tires be rotated every 12 000 km 7 500 miles or sooner if irregular wear develops During rotation check the tires for correct balance When rotating tires check for uneven wear and damage Abnormal wear is usually caused by incorrect tire pres sure improper wheel alignment out of balance wheels severe braking or severe cornering Look for bumps or bulges in the tread or side of tire Replace the tire if
202. entilation Watch the battery during charging and stop or reduce the charging rate if the battery cells begin gassing boiling violently or if the temperature of the electrolyte of any cell exceeds 49 C 120 F Wear eye protection when check ing the battery during charging Disconnect the battery charger in the following order 1 Turn off the battery charger main switch 2 Unhook the negative clamp from the negative battery terminal 3 Unhook the positive clamp from the positive battery terminal Before performing maintenance or recharging the battery turn off all accessories and stop the engine The negative battery cable must be removed first and installed last when the battery is disconnected Reset items Items should be reset after the bat tery has been discharged or the bat tery has been disconnected e Auto down window See chapter 4 Sunroof See chapter 4 e Trip computer See chapter 4 e Climate control system See chapter 4 e Clock See chapter 4 Audio See chapter 4 j Maintenance TIRES AND WHEELS Tire care For proper maintenance safety and maximum fuel economy you must always maintain recommended tire inflation pressures and stay within the load limits and weight distribution recommended
203. epeats the current file Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential order Scans the files from the next files for 10 sec onds each Displays the information screen of the current file Deletes the current file You will bypass an additional confirmation process Deletes all files saved in My Music You will bypass an additional confirmation process Features of your vehicle e Bluetooth Wireless Technology Audio Commands iPod is a registered trademark of Apple Inc iPod Commands available during Bluetooth Wireless mobile digital device sold separately Technology audio streaming from mobile phone oper The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered ation Command Operation trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license Command Function A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is required to use Play Plays the currently paused song Bluetooth wireless technology Pause PA E OUE a SiriusXMTM service requires a subscription sold sepa rately after 3 month trial included with vehicle pur chase If you decide to continue your SiriusXM M service at the end of the trial subscription the plan you choose will automatically renew and bill at the current rates until you call Sirius MTM at 1 866 635 2349 to cancel See our Customer Agreement for complete terms at www sir iusxm com Sirius satellite service is available only to those at least 18 and older in the 48 contiguous
204. er 0 8 seconds while guidance message is being stated Shortly pressing the _4 BEEP key under 0 8 seconds More Help More Help E More Help You can say Radio FM AM SIRIUS Media CD USB Aux My Music iPod Bluetooth Audio Phone Call History or Contacts Please say a com mand Features of your vehicle Voice Command List Common Commands These commands can be used in most operations However a few commands may not be available during certain operations Command More Help Help Call lt Name gt Phone Favorites Call History Contacts Call by Name Dial Number Redial Function Provides guidance on commands that can be used anywhere in the system Provides guidance on commands that can be used within the current mode Calls lt Name gt saved in Contacts Ex Call John Smith Provides guidance on Phone related com mands After saying this command say Favorites Call History Contacts or Dial Number execute corresponding functions Display the Favorite screen Displays the Call History screen Displays the Contacts screen After saying this command say the name of a contact saved in the Contacts to automatically con nect the call Display the Dial number screen After saying this command you can say the number that you want to call Connects the most recently called number Command Radio FM1 FM One FM2 FM Two AM FM Pre
205. ergency towing is necessary we recommend having it done by an 4 CAUTION Towing authorized Kia dealer or a commer lt Do not tow the vehicle back cial tow truck service Proper lifting wards with the front wheels on and towing procedures are neces the ground as this may cause sary to prevent damage to the vehi damage to the vehicle cle The use of wheel dollies or flatbed is recommended e Do not tow with sling type equipment Use wheel lift or flatbed equipment What to do in an emergenc When towing your vehicle in an Removable towing hook front Emergency towing emergency without wheel dollies if equipped 1 Set the ignition switch in the ACC x position 2 Place the transaxle shift lever in N Neutral 3 Release the parking brake A CAUTION Towing gear A Se position gt di Always place the transaxle shift lever in N Neutral when towing i your vehicle Failure to place the OYDDEM2006 transaxle shift lever in WN Neutral may cause internal damage to the transaxle OYDDEM2007 e Rear 4 Door 7 U 1 Remove the towing hook from the tool case 2 Remove the hole cover pressing the lower part of the cover on the s front bumper E s i 3 Install the towing hook by turning it AHK s a gg i clockwise into the hole until it is WER BE yy fully secured 4 Remove the towing hook and install the cover after use OYDDEM2008 What to do in an emergency If towing is necessa
206. ering wheel see illustration The horn will operate only when this area is pressed Features of vour vehicle Heated steering wheel if equipped T i y OYDDCO2029 With the ignition switch in the ON position pressing the heated steer ing wheel button warms the steering wheel The indicator on the button will illuminate and notify you on the LCD display To turn the heated steering wheel off press the button once again The indicator on the button will turn off and notify you on the LCD display If you turn on the ignition again after turning off your engine in half an hour after operating heater button the heating system will be main tained in its on condition NOTICE The heated steering wheel will turn off automatically approximately 30 minutes after the heated steering wheel is turned on A CAUTION Do not install any grip to oper ate the steering wheel This causes damage to the heated steering wheel system When cleaning the heated steering wheel do not use an organic solvent such as paint thinner benzene alcohol and gasoline Doing so may dam age the surface of the steering wheel If the surface of the steering wheel is damaged by a sharp object damage to the heated steering wheel components could occur FLEX STEER if equipped r OYDDCO2223 The FLEX STEER controls steering effort based upon driver s preference or road condition You can select the des
207. es or if the brakes are wet If there is a risk the parking brake may freeze apply it only temporarily while you put the shift lever in P automatic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle and block the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot roll Then release the parking brake Don t let ice and snow accu mulate underneath Under some conditions snow and ice can build up under the fenders and interfere with the steering When driving in severe winter conditions where this may happen you should periodically check underneath the car to be sure the movement of the front wheels and the steering com ponents is not obstructed Carry emergency equipment Depending on the severity of the weather you should carry appropri ate emergency equipment Some of the items you may want to carry include tow straps or chains flash light emergency flares sand a shovel jumper cables a window scraper gloves ground cloth cover alls a blanket etc TRAILER TOWING We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing Driving your vehicle VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT Tire and loading information label TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION PF TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT A RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT Pind RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY 3 MOMERE DE PLACES AVANT The combined vighi of occupants and cargo sh
208. es the chance of stalling and gives better acceleration when you need to increase your speed again When the vehicle is traveling down steep hills downshifting helps maintain safe speed and prolongs brake life Driving your vehicle Good driving practices Never take the vehicle out of gear and coast down a hill This is extremely hazardous Always leave the vehicle in gear Don t ride the brakes This can cause them to overheat and mal function Instead when you are driving down a long hill shift to a lower gear When you do this engine braking will help slow down the vehicle Slow down before shifting to a lower gear This will help avoid over revving the engine which can cause damage Slow down when you encounter cross winds This gives you much better control of your vehicle Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into R Reverse The transaxle can be damaged if you do not Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface Be especially careful when braking accelerating or shifting gears On a slippery surface an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle to go out of control Always buckle up In a collision an unbelted occupant is signifi cantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belted occupant Never exceed posted speed limits Driving your vehicle AUTOMATIC TRANSA
209. ess to the shoulder belt Set the belt extension guide to the position 1 3 when using the seat belt Safety features of vour vehicle Pre tensioner seat belt OXMA033101 Your vehicle is equipped with driver s and front passenger s pre tensioner seat belts 1 Retractor pre tensioner The retractor pre tensioner which is a supplement system of the seat belts The purpose of the retractor pre tensioner is to tighten the shoul der belt against the occupant s upper body in certain frontal collisions 2 Emergency Fastening Device EFD The Emergency Fastening Device EFD is a supplemental system of the seat belts The purpose of the EFD is to tighten the lap belt against the occupant s pelvis in certain frontal collisions The pre tensioner seat belts may be activated when a frontal collision is severe enough together with the air bags When the vehicle stops suddenly or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly the seat belt retractor may lock into position In certain frontal collisions or side collisions the pre tensioner may activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occupant s body If the system senses excessive ten sion on the driver or passenger s seat belt when the pre tensioner acti vates the load limiter inside the retractor pre tensioner will release some of the pressure on the affected seat belt afetv features of vour vehicle 2 E ODMES
210. fety belts provided in order to minimize the risk and sever ity of injury in the event of a collision or rollover The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OYDESA2024CN Safety features of your vehicle How does the air bag system operate Air bags are activated able to inflate if necessary only when the ignition switch is turned to the ON or START the appropriate position Air bags inflate instantly in the event of serious frontal or side col lision if equipped with side air bag or curtain air bag in order to help protect the occupants from serious physical injury There is no single speed at which the air bags will inflate Generally air bags are designed to inflate based upon the severity of a collision and its direction These two factors determine whether the sensors produce an electronic deployment inflation signal Air bag deployment depends on a number of complex factors includ ing vehicle speed angles of impact and the density and stiffness of the vehicles or objects which your vehicle hits in the collision Though factors are not limited to those mentioned above The front air bags will completely inflate and deflate in an instant It is virtually impossible for you to see the air bags inflate during an accident It is much more likely that you will simply see the deflated air bags hanging out of their storage compartments after the collision In order to help
211. ff imme diately Features of your vehicle DEFROSTER 4 CAUTION Conductors To prevent damage to the con ductors bonded to the inside surface of the rear window never use sharp instruments or window cleaners containing abrasives to clean the window If you want to defrost and defog the front windshield refer to Windshield Defrosting and Defogging in this section Rear window defroster E Type A E Type B OYDDCL2001 The defroster heats the window to remove frost fog and thin ice from the interior and exterior of the rear window while the engine is running To activate the rear window defroster press the rear window defroster button located in the center facia switch panel The indicator on the rear window defroster button illu minates when the defroster is on If there is heavy accumulation of snow on the rear window brush it off before operating the rear defroster The rear window defroster automati cally turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the ignition switch is turned off To turn off the defroster manually press the rear window defroster button again Outside mirror defroster If equipped If your vehicle is equipped with the outside rearview mirror defrosters they will operate at the same time you turn on the rear window defroster Front wiper deicer if equipped If your vehicle is equipped with the front wiper deicer it will be operating at the same time you operat
212. ff the road call a towing serv ice company for assistance Be sure to use the correct front and rear jacking positions on the vehicle never use the bumpers or any other part of the vehicle for jack support What to do in an emergenc Do not allow anyone to remain in the vehicle while it is on the jack Make sure any children present are in a secure place away from the road and from the vehicle to be raised with the jack Removing and storing the spare tire I ONE 068004 Turn the tire hold down wing bolt counterclockwise Store the tire in the reverse order of removal To prevent the spare tire and tools from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store them properly Changing tires OED066033 1 Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake firmly 2 Shift the shift lever into R Reverse for manual transaxle or P Park for automatic transaxle 3 Activate the hazard warning flash ers What to do in an emergency 1 JBA6504 4 Remove the wheel lug nut wrench jack jack handle and spare tire from the vehicle 5 Block both the front and rear of the wheel that is diagonally opposite the jack position To prevent vehicle movement while changing a tire always set the park ing brake fully and always block the wheel diagonally opposite the wheel being changed We recommend that the wheels of the vehicle be chocked and that no person remain in a vehicle that is being ja
213. for your vehicle Recommended cold tire infla tion pressures All tire pressures including the spare should be checked when the tires are cold Cold Tires means the vehicle has not been driven for at least three hours or driven less than 1 6 km one mile Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride top vehi cle handling and minimum tire wear For recommended inflation pressure refer to Tire and wheels in section 8 0MD060012N sizes and pres sures can be found on a label attached to the driver s side center pillar All specifications Maintenance n Ge NU 9UN i i bh I HE Underinflation also results in excessive wear poor handling and reduced fuel economy Wheel deformation also is possible Keep your tire pressures at the proper levels If a tire frequently needs refilling have it checked by an authorized Kia dealer Overinflation produces a harsh ride excessive wear at the center of the tire tread and a greater pos sibility of damage from road haz ards Warm tires normally exceed rec ommended cold tire pressures by 28 to 41 kPa 4 to 6 psi Do not release air from warm tires to adjust the pressure or the tires will be underinflated e Be sure to reinstall the tire inflation valve caps Without the valve cap dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage If a valve cap is missing install a new one as soon as possible Always
214. fts and boots Q Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler U Inspect front brake disc pads calipers and rotors Q Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint U Inspect suspension mounting bolts U Inspect brake clutch if equipped fluid Q Inspect fuel filter U Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections O Inspect fuel tank air filter if equipped U Inspect rear brake disc pads parking brake Q Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap fuel tank Q Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit Q Replace air cleaner filter Q Replace engine oil and filter 48 000 km 30 000 miles or 48 months Continued Maintenance NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE Continued U Add fuel additive 12 000 km 7 500 miles or 12 months OQ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections Q Inspect brake pedal free play Q Inspect all latch hinges and locks Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace 60 000 km 37 500 miles or 30 months Q Rotate tire U Inspect battery condition Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect vacuum hose OQ Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped Q Replace engine oil and filter 60 000 km 37 500 miles or 60 months U Add fuel additive 12 000 km 7 500 miles or 12 months Q Inspect cooling system hoses and connections Q Inspect brake pedal free play Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean
215. g Do not attempt to fold the elec tric type outside rearview mirror by hand because doing so could cause motor damage or failure Features of your vehicle OYDDCO2040 Manual type To fold outside rearview mirror grasp the housing of mirror and then fold it toward the rear of the vehicle Features of vour vehicle INSTRUMENT CLUSTER E Type A Type B 1 Tachometer 2 Speedometer 3 Engine coolant temperature gauge 4 Fuel gauge 5 Turn signal indicators 6 Warning and indicator lights 7 LCD display The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration For more details refer to the Gauges in the next pages i a Bra rigo OYDNDI3001C OYDNDI2002C Features of vour vehicle Instrument Cluster Control Adjusting Instrument Cluster Illumination Sla m Type A m Type B e If the brightness reaches to the maximum or minimum level an alarm will sound hun eS tier WW OYDDDI2011 OYDEDI2020 R Type C OYDDDI2017 The instrument panel illumination intensity can be adjusted by pressing the control switch with the headlight switch in any position when the igni tion switch is in the ON position The illumination intensity is shown on the instrument cluster LCD dis OYDEDI2034 play illumination e If you hold the illumination control button or the brightness will be changed continuously Features of your vehicle LCD Display Control
216. g Light may illuminate and the steering effort may increase or decrease In this case have your vehicle inspect ed by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible Features of your vehicle Electronic Power Steering EPS Warning Light if equipped SI This warning light illuminates e Once you set the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop Button to the ON position It remains on until the engine is started e When there is a malfunction with the EPS In this case have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Features of your vehicle Malfunction Indicator Lamp MIL C This warning light illuminates e Once you set the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop Button to the ON position It remains on until the engine is started e When there is a malfunction with the emission control system In this case have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer 4 CAUTION Gasoline Engine If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp MIL illuminates poten tial catalytic converter damage is possible which could result in loss of engine power In this case have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible 4 CAUTION Malfunction Indicator Lamp MIL Driving with the Malfunction Indicator Lamp MIL on may cause damage to the emission control systems which could effect drivability and or fuel economy Charging System Warning Light This warning ligh
217. g deter metal trim to protect it and to main gents containing highly alka ves F tain its luster l line or caustic agents on nn Zi Wei Removing oil tar and similar materi chrome plated or anodized c e Ag als with a spot remover will usually aluminum parts This may eee 23037300 Strip the wax from the finish Be sure result in damage to the protec to re wax these areas even if the rest tive coating and cause discol A CAUTION Wetting engine 0 the vehicle does not yet need wax oration or paint deterioration ing e Water washing in the engine compartment including high pressure water washing may cause the failure of electrical circuits located in the engine compartment Never allow water or other liq uids to come in contact with electrical electronic compo nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them Maintenance n SF VImo mtei iMmpN RmM IMI Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in the painted surface must be repaired promptly Exposed metal will quickly rust and may develop into a major repair expense If your vehicle is damaged and requires any metal repair or replace ment be sure the body shop applies anti corrosion materials to the parts repaired or replaced Bright metal maintenance e To remove road tar and insects use a tar remover not a scraper or other sharp object To protect the surfaces of bright metal parts from corrosion apply a coating of wa
218. g or gear changing in corners especially when roads are wet Ideally corners should always be taken under gentle acceleration If you follow these suggestions tire wear will be held to a minimum Driving at night Because night driving presents more hazards than driving in the daylight here are some important tips to remember e Slow down and keep more dis tance between you and other vehi cles as it may be more difficult to see at night especially in areas where there may not be any street lights Driving your vehicle Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare from other driver s head lights Keep your headlights clean and properly aimed on vehicles not equipped with the automatic head light aiming feature Dirty or improperly aimed headlights will make it much more difficult to see at night Avoid staring directly at the head lights of oncoming vehicles You could be temporarily blinded and it will take several seconds for your eyes to readjust to the darkness Driving in the rain 1JBB3303 Rain and wet roads can make driving dangerous especially if youre not prepared for the slick pavement Here are a few things to consider when driving in the rain e A heavy rainfall will make it harder to see and will increase the dis tance needed to stop your vehicle so slow down e Keep your windshield wiping equipment in good shape Replace your windshield wiper blades when they show signs
219. gin of safety Driving your vehicle When you apply your brakes under ESC operation When operating conditions which may lock the ESC ON condition Fan When the ESC is in opera wheels you may hear a tik tik When the ignition is turned tion ESC indicator light sound from the brakes or feel a cor Le blinks responding sensation in the brake ON ESC and ESC OFF shay Ae Electone pedal This is normal and it means your ESC is active indicator lights illuminate for approximately 3 sec onds then ESC is turned on Press the ESC OFF but ton for at least half a sec ond after turning the igni tion ON to turn ESC off ESC OFF indicator will illuminate To turn the ESC on press the ESC OFF button ESC OFF indicator light will go off When starting the engine you may hear a slight tick ing sound This is the ESC performing an automatic system self check and does not indicate a prob lem Stability Control is operat ing properly you can feel a slight pulsation in the vehi cle This is only the effect of brake control and indi cates nothing unusual e When moving out of the mud or slippery road pressing the accelerator pedal may not cause the engine rpm revolutions per minute to increase Driving your vehicle e ESC off state 2 To cancel ESC operation ESC operation off ESC OFF state Indicator light R ESC indicator light This car has 2 kinds of ESC off states If the engine stops
220. h emergency locking retractor pedi ne 2 a pra B180A01NF 1 To fasten your seat belt To fasten your seat belt pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab 1 into the buckle 2 There will be an audible click when the tab locks into the buckle Safety features of your vehicle The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt portion is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips If you lean forward in a slow easy motion the belt will extend and let you move around lf there is a sud den stop or impact however the belt will lock into position It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly If you are unable to pull out the seat belt from the retractor firmly pull the belt out and release it Then you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly LR L Bierre Height adjustment You can adjust the height of the shoulder belt anchor to one of the 4 positions for maximum comfort and safety The height of the adjusting seat belt should not be too close to your neck The shoulder portion should be adjusted so that it lies across your chest and midway over your shoulder nearest the door and not your neck To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor lower or raise the height adjuster into an appropriate position To raise the height adjuster pull it up 1 To lower it push it down 3 while pressing the height adjuster b
221. he sidewall Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum per missible inflation pressure for that tire Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight vehicle capacity weight and production options weight Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 68 kg 150 pounds Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions Outward Facing Sidewall The side of a asymmetrical tire that has a par ticular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle The outward facing sidewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the inner facing sidewall Passenger P Metric Tire A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles Recommended Inflation Pressure Vehicle manufacturer s recommend ed tire inflation pressure and shown on the tire placard Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Rim A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seat ed Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface The amount
222. he cool box block the vent the cooling effectiveness of the coolbox is reduced NOTICE Do not put perishable food in the cool box because it may not main tain the necessary consistent tem perature to keep the food fresh NOTICE If the temperature control knob is in the warm or hot position warm or hot air will flow into the glove box Sunglass holder OYDDCO2052 To open the sunglass holder press the cover and the holder will slowly open Place your sunglasses with the lenses facing out To close the sun glass holder push it up Do not open the sunglass holder while the vehicle is moving The rear view mirror of the vehicle can be blocked by an open sunglass holder Features of your vehicle __ j Features of your vehicle INTERIOR FEATURES Cigarette lighter if equipped j m 7 H L L 4 K d 7 F i 9 74 SNC C C B v ii i W ff a DA i HI W Dr A K i d 4 k i a n gt p i VA aE Un ii S O A R OYDDCO2053 For the cigarette lighter to work the ignition switch must be in the ACC or ON position To use the cigarette lighter push it all the way into its socket When the ele ment is heated the lighter will pop out to the ready position If it is necessary to replace the ciga rette lighte
223. he device lowing screen is displayed steering wheel displays the follow Outgoing Incoming Handsfree calls Some phones i e iPhone Android and Blackberry phones may offer an option to allow acceptance of all ing screen Select Pair button to pair a new device or select Connect to connect a previously paired device Operations during a call Switch to Private Switch to call waiting MIC on off Downloading Call History future Bluetooth connection requests by default and Visit http www kia com bluetooth for additional information on pairing your Bluetooth enabled mobile phone and to view a phone compatibility list Downloading Mobile Contacts Bluetooth Wireless Technology device auto connection Bluetooth Audio Streaming Up to five Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices can be paired to the Car Handsfree system e Only one Bluetooth Wireless Technology device can be connected at a time Pairing through PHONE Setup Press the key gt Select Phone Select Pair Phone gt Select TUNE knob Features of your vehicle e Other devices cannot be paired while e After pairing is complete a contacts 2 Paired Phone Device that is a Bluetooth Wireless Technology download request is sent once to the paired but not connected device is connected mobile phone Some mobile phones e Only Bluetooth Wireless Technolo may require confirmation upon receiv i on and Blueto
224. he highest extreme right position 2 Set the temperature to the extreme hot position 3 Select the position 4 The outside fresh air will be selected automatically j Automatic climate control system To defog inside windshield 4 OYDDCL2025 1 Select desired fan speed 2 Select desired temperature 3 Press the defroster button W 4 The outside fresh air position will be selected automatically If the outside fresh air position is not selected automatically adjust the corresponding button manually If the position is selected lower fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed To defrost outside windshield i i i Cn i i i i le n OYDDCL2025 1 Set the fan speed to the highest position 2 Set the temperature to the extreme hot HI position 3 Press the defroster button 7 4 The outside fresh air position will be selected automatically If the 4 position is selected lower fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed Features of vour vehicle Defogging Logic To reduce the probability of fogging up inside of the windshield the air intake or air conditioning are con trolled automatically according to certain condit
225. hicle ECONOMICAL OPERATION Your vehicle s fuel economy depends mainly on your style of driving where you drive and when you drive Each of these factors affects how many miles kilometers you can get from a gallon liter of fuel To operate your vehicle as economically as pos sible use the following driving sug gestions to help save money in both fuel and repairs e Drive smoothly Accelerate at a moderate rate Don t make jack rabbit starts or full throttle shifts and maintain a steady cruising speed Don t race between stop lights Try to adjust your speed to the traffic so you don t have to change speeds unnecessarily Avoid heavy traffic whenever pos sible Always maintain a safe dis tance from other vehicles so you can avoid unnecessary braking This also reduces brake wear Drive at a moderate speed The faster you drive the more fuel your vehicle uses Driving at a moderate speed especially on the highway is one of the most effective ways to reduce fuel consumption Don t ride the brake pedal This can increase fuel consumption and also increase wear on these com ponents In addition driving with your foot resting on the brake pedal may cause the brakes to overheat which reduces their effectiveness and may lead to more serious con sequences Take care of your tires Keep them inflated to the recommended pres sure Incorrect inflation either too much or too little results in unnec essar
226. i andrea 4 62 Turn By Turn Mode LL 4 66 Owner maintenance 0 0 0c ee eee eee 7 6 User Settings Mode 12 6 eee eee eee 4 63 Owner maintenance schedule 04044 7 6 Warning Messages 0 00 cece eee eee 4 67 ION cane ea ote ea 4 96 p Battery saver function 4 96 Daytime running light LL aL Parkinge assist SySiCI once dutty heed Gaca tas 4 89 Front fog light 6 e eee eee eee 4 101 Non operational conditions 4 92 Headlamp escort function 4 96 ODEIO assiro eens ea tue 4 89 High beam operation 0 00 e eee bage Self diagnoSsiSs 0 eee 4 94 Lighting control ss sprint 4 97 Turn signals and lane change signals 4 100 Tio Index A Pork 7 35 Checking the parking brake 7 35 R o o S Rearview Camera c R a RR R R R planeta 4 95 Recommended lubricants and capacities 8 6 Recommended sae viscosity number 8 8 Remote keyless entry rire 4 9 Battery replacement 4 11 Immobilizer system cosa casata 4 12 Remote keyless entry system operations 4 9 Transmitter precautions 4 10 Road Wang sessi gabeisn 6 2 Hazard warning flasher 6 2 S Scheduled maintenance service 7 8 Maintenance under severe usage conditions 7 23 Normal maintenance schedule 7 10 S dlesge
227. i k rF i 1 kJ i 7 Automatic reversal if equipped If the upward movement of the win dow is blocked by an object or part of the body the window will detect the resistance and will stop upward movement The window will then lower approximately 30 cm 11 8 in to allow the object to be cleared If the window detects the resistance while the power window switch is pulled up continuously the window will stop upward movement then lower approximately 2 5 cm 1 in And if the power window switch is pulled up continuously again within 5 seconds after the window is lowered by the automatic window reversal feature the automatic window rever sal will not operate The automatic reverse feature for the driver s window is only active when the auto up feature is used by fully pulling up the switch The automatic reverse feature will not operate if the window is raised using the halfway position on the power window switch Always check for obstructions before raising any window to avoid injuries or vehicle damage If an object less than 4 mm 0 16 in in diameter is caught between the window glass and the upper window channel the automatic reverse window may not detect the resistance and will not stop and reverse direction Short drop for 2Door When you open the front door s if the front window s fully closed the front windows will drop down about 0 4 in 10mm automatically An
228. ide sheet metal or ride height this may affect the oper ation of your vehicle s air bag sys tem j Safetv features of vour vehicle Air bag warning label EOY DNSA2033 Air bag warning labels some required by the Canada Motor Vehicle Safety Standards CMVSS are attached to the sunvisor to alert the driver and passengers of poten tial risks of the air bag system Features of your vehicle RS ded e Record your key number 000000000000 4 4 Key Operations 2 3 0 02 ses oes cee eee ote e aa 4 4 smo 4 6 Smart key UMC ss ornano 4 6 Precaubons cl 4 7 Remote keyless entry sss s s lt 6 ose ve ee ee ees 4 9 e Remote keyless entry system operations 4 9 s Transmitter precautions ccccscccscscses 4 10 Battery replacement ese aes cess ee sce se 4 11 e Immobilizer system 2 62 s s s s s s s s e e 4 12 Theft alarm system 0 0000000000000 4 15 s Armed Stane r e ee e e E S 4 15 EPheft alarmistage o 4 16 Disarmed Stage re oone eneee e r 4 16 Door locks a a ce ee nnt 4 18 Fromioutside o inn 4 18 ETOD nside nn 4 18 e Impact sensing door unlock system 4 20 e Auto door lock unlock feature 4 20 e Speed sensing door lock system
229. ight wheels and left wheels when braking VSM operation When the VSM is in operation ESC indicator light blinks When the vehicle stability manage ment is operating properly you can feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle and or abnormal steering responses EPS This is only the effect of brake and EPS control and indicates noth ing unusual j Driving your vehicle The VSM does not operate when Driving on bank roads such as gra dient or incline e Driving rearward e ESC OFF indicator light 8 remains on the instrument cluster e EPS indicator light remains on the instrument cluster VSM operation off If you press the ESC OFF button to turn off the ESC the VSM will also cancel and the ESC OFF indicator light amp illuminates To turn on the VSM press the button again The ESC OFF indicator light goes out Malfunction indicator The VSM can be deactivated even if you don t cancel the VSM operation by pressing the ESC OFF button It indicates that a malfunction has been detected somewhere in the Electric Power Steering system or VSM system If the ESC indicator light or EPS warning light remains on take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked e The VSM is designed to function a
230. in the ON position The room lamp will go out imme diately if the ignition switch is changed to the ON position or all doors are locked Trunk room lamp PIA OYDDCO2045 The trunk room lamp comes on when the trunk is opened The trunk room lamp comes on as long as the trunk lid opens To pre vent unnecessary charging system drain close the trunk lid securely after using the trunk Glove box lamp OYDDCO2046 The glove box lamp comes on when the glove box is opened The parking lights or headlights must be ON for the glove box lamp to func tion To prevent unnecessary charg ing system drain close the glove box securely after use Features of vour vehicle Vanity mirror lamp if equipped Push the switch to turn the light on or off s 4 The lamp will turn on if this button is pressed e The lamp will turn off if this button is pressed Always have the switch in the off position when the vanity mirror lamp is not in use If the sunvisor is closed without turning the lamp off it may discharge the battery or damage the sunvisor __ j Features of vour vehicle WELCOME SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Headlamp welcome OYDNCO3047 When the headlight light switch in the headlight or AUTO position is on and
231. inal 7 41 7 Negative battery terminal 7 41 8 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 7 35 9 Radiator cipria 7 32 10 Engine coolant reservoir 7 31 OYDNMC2041 OYDNMC2067 Safety features of your vehicle T ie 3 2 e Occupant detection system eceeceeee 3 40 s Front seat adjustment Manual 3 4 e Driver s and passenger s front air bag 3 45 e Front seat adjustment Power eeee 3 6 lt Side air DA ran ina 3 48 e Driver position memory system 00000 3 8 Curtam air bag 3 49 e Headrest Front seat 00000 3 9 e Inflation non inflation conditions of air bag 3 50 Seatback pockets serrer sou senses cede wes 3 12 SSRS Or aera a 3 55 e Rear seat adjustment ccccccccccccces 3 13 e Air bag warning label 0c cee eceees 3 56 e Headrest Rear seat ss ss s s s s ss ss ss ss essea 3 13 Folding the rear seat ccccccccscccscccces 3 14 OAL CIC ee ees eee cere E E yee 3 17 Seal belt Warning sorser eare rnanera 3 18 e Seat belt 3 point System 00 00 3 18 s Pre tensioner seat belt sss sss ss ss sese ee Ree 3 22 e Seat belt precautions cccccccccccscccees 3 24 are of Seat bells inn 3 26 Child restraint system ccceccecees 3 27 e Using a child restraint system 3 28 e Tether anchor System cccccccccscscseses 3 31
232. ing actions If you expe rience the noise with the sunroof open slightly reduce the size of the sunroof opening Features of your vehicle Automatic reversal OYF049215 If an object or part of the body is detected while the sunroof glass or sunshade is closing automatically it will reverse the direction and then stop The auto reverse function does not work if a tiny obstacle is between the sliding glass or sunshade and the sunroof sash You should always check that all passengers and objects are away from the sunroof before closing it Tilting the sunroof To open the sunroof push the sunroof control lever upward until the sunroof moves to the desired position To close the sunroof push the sunroof lever forward or pull downward until the sunroof moves to the desired position A CAUTION Sunroof motor damage If you try to open the sunroof when the temperature is below freezing or when the sunroof is covered with snow or ice the glass or the motor could be damaged Sunshade OBK049019 When opening the sunroof the sun shade will also open Once the sun roof is closed the sunshade can be manually closed Features of your vehicle Resetting the sunroof Whenever the vehicle battery is dis connected or discharged or related fuse is blown you must reset your sunroof system as follows 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position or start the engine We recommend resetting the
233. ing another metal part of the vehicle a safe distance away from the fuel filler neck noz zle or other gas source Do not get back into a vehicle once you have begun refuel ing since you can generate static electricity by touching rubbing or sliding against any item or fabric polyester satin nylon etc capable of produc ing static electricity Static electricity discharge can ignite fuel vapors resulting in rapid burning If you must re enter the vehicle you should once again eliminate poten tially dangerous static elec tricity discharge by touching a metal part of the vehicle away from the fuel filler neck noz zle or other gasoline source When using an approved portable fuel container be sure to place the container on the ground prior to refueling Static electricity dis charge from the container can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire Once refueling has begun con tact with the vehicle should be maintained until the filling is com plete Use only approved portable plastic fuel containers designed to carry and store gasoline WARNING Cell phone fires Do not use cellular phones while refueling Electric current and or electronic interference from cel lular phones can potentially ignite fuel vapors causing a fire Features of your vehicle Make sure to refuel your vehicle according to the Fuel requirements suggested in chapter 1 If the fuel filler cap requires replace ment use only
234. inspection is recommended for this mainte nance schedule depends on fuel quality If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction surging loss of power hard starting problem etc replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an author ized Kia dealer for details If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is recommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives 3 The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively n i n i i n Maintenance NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE 12 000 km 7 500 miles or 6 months Q Rotate tire Q Inspect battery condition Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Replace engine oil and filter MPI GDI Engine 12 000 km 7 500 miles or 12 months U Add fuel additive 12 000 km 7 500 miles or 12 months Q Inspect cooling system hoses and connections O Inspect brake pedal free play Inspect intercooler in out hose air intake hose Turbo GDI Every 12 000km Q Replace engine oil and filter Turbo GDI At first replace at 5 000km or 6 months after that every 8 000 km or6 months Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace 24 000 km 15 000 miles or 12 months O Rotate tire U Inspect battery condition Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect
235. ion damage or performance problems resulting from any modifi cation may not be covered under warranty e If you use unauthorized electronic devices it may cause the vehicle to operate abnormally wire damage battery discharge and fire For your safety do not use unauthorized electronic devices Engine exhaust gas precautions carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide can be present with other exhaust fumes Therefore if you smell exhaust fumes of any kind inside your vehi cle have it inspected and repaired immediately If you ever suspect exhaust fumes are coming into your vehicle drive it only with all the windows fully open Have your vehicle checked and repaired immediately Maintenance Do not operate the engine in con fined or closed areas such as garages any more than what is necessary to move the vehicle in or out of the area When the vehicle is stopped in an open area for more than a short time with the engine running adjust the ventilation system as needed to draw outside air into the vehicle Never sit in a parked or stopped vehicle for any extended time with the engine running When the engine stalls or fails to start excessive attempts to restart the engine may cause damage to the emission control system Operating precautions for catalyt ic converters if equipped Your vehicle is equipped with a cat alytic converter emission control device Therefore the following precautio
236. ional fuel if less than 6 liters 1 6 gallons of fuel are added to the vehicle The fuel economy and distance to empty may vary significantly based on driving conditions driv ing habits and condition of the vehicle Average Fuel Economy 2 e The average fuel economy is cal culated by the total driving dis tance and fuel consumption since the last average fuel economy reset Fuel economy range 0 0 99 9 L 100km or MPG e The average fuel economy can be reset both manually and automati Cally Manual reset To clear the average fuel economy manually press the RESET button Type A RESET Type B C w on the steering wheel for more than 1 second when the average fuel econ omy is displayed Features of your vehicle Automatic reset To make the average fuel economy be reset automatically whenever refu eling select the Auto Reset mode in User Setting menu of the LCD display Refer to LCD Display Under Auto Reset mode the aver age fuel economy will be cleared to zero when the vehicle speed exceeds 1 km h after refueling more than 6 liters 1 6 gallons NOTICE The average fuel economy is not dis played for more accurate calculation if the vehicle does not drive more than 10 seconds or 50 meters 0 03 miles since the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop button is turned to ON Instant Fuel Economy 3 e This mode displays the instant fuel economy during the last few sec
237. ions such as or UY position Logic can be disabled and enabled by doing following Manual climate control system OYDDCL2027 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 2 Turn the mode selection knob to the defrost position W 3 Push the air intake control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds The indicator light in the air intake control button will blink 3 times with 0 5 second of interval It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the programmed status If the battery has been discharged or disconnected it resets to the defog logic status Automatic climate control system OYDDCL2028 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 2 Select the defroster position before pressing the defroster button 49 3 While pressing the air conditioning button A C press the air intake control button lt gt at least 5 times within 3 seconds The indicator on the air intake button blinks 3 times with 0 5 seconds of interval It indicates that the defog ging logic is canceled or returned to the programmed status Features of vour vehicle If the battery has been discharged or disconnected it resets to the defog logic status Auto defogging system Only for automatic climate control system if equipped acti l hai i OYDDCL2029 Auto defogging reduces the probabil ity of fogging up the inside of the windshield by automatically sensing th
238. ir flow because of rapid cooling and humid air intake This is a normal system operation characteristic Climate control air filter Outside air E UU TAN Blower Recirculated air Climate control Heater core AINA Evaporator air filter A OMG075033 The climate control air filter installed behind the glove box filters the dust or other pollutants that come into the vehicle from the outside through the heating and air conditioning system If dust or other pollutants accumulate in the filter over a period of time the air flow from the air vents may decrease resulting in moisture accumulation on the inside of the windshield even when the outside fresh air position is selected If this happens have the cli mate control air filter replaced by an authorized Kia dealer NOTICE e Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty rough roads more frequent cli mate control air filter inspections and changes are required e When the air flow rate suddenly decreases the system should be checked at an authorized Kia dealer Features of your vehicle Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant When the amount of refrigerant is low the performance of the air con ditioning is reduced Overfilling also has a negative influence on the air conditioning system Therefore if abnorma
239. ired steering mode by pressing the FLEX STEER button _ j Features of vour vehicle E Type A Normal mode Sport mode E Type A E Type A Steering Mode G L OYDECO2233 E Type B OYDDCO2204 OYDDCO2206 E Type B E Type B Steering Mode Steering Mode amp amp NORMAL SPORT OYDECO2232 When the steering mode button is VITE STICA pressed the selected steering mode will appear on the LCD display The normal mode offers medium The steering wheel becomes heav If the steering mode button is pressed Steering effort ier The sport mode is usually used within 4 seconds the steering mode WI ENA Qi IN RIO na will change as shown above the pic tures If the steering mode button is not pressed for about 4 seconds the LCD display will change to the previ ous screen Features of your vehicle Comfort mode E Type A Steering Mode OYDDCO2205 E Type B Steering Mode amp COMFORT OYDDCO2209 The steering wheel becomes lighter The comfort mode is usually used when driving in the city or when park ing the vehicle For your safety if you press the steering mode button while operating the steering wheel the LCD display will change but steering effort will not change immediately After oper ating the steering wheel the st
240. ires have better snow traction than all season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires Kia specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior perform ance on dry roads Summer tire per formance is substantially reduced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M S Mud and Snow on the tire side wall If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions Kia recom mends the use of snow tires or all season tires on all four wheels Snow tires If you equip your car with snow tires they should be the same size and have the same load capacity as the original tires Snow tires should be installed on all four wheels other wise poor handling may result Snow tires should carry 28 kPa 4 psi more air pressure than the pres sure recommended for the standard tires on the tire label on the driver s side of the center pillar or up to the maximum pressure shown on the tire sidewall whichever is less Do not drive faster than 120 km h 75 mph when your vehicle is equipped with snow tires Maintenance Wi We Y mmsbFreI gt RRp gt E DnonRRRMKC Oo P __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
241. is compact spare tire takes up less space than a regu lar size tire This tire is smaller than a conventional tire and is designed for temporary use only You should drive carefully when the compact spare is in use The com pact spare should be replaced by the proper conventional tire and rim at the first opportunity The operation of this vehicle is not recommended with more than one compact spare tire in use at the same time The compact spare should be inflat ed to 420 kPa 60 psi Check the inflation pressure after installing the spare tire Adjust it to the specified pressure as necessary When using a compact spare tire observe the following precautions Under no circumstances should you exceed 80 km h 50 mph a higher speed could damage the tire Ensure that you drive slowly enough for the road conditions to avoid all hazards Any road hazard such as a pothole or debris could seriously damage the compact spare e Any continuous road use of this tire could result in tire failure loss of vehicle control and possible per sonal injury e Do not exceed the vehicle s maxi mum load rating or the load carry ing capacity shown on the sidewall of the compact spare tire Avoid driving over obstacles The compact spare tire diameter is smaller than the diameter of a con ventional tire and reduces the ground clearance approximately 25 mm 1 inch which could result in damage to the vehicle
242. is used to select outside fresh air position or recirculated air position To change the air intake control posi tion push the control button Features of vour vehicle Recirculated air position With the recirculated air position selected air cE from the passenger compartment will be drawn through the heat ing system and heated or cooled according to the function selected Outside fresh air position With the outside fresh rm air position selected air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the function selected co Prolonged operation of the heater in the recirculated air position without air conditioning selected may cause fog ging of the windshield and side win dows and the air within the passenger compartment may become stale In addition prolonged operation of the air conditioning with the recircu lated air position selected will result in excessively dry air in the passen ger compartment Features of vour vehicle Fan speed control Air conditioning OFF mode OYDDCL2020 The fan speed can be set to the desired speed by pressing the fan speed control switch To change the fan speed press the part of the switch for higher speed or press the part of the switch for lower speed To turn the fan speed control off press the OFF button OYDDCL2021 Press the A C button to turn the air conditioning system on indicator ligh
243. it at the desired speed The SET indicator light in the instru ment cluster will illuminate Release the accelerator pedal at the same time The desired speed will automatically be maintained On a steep grade the vehicle may slow down or speed up slightly while going uphill or downhill Driving your vehicle To increase cruise control set To decrease the cruising To temporarily accelerate with speed speed the cruise control on If you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on depress the accelerator pedal Increased speed will not interfere with cruise control operation or change the set speed To return to the set speed take your foot off the accelerator pedal OYDDDR3024 OYDDDR3023 Follow either of these procedures Follow either of these procedures e Move the lever up to RES and Move the lever down to SET and hold it Your vehicle will accelerate hold it Your vehicle will gradually Release the lever at the speed you slow down Release the lever at the want speed you want to maintain e Move the lever up to RES and Move the lever down to SET and release it immediately release it immediately The cruising speed will increase by The cruising speed will decrease 2 km h or 1 mph each time you by 2 km h or 1 mph each time you move the lever up to RES in this move the lever down to SET in manner this manner Drivine vour vehicle To cancel cruise control do one
244. ithout depressing the brake pedal lt means that you should depress the brake pedal to start the engine Features of vour vehicle Press clutch pedal to start engine for smart key system and manual transaxle E Type B E Type C Press clutch pedal to start engine Press clutch pedal to start engine OYDEDI2024 OYDEDI2043 This warning message illuminates if the Engine Start Stop Button changes to the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly without depressing the clutch pedal lt means that you should depress the clutch pedal to start the engine Key not in vehicle for smart key system E Type B E Type C Key not in vehicle Key not in vehicle OYDEDI2026 OYDEDI2045 e This warning message illuminates if the smart key is not in the vehicle when you press the Engine Start Stop Button e It means that you should always have the smart key with you Key not detected for smart key system E Type B E Type C Key not detected oS OYDEDI2025 OYDEDI2044 e This warning message illuminates if the smart key is not detected when you press the Engine Start Stop Button Features of your vehicle Press start button again for smart key system E Type B E Type C Press start button again Press start button again Q D OYDEDI2063 OYDEDI2046 e This warning message illuminates if you can not operate the Engine Start Stop Button when there is a problem with
245. keep the driv er alert and comfortable Air for the heating cooling system is drawn in through the grilles just ahead of the windshield Care should be taken that these are not blocked by leaves snow ice or other obstructions To prevent interior fog on the wind shield set the air intake control to the fresh air position and fan speed to the desired position turn on the air conditioning system and adjust the temperature control to desired temperature Air conditioning Kia Air Conditioning Systems are filled with R 134a refrigerant 1 Start the engine Press the air con ditioning button 2 Set the mode to the 22 position 3 Set the air intake control to the out side air or recirculated air position 4 Adjust the fan speed control and temperature control to maintain maximum comfort e When maximum cooling is desired set the temperature control to the extreme left position then set the fan speed control to the highest speed Features of your vehicle NOTICE e When using the air conditioning system monitor the temperature gauge closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic when out side temperatures are high Air conditioning system operation may cause engine overheating Continue to use the blower fan but turn the air conditioning system off if the temperature gauge indi cates engine overheating e When opening the windows in humid weather air conditioning may create water droplets in
246. km 5 miles F Driving in heavy traffic area over 32 C 90 F in normal temperature or less than 16 km 10 miles in freez G Driving on uphill downhill or mountain road ing temperature H Towing a Trailer or using a camper or roof rack B Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long dis I Driving as a patrol car taxi other commercial use or vehicle tances towing C Driving on rough dusty muddy unpaved graveled or salt J Driving over 170 km h 106 mph spread roads K Frequently driving in stop and go conditions D Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather E Driving in sandy areas Maintenance n E EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS Engine oil and filter The engine oil and filter should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule If the car is being driven in severe conditions more frequent oil and filter changes are required Drive belts Inspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts cracks excessive wear or oil saturation and replace if necessary Drive belts should be checked peri odically for proper tension and adjusted as necessary Fuel filter A clogged filter can limit the speed at which the vehicle may be driven damage the emission system and cause multiple issues such as hard starting If an excessive amount of foreign matter accumulates in the fuel tank the filter may require replacement more frequently Af
247. l description P SEAT S POWER s z DRV MAALE Her G ul tico HR wor CT 4 cessa HTD WIPER ron he GEm ta S urenionlS MULTI LAMP ni MEDA Inside the fuse relay panel covers you can find the fuse relay label describing fuse relay name and capacity NOTICE Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to FUSE ONLY your vehicle It is accurate at the OYDNMC5014 time of printing When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle refer to the fuse panel label Maintenance Engine compartment fuse panel OYDDMC2013 SG unta Sean Not all fuse panel descriptions in GSL F this manual aay be nici to G aes your vehicle It is accurate at the Se Neate aa n time of printing When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle refer ead aos TSR ES to the fuse panel label USE THE DESIGNATED FUSE AND RELAY ONLYO 1 O50 A77 1 1 TURBO GDI ENGINE ONLY OYDNMC5015 Maintenance Engine room Battery terminal cover SALO lA TEOS A SZ OYDNMC2059 NOTICE USE THE DESIGNATED FUSE ONLY Not all fuse panel descriptions in ACNONb3yYATe TONbKO NpeaHasHaueHHble NpeaoxpaHMTenn this manual may be applicable to USE SOLO LOS FUSIBLES ESFECIFICADOS your vehicle It is accurate at the time of printing When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle refer to the fuse panel label OYDNMC2048 Maintenance Instrument panel fuse panel Fuse Name Fuserating T GireulitProteeted
248. l operation is found have the system inspected by an authorized Kia dealer 4 CAUTION Compressor damage lt is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used Otherwise damage to the compressor and abnormal system operation may occur A CAUTION lt is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrig erant is used otherwise damage to the vehicle injury may occur To prevent damage the air condi tioning system in your vehicle should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians The air conditioning system should be serviced by an authorized Kia dealer j Features of vour vehicle AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Ure N Pe lr pel PL y fo N BBoc SA Sal 8Boc 7 Guia mban si 1 Driver s temperature control knob 7 Air intake control button 2 AUTO automatic control button 8 Rear window defroster button 3 OFF button 9 Passenger s temperature control knob 4 Front windshield defroster button 10 Dual temperature control selection button 5 Mode selection button 11 Air conditioning button 6 Fan speed control switch 12 Climate control display OYDECL2011CN Features of vour vehicle Automatic heating and air con m Drivers side m Passenger s side
249. le to unlock and toward the front of the vehicle to lock If you lock unlock the door with a key all vehicle doors will lock unlock automatically if equipped with power door locks e From the driver s door turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle once to unlock the drivers door and once more within 4 seconds to unlock all doors if equipped with power door locks Doors can also be locked and di with the transmitter key or smart key if equipped Once the doors are unlocked they may be opened by pulling the door handle e When closing the door push the door by hand Make sure the doors are closed securely NOTICE s In cold and wet climates door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing con ditions If the door is locked unlocked multiple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door lock switch the system may stop operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent damage to system components Operating door locks from inside the vehicle With the door lock button e To unlock a door pull the door lock button 1 to the Unlock position The red mark 2 on the button will be visible e To lock a door push the door lock button 1 to the Lock position If the door is locked properly the red mark 2 on the door lock button will not show e To open a door pull the door han dle 3 outward Features of vour vehicle e
250. les or 12 months U Inspect cooling system hoses and connections U Inspect brake pedal free play Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace kt el Maintenance L e ______ _ _ _ _t_ NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE 240 000 km 150 000 miles or 120 months Q Rotate tire U Inspect battery condition Q Inspect air conditioning refrigerant Q Inspect brake hoses and lines 0 Inspect drive belts First 96 000 km 60 000 miles or 72 months after every 24 000 km 15 000 miles or 24 months Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler Q Inspect front brake disc pads calipers and rotors O Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint Q Inspect suspension mounting bolts Q Inspect brake clutch if equipped fluid Q Inspect fuel filter Q Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections U Inspect fuel tank air filter if equipped U Inspect rear brake disc pads parking brake Q Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap fuel tank Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Inspect manual transaxle fluild if equipped Continued Continued O Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit Q Replace air cleaner filter O Replace engine oil and filter 240 000 km 150 000 miles or 240 months Q Replace coolant First 192 000 km 120 000 miles or 120 months after every 48 000 km 30 000 miles or
251. lgate Windows Hood Fuel filler lid Panoramic sunroof Steering wheel Mirrors Instrument cluster Lighting Wipers amp Washers Climate control system Audio system Etc TABLE OF CONTENTS Driving your vehicle Before driving Engine start stop button Transaxle Brake system Cruise control system Active ECO system Winter driving Vehicle load limit Etc What to do in an emergency Road warning Emergency while driving Emergency starting Engine overheat Flat tire Towing Etc Maintenance Engine compartment Maintenance service Engine oil Engine coolant Brake fluid Washer fluid Parking brake Air cleaner Wiper blades Battery Tire and wheels Fuses Etc Specifications amp Consumer information n i kt Introduction How to use this manual 00000000 1 2 Fuel requirements sss sss s s e s e e s e R RRR RR Ree lt 1 3 e Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol 1 3 e Do not use methanol s s sse 1 4 uel A GOitives occ ak oes serge aes oo ee ee eee 1 5 Vehicle Break In Process ccecccecee 1 5 Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recorders cccccccces 1 6 Introduction ee w IS y r v w lt L 9 h LA IPTIIP I I T MPMATTPll L lt lt HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from your vehicle Your Ow
252. lock 1 located on the rear edge of the door to the lock position When the child safety lock is in the lock position rear door will not open even when the inner door handle is pulled 3 Close the rear door To open the rear door pull the out side door handle 2 Even though the doors may be unlocked the rear door will not open by pulling the inner door handle until the rear door child safety lock is unlocked __ j Features of vour vehicle TRUNK 4 DOOR 2 DOOR Opening the trunk A CAUTION Make certain that you close the S da I trunk before driving your vehi 7 au T cle Possible damage may occur oypDco2013 To open the trunk from inside the to attached hardware if the vehicle pull the trunk lid release trunk is not closed prior to driv Press the trunk unlock button for lever ing dista than 1 So on the trans Once the trunk is opened and then Mitter or smart key closed the trunk locks automati e Press the button on the trunk han cally dle with the smart key in your pos session NOTICE Once the trunk is opened and then closed the trunk locks automati In cold and wet climates trunk lock cally and trunk mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions Features of your vehicle
253. lways reinstall the valve cap after checking or adjusting the tire pressure If the cap is not replaced air may leak from the tire If you lose a valve cap buy another and install it as soon as pos sible After you have changed wheels always secure the flat tire in its place and return the jack and tools to their proper storage locations 4 CAUTION Replacing lug nuts Make certain during wheel removal that the same nuts that were removed are reinstalled or if replaced that nuts with metric threads and the same chamfer configuration are used Your vehicle has metric threads on the wheel studs and nuts Installation of a non metric thread nut on a metric stud will not secure the wheel to the hub properly and will damage the stud so that it must be replaced Note that most lug nuts do not have metric threads Be sure to use extreme care in checking for thread style before installing aftermarket lug nuts or wheels If in doubt consult an authorized Kia dealer To prevent the jack jack handle wheel lug nut wrench and spare tire from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store them properly Check the inflation pressures as soon as possible after installing the Spare tire Adjust it to the specified pressure if necessary Refer to Tires and wheels in section 8 What to do in an emergency Important use of compact spare tire if equipped Your vehicle is equipped with a com pact spare tire Th
254. ly 3 seconds and then goes off e When you deactivate the ESC sys tem by pressing the ESC OFF but ton For more details refer to Electronic Stability Control ESC in chapter 5 ECOMINDER indicator Active ECO system O This indicator light illuminates When the Active ECO button is pressed the ECOMINDER indicator green will illuminate to show that the Active ECO is operating For more detailed information refer to Active ECO in chapter 5 Immobilizer Indicator Light Without Smart Key gt This indicator light illuminates e When the vehicle detects the immobilizer in your key properly while the ignition switch is ON At this time you can start the engine The indicator light goes off after starting the engine This indicator light blinks e When there is a malfunction with the immobilizer system In this case have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Features of your vehicle Immobilizer Indicator Light With Smart Key 2 This indicator light illuminates for up to 30 seconds e When the vehicle detects the smart key in the vehicle properly while the Engine Start Stop Button is ACC or ON At this time you can start the engine The indicator light goes off after starting the engine This indicator light blinks for a few seconds When the smart key is not in the vehicle At this time you can not start the engine This indicator light illumi
255. m pare with normal tires Maintenance A CAUTION Because the sidewall of the low aspect ratio tire is shorter than the normal the wheel and tire of the low aspect ratio tire is easi er to be damaged So follow the instructions below When driving on a rough road or off road drive cautiously because tires and wheels may be damaged And after driving inspect tires and wheels When passing over a pothole speed bump manhole or curb stone drive slowly so that the tires and wheels are not dam aged If the tire is impacted we rec ommend that you inspect the tire condition or contact an authorized Kia dealer To prevent damage to the tire inspect the tire condition and pressure every 3 000km NOTICE It is not easy to recognize the tire damage with your own eyes But if there is the slightest hint of tire damage even though you cannot see the tire damage with your own eyes have the tire checked or replaced because the tire damage may cause air leakage from the tire If the tire is damaged by driving on a rough road off road pothole manhole or curb stone it will not be covered by the warranty You can find out the tire informa tion on the tire sidewall Maintenance FUSES E Blade type mf Normal E Cartridge type Normal R Multi fuse Normal Blown A vehicle s electrical system is pro tected from electrical overload dam age by fuses This vehicle h
256. me or it may overheat Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if the ambient temperature is below 30 C 22 F j What to do in an emergency Components of the TireMobilityKit 0 Speed restriction label 1 Sealant bottle and speed restriction 2 Filling hose from sealant bottle to wheel 3 Connectors and cable for the power outlet direct connection with label OEL069020 4 Holder for the sealant bottle 5 Compressor 6 On off switch 7 Pressure gauge for displaying the tire inflation pressure 8 Button for reducing tire inflation pressure 9 Hose to connect compressor and sealant bottle or compressor and wheel Connectors cable and connection hose are stored in the compressor housing follow the Strictly sequence otherwise the sealant may escape under high pressure specified What to do in an emergency Using the Tire Mobility Kit 1 Detach the speed restriction label 0 from the sealant bottle 1 and place it in a highly visible place inside the vehicle such as on the steering wheel to remind the driver not to drive too fast 2 Screw connection hose 9 onto the connector of the sealant bottle 3 Ensure that button 8 on the com pressor is not pressed 4 Unscrew the valve cap from the valve of the d
257. mended that a lower viscosity winter weight oil be used during cold weather See section 8 for recommendations If you aren t sure what weight oil you should use consult an authorized Kia dealer Check spark plugs and igni tion system Inspect your spark plugs as described in section 7 and replace them if necessary Also check all ignition wiring and components to be sure they are not cracked worn or damaged in any way To keep locks from freezing To keep the locks from freezing squirt an approved de icer fluid or glycerine into the key opening If a lock is covered with ice squirt it with an approved de icing fluid to remove the ice If the lock is frozen internally you may be able to thaw it out by using a heated key Handle the heat ed key with care to avoid injury Use approved window washer anti freeze in system To keep the water in the window washer system from freezing add an approved window washer anti freeze solution in accordance with instruc tions on the container Window wash er anti freeze is available from an authorized Kia dealer and most auto parts outlets Do not use engine coolant or other types of anti freeze as these may damage the paint fin ish Driving your vehicle Don t let your parking brake freeze Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged position This is most likely to hap pen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brak
258. mes to notify you that the culated air position while Auto system is cancelled To use the auto c defogging system again follow the pence Me aiiai niant procedures mentioned above If the battery has been disconnected 4 CAUTION or discharged It resets to the auto Do not remove the sensor cover defogging status located on the upper end of the driver side windshield glass Damage to the system parts could occur and may not be cov ered by your vehicle warranty Features of vour vehicle STORAGE COMPARTMENT These compartments can be used to store small items Center console storage If equipped To avoid possible theft do not leave lt valuables in the storage compartment Always keep the storage compart ment covers closed while driving Bagel L OYDDCO2048 To open the center console storage pull up the lever Glove box 4 OYDDCO2049 To open the glove box push the but ton 1 and the glove box will auto matically open Close the glove box after use Always keep the glove box closed while the vehicle is in motion Features of your vehicle Cool box if equipped y OYDDCO2050 You can keep beverage cans or other items cool in the glove box 1 Turn on the air conditioning 2 Slide the open close lever of the vent installed in the glove box to the open position 3 When the cool box is not used slide the lever to the closed position If some items in t
259. must be fitted When a cellular phone or a radio set is used with an internal antenna alone it may interfere with the vehi cle s electrical system and adversely affect safe operation of the vehicle Caring for disc If the temperature inside the car is too high open the car windows to ventilate before using the system It is illegal to copy and use MP3 WMA files without permis sion Use CDs that are created only by lawful means Do not apply volatile agents such as benzene and thinner normal cleaners and magnetic sprays made for analogue disc onto CDs To prevent the disc surface from getting damaged hold CDs by the edges or the center hole only Clean the disc surface with a piece of soft cloth before playback wipe it from the center to the outside edge Do not damage the disc surface or attach pieces of sticky tape or paper Make certain only CDs are insert ed into the CD player Do not insert more than one CD at a time Keep CDs in their cases after use to protect them from scratches or dirt Features of vour vehicle Depending on the type of CD NOTE R renee CDs Te ate 3 Order of playing files folders H ro not operate normally according to l older the manufacturing companies In R tg order to R song File such circumstances continued q y use may cause malfunctions to 2 Folder playing order Folder AA your audio system If no song file is contained in the folder
260. n reduce the effective ness of the windshield wipers Common sources of contamination are insects tree sap and hot wax treatments used by some commer cial car washes If the blades are not wiping properly clean both the win dow and the blades with a good cleaner or mild detergent and rinse thoroughly with clean water T CAUTION Wiper blades To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use gasoline kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean adequately the blades may be worn or cracked and require replacement To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components do not attempt to move the wipers manually The use of a non specified wiper blade could result in wiper malfunc tion and failure Maintenance Front windshield wiper blade 1JBA7037 e o td a a gt o Type B 1 Raise the wiper arm 1LDA5023 Type A N CAUTION Wiper arms Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield since it may chip or crack the windshield 1JBA7038 2 Compress the clip 1 and slide 1 Raise the wiper arm and turn the the blade assembly downward 2 wiper blade assembly to expose 2 Lift it off the arm the plastic locking clip 4 Install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal
261. nates for 2 seconds and goes off When the vehicle can not detect the smart key which is in the vehi cle while the Engine Start Stop Button is ON In this case have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer This indicator light blinks e When the battery of the smart key is weak At this time you can not start the engine However you can start the engine if you press the Engine Start Stop Button with the smart key For more details refer to Starting the Engine in section 5 e When there is a malfunction with the immobilizer system In this case have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Turn Signal Indicator Light lt This indicator light blinks e When you turn the turn signal light on If any of the following occurs there may be a malfunction with the turn signal system In this case have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer The indicator light does not blink but illuminates The indicator light blinks more rapidly The indicator light does not illumi nate at all Features of your vehicle High Beam Indicator Light This indicator light illuminates When the headlights are on and in the high beam position e When the turn signal lever is pulled into the Flash to Pass position Light ON Indicator Light DIO This indicator light illuminates e When the tail lights or headlights cU This indicator light illuminates
262. nded intervals Refer to excessive engine wear Maintenance under severe usage When removing the air cleaner conditions in this chapter filter be careful that dust or dirt does not enter the air intake or damage may result e Use a Kia genuine part Use of nongenuine part could dam ees 0MD070010 age the air flow sensor It must be replaced when necessary and should not be washed You can clean the filter when inspect ing the air cleaner element Clean the filter by using compressed air Maintenance EEE CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER IF EQUIPPED Filter inspection The climate control air filter should be replaced according to the Maintenance Schedule If the vehicle is operated in severely air polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period it should be inspected more frequently and replaced earlier When you replace the climate control air filter replace it performing the fol lowing procedure and be careful to avoid damaging other components j Maintenance WIPER BLADES Blade inspection 1JBA5122 Commercial hot waxes applied by automatic car washes have been known to make the windshield diffi cult to clean Contamination of either the wind shield or the wiper blades with for eign matter ca
263. ndomly plays all saved files Repeat Repeats the current track Random Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play tracks in sequen order tial order Repeat Repeats the current file scan Scans the tracks from the next track for 10 Folder Repeat Repeats all files in the current folder seconds each Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential Track 1 30 Plays the desired track number order Information Displays the information screen of the current Next File Plays the next file track Previous File Plays the previous file Scan Scans the files from the next files for 10 sec onds each Information Displays the information screen of the current file Copy Copies the current file into My Music Features of your vehicle iPod Commands Commands available during iPod operation Command Random Random Off Repeat Repeat Off Information Function Randomly plays the songs within the current category Cancels random play to play songs in sequen tial order Repeats the current song Cancels repeat play to play songs in sequen tial order Displays the information screen of the current song e My Music Commands Commands available during My Music operation Command Random Random Off Repeat Repeat Off Scan Information Delete Delete All Function Randomly plays all saved files Cancels random play to play files in sequential order R
264. ne to warm up while the vehicle remains sta tionary Start driving at moderate engine speeds Steep accelerating and decelerating should be avoided Whether the engine is cold or warm it should be started without depress ing the accelerator Even if the smart key is in the vehi cle but is far away from you the engine may not start When the ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC position or above if any door is opened the system checks for the smart key If the smart key is not in the vehi cle the our or R indicator will blink or the warning Key not in vehicle will illuminate on the LCD display And if all doors are closed the chime will sound for 5 seconds The indicator or warning will turn off while the vehicle is moving Always have the smart key with you The engine will start only when the smart key is in the vehicle j Driving your vehicle Do not press the ENGINE START STOP button for more than 10 sec onds except when the stop lamp fuse is blown M TAN OYDDDR3006 e If the battery is weak or the smart key does not work correctly you can start the engine by pressing the engine start stop button with the smart key e When the stop lamp fuse is blown you can not start the engine nor mally
265. ner s Manual can assist you in many ways We strong ly recommend that you read the entire manual In order to minimize the chance of death or injury you must read the WARNING and CAU TION sections in the manual Illustrations complement the words in this manual to best explain how to enjoy your vehicle By reading your manual you will learn about fea tures important safety information and driving tips under various road conditions The general layout of the manual is provided in the Table of Contents Use the index when looking for a specific area or subject it has an alphabetical listing of all located in the back of this manual Sections This manual has eight sec tions plus an index Each section begins with a brief list of contents so you can tell at a glance if that section has the information you want You will find various types of safety instructions in this manual These instructions were prepared to enhance your personal safety Carefully read and follow ALL proce dures and recommendations provid ed in these instructions A CAUTION A CAUTION indicates a situation in which damage to your vehicle could result if the caution is ignored NOTICE A NOTICE indicates interesting or helpful information is being provided Introduction n gt ms8N85 8535 3NM A mn mxo m me mM snpN 25 FUEL REQUIREMENTS Your new Kia vehicle is designed to use only unleaded fuel having a
266. ng your vehicle We urge you to read these publications carefully and follow the recommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operation of your new vehicle Kia offers a great variety of options components and features for its various models Therefore some of the equipment described in this manual along with the various illustrations may not be applicable to your particular vehicle The information and specifications provided in this manual were accurate at the time of printing Kia reserves the right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without notice and without incurring any obligation If you have questions always check with your Kia dealer We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoring pleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle 2014 Kia Canada Inc All rights reserved Reproduction by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying recording or by any information storage and retrieval system or translation in whole or part is not permitted without written authorization from Kia Canada Inc Printed in Korea Introduction How to use this manual Fuel requirements Vehicle break in process Your vehicle at a glance Exterior overview Interior overview Instrument panel overview Engine compartment Safety features of your vehicle Seats Seat belts Child restraint system Air bag Features of your vehicle Keys Door locks Tai
267. ng on open highways in good weather Do not use the cruise control when driving in heavy or varying traffic or on slippery rainy icy or snow cov ered or winding roads or over 6 up hill or down hill roads NOTICE e During normal cruise control operation when the SET switch is activated or reactivated after applying the brakes the cruise control will energize after approx imately 3 seconds This delay is normal To activate cruise control depress the brake pedal at least once after turning the ignition switch to the ON position or starting the engine This is to check if the brake switch which is important part to cancel cruise control is in normal condi tion Cruise control switch OYDDDR3027 CRUISE Turns cruise control sys tem on or off CANCEL Cancels cruise control operation RES Resumes or increases cruise control speed SET Sets or decreases cruise con trol speed Driving your vehicle To set cruise control speed OYDEDR3022 Press the CRUISE button on the steering wheel to turn the system on The CRUISE indicator light in the instrument cluster will illumi nate 2 Accelerate to the desired speed which must be more than 30 km h 20 mph k NOTICE Manual transaxle For manual transaxle vehicles you should depress the brake pedal at least once to set the cruise control after starting the engine OYDDDR3023 3 Move the lever down to SET and release
268. ng the transmitter and your cell phone or smart phone in the same pants or jacket pocket and maintain adequate distance between the two devices Features of your vehicle This device complies with Industry Canada Standard RSS 210 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harm ful interference and 2 This device must accept any inter ference received including inter ference that may cause undesired operation NOTICE Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment If the keyless entry sys tem is inoperative due to changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compli ance it will not be covered by your manufacturer s vehicle warranty Battery replacement E Type A OYDDCO2006 A battery should last for several years but if the transmitter or smart key is not working properly try replacing the battery with a new one If you are unsure how to use or replace the bat tery contact an authorized Kia dealer Type A 1 Pry open the transmitter cover 2 Replace the battery with a new battery CR2032 When replacing the battery make sure the battery position 3 Install the battery in the reverse order of removal Type B 1 Remove the mechanical key 2 Pry open the rear cover 3 Replace the battery with a new battery CR203
269. nipnazia dii ia sa eau cannes ea 3 2 Driver position memory system 3 8 Folding the rear Seat sariasenasinago asa 3 14 Front seat adjustment Manual 3 4 Front seat adjustment Power 3 6 Headrest Front Scat 0 0 00 00008 3 9 Headrest Rear Scat 3 13 1 6 Rear seat adjustment i esen4050240 4 3 13 Seatback pocket arri 3 12 Ded DCW a R E ou 4 oo bat sone ees he R eee 3 17 Care of Seat belts age 400d hese d ketene ewan ae 3 26 Pre tensioner seat Dell assai 3 22 Seat belt 3 point system 3 18 Seat belt precautions iii 3 24 Seat belt warning enna 3 18 SMA ARA RC RA EE 4 6 PISCAUTIO NS sua si ozeseia istantanea 4 7 Smart Key IUNCHOM rsa tina 4 6 Special driving conditions 00 5 43 Driving at night irritare 5 44 Driving in flooded arcas iii 5 45 Driving in the rain lirica 5 45 Driving off road eee 5 46 Hazardous driving conditions 5 43 Highway driving screens des 5 46 Rocking the vehicle natanti e 5 43 Smooth cornering dae edd eead Kadam eewow lt 2 5 44 Starting th CNUING pira 5 10 DIGGING WHEL cece sd besiet EKS nET eee aa see oe 4 4 Electronic power steering 4 4 PICK SICE recano tesa esa ee 4 43 Heated steering wheel se sas dood ees vs 4 43 FOI wd case oe AE eno wre ewes mene eee 4 42 Tilt amp telescopic steering 4 42 Storage compartmen
270. nk open 3 if equipped The trunk is opened if the button is pressed for more than 1 second Once the trunk is opened and then closed the trunk will lock automatically Alarm 4 The horn sounds and the hazard warning lights blink for about 30 sec onds if this button is pressed for more than 0 5 seconds To stop the horn and lights press any button on the transmitter Transmitter precautions The transmitter or smart key will not work if any of following occurs e The ignition key is in the ignition switch You exceed the operating distance limit about 30 m 90 feetj The battery in the transmitter or smart key is weak Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal The weather is extremely cold e The transmitter or smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the transmitter When the transmitter or smart key does not work properly open and close the door with the ignition key If you have a problem with the trans mitter or smart key contact an authorized Kia dealer e If the transmitter is in close proximi ty to your cell phone or smart phone the signal from the transmitter could be blocked by normal operation of your cell phone or smart phone This is especially important when the phone is active such as making call receiving calls text messaging and or sending receiving emails Avoid placi
271. nlock when an impact causes the air bags to deploy e All doors will automatically lock when the transaxle shift lever is shifted out of P Park All doors will automatically unlock when the transaxle shift lever is shifted into P Park Features of your vehicle Speed sensing door lock sys tem if equipped All doors will be automatically locked after the vehicle speed exceeds 9 3 mph And all doors will be automati cally unlocked when you turn the engine off or when you remove the ignition key if equipped An authorized Kia dealer can acti vate or deactivate some auto door lock unlock features as follows Auto door unlock by using the dri ver s door lock button Auto door lock unlock by shifting the transaxle shift lever out of P Park or into P Park Auto door unlock when the ignition key is removed from the ignition switch for smart key when the ENGINE START STOP button is turned to the OFF position If you want to activate or deactivate some door lock unlock feature con sult an authorized Kia dealer Child protector rear door lock OYDDC02012 The child safety lock is provided to help prevent children from acciden tally opening the rear doors from inside the vehicle The rear door safety locks should be used whenev er children are in the vehicle 1 Open the rear door 2 Insert a key or screwdriver into the hole and turn it to the lock posi tion the child safety
272. ns must be observed Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gasoline engines Do not operate the vehicle when there are signs of engine malfunc tion such as misfire or a noticeable loss of performance e Do not misuse or abuse the engine Examples of misuse are coasting with the ignition off and descending steep grades in gear with the ignition off Do not operate the engine at high idle speed for extended periods 5 minutes or more e Do not modify or tamper with any part of the engine or emission con trol system All inspections and adjustments must be made by an authorized Kia dealer e Avoid driving with a extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire dam aging the catalytic converter Failure to observe these precautions could result in damage to the catalyt ic converter and to your vehicle Additionally such actions could void your warranties Specifications amp Consumer information Enene or 8 2 Dimensions eee ae eee ei ee ree 8 2 Bulbwafttape g l na 8 3 Tires and heels lt s asa a R RR RRR 8 4 WeishUyolumei ce eae ee eee ee 8 5 Air conditioning system sss s s s lt lt lt lt lt eee eee 8 5 Recommended lubricants and capacities 8 6 e Recommended sae viscosity number 8 8 Vehicle identification number VIN 8 9 Vehicle certification label 00 0000 8 9 Tire specification and pressure label 8 1
273. nt battery dis charge ON Green Press the ENGINE START STOP button while it is in the ACC position without depressing the brake pedal The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started Do not leave the ENGINE START STOP button in the ON position for a long time The battery may discharge because the engine is not running START RUN Not illuminated To start the engine depress the brake pedal and press the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the P Park or the N Nuetral position For your safety start the engine with the shift lever in the P Park position If you press the ENGINE START STOP button without depressing the brake pedal the engine will not start and the button will change as follows OFF gt ACC gt ON gt OFF Driving your vehicle If you leave the ENGINE START STOP button in the ACC or ON posi tion for a long time the battery will discharge j Driving your vehicle STARTING THE ENGINE Starting the engine with an ignition key if equipped 1 Make sure the parking brake is applied 2 Manual Transaxle Depress the clutch pedal fully and shift the transaxle into Neutral Keep the clutch pedal and brake pedal depressed while turning the igni tion switch to the
274. ntenance Engine compartment fuse replacement a l A i rta X i X h S th ka E i i I NO T L x ma E b t cool i i K 173 Ei i 0 M lt e Bi 7 La se OYDDMC2011 1 Turn the ignition switch and all other switches off 2 Remove the fuse panel cover by pressing the tab and pulling the cover up 3 Check the removed fuse replace it if it is blown To remove or insert the fuse use the fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse panel 4 Push in a new fuse of the same rating and make sure it fits tightly in the clips If it fits loosely consult an authorized Kia dealer Main fuse A CAUTION After checking the fuse panel in the engine compartment securely install the fuse panel cover If not electrical failures may occur from water contact If the main fuse is blown it must be removed as follows 1 Turn off the engine 2 Disconnect the negative battery cable 3 Remove the nuts shown in the pic ture above 4 Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating 5 Reinstall in the reverse order of removal Maintenance Multi fuse If the multi fuse is blown it must be removed as follows 1 Remove the fuse panel in the engine compartment 2 Remove the nuts shown in the pic ture above 3 Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating 4 Reinstall in the reverse order of removal Maintenance Fuse relay pane
275. nting bolts Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit U Inspect rear brake disc pads parking brake Q Replace spark plugs iridium coated Q Replace engine oil and filter 168 000 km 105 000 miles or 168 months Continued Continued Q Add fuel additive 12 000 km 7 5000 miles or 12 months U Inspect cooling system hoses and connections U Inspect brake pedal free play Q Inspect all latch hinges and locks Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance i _____o ce NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE 180 000 km 112 500 miles or 90 months Q Rotate tire Q Inspect battery condition Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect manual transaxle fluild if equipped Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Replace engine oil and filter 180 000 km 112 500 miles or 180 months U Add fuel additive 12 000 km 7 500 miles or 12 months U Inspect cooling system hoses and connections Q Inspect brake pedal free play Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace 192 000 km 120 000 miles or 96 months Q Rotate tire U Inspect battery condition Q Inspect air conditioning refrigerant U Inspect brake hoses and lines O Inspect drive belts First 96 000 km 60 000 miles or 72 months after every 24 000 km 15 000 miles or 24 months Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler
276. ntrol operation repeat the steps provided in Io set cruise control speed on the previous page Driving your vehicle ACTIVE ECO SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Active ECO operation OYDNDR3020 Active ECO helps improve fuel effi ciency by controlling the engine and transaxle But fuel efficiency can be affected by the driver s driving habits and road conditions When the Active ECO button is pressed the ECO indicator green will illuminate to show that the Active ECO is operating When the Active ECO is activated it does not turn off even though the engine is restarted again To turn off the system press the active ECO button again If Active ECO is turned off it will return to the normal mode Limitation of Active ECO oper ation If the following conditions occur while Active ECO is operating the system operation is limited even though there is no change in the ECO indi cator e When the coolant temperature is low The system will be limited until engine performance becomes nor mal When driving up a hill The system will be limited to gain power when driving uphill because the engine torque is restricted When using sports mode The system will be limited accord ing to the shift location When the accelerator pedal is fully pressed for a few seconds The system will be limited as it has determined that the driver has accelerated judging that the driver wants to speed up Driving your ve
277. ntrol system of your vehicle is covered by a written limited warranty Please see the warranty information contained in the Warranty amp Consumer Information manual in your vehicle Your vehicle is equipped with an emission control system to meet all applicable emission regulations There are three emission control systems as follows 1 Crankcase emission control sys tem 2 Evaporative emission control sys tem 3 Exhaust emission control system In order to assure the proper function of the emission control systems it is recommended that you have your vehicle inspected and maintained by an authorized Kia dealer in accor dance with the maintenance sched ule in this manual Caution for the Inspection and Maintenance Test With Electronic Stability Control ESC system e To prevent the vehicle from mis firing during dynamometer test ing turn the Electronic Stability Control ESC system off by pressing the ESC switch After dynamometer testing is completed turn the ESC system back on by pressing the ESC switch again 1 Crankcase emission control system The positive crankcase ventilation system is employed to prevent air pollution caused by blow by gases being emitted from the crankcase This system supplies fresh filtered air to the crankcase through the air intake hose Inside the crankcase the fresh air mixes with blow by gases which then pass through the PCV valve into the induction system
278. number Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug drain plug or dipstick before checking or draining any lubricant This is especially important in dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas will prevent dirt and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that could be damaged Engine oil viscosity thickness has an effect on fuel economy and cold weather operation engine start and engine oil flowability Lower viscosi ty engine oils can provide better fuel economy and cold weather perform ance however higher viscosity engine oils are required for satisfac Using oils of any viscosity other than those recommended could result in engine damage When choosing an oil consider the range of tempera ture your vehicle will be operated in before the next oil change Proceed to select the recommended oil vis cosity from the chart tory lubrication in hot weather Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 Vau aaia 10 O 20 40 60 80 100 120 Engine Oil MPI GDI 5W 20 5W 30 TOR 5W 30 5W 40 Turbo GDI 1 For better fuel economy it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W 20 API SM ILSAC GF 4 However if the engine oil is not available in your country select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart For better fuel economy it is recommended to
279. ny damaged parts Drive shafts and boots Check the drive shafts boots and clamps for cracks deterioration or damage Replace any damaged parts and if necessary repack the grease Air conditioning refrigerant Check the air conditioning lines and connections for leakage and dam age Maintenance ENGINE OIL Checking the engine oil level 5 Pull the dipstick out again and check the level The level should be between F and L till Bz K OMD070003N If it is near or at L add enough oil to o 4 CAUTION Replace bring the level to F Do not overfill 1 Be sure the vehicle is on level engine oil ground Do not overfill with engine oil Use a funnel to help prevent oil 2 Start the engine and allow it to Engine damage may result from being spilled on engine com reach normal operating tempera ponents ture 3 Turn the engine off and wait for a few minutes about 5 minutes for the oil to return to the oil pan 4 Pull the dipstick out wipe it clean and reinsert it fully Use only the specified engine oil Refer to Recommended lubricants and capacities in section 8 j Maintenance E T _ r _ r Nfi iW YWWYWYWY amp _ amp G53 Changing the engine oil
280. of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only 2 32 inch of tread remains UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards a tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction tempera ture and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing proce dures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire Vehicle Capacity Weight The num ber of designated seating positions multiplied by 68 kg 150 Ibs plus the rated cargo and luggage load Maintenance nnn cdi AEgEgdd Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb and accessory weight plus maximum occupant and cargo weight Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of the curb weight accessory weight and normal occu pant weight and driving by 2 Vehicle Placard A label permanent ly attached to a vehicle showing the original equipment tire size and rec ommended inflation pressure All season tires Kia specifies all season tires on some models to provide good per formance for use all year round including snowy and icy road condi tions All season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M S Mud and Snow on the tire sidewall Snow t
281. of streaking or missing areas on the windshield e If your tires are not in good condi tion making a quick stop on wet pavement can cause a skid and possibly lead to an accident Be sure your tires are in good shape e Turn on your headlights to make it easier for others to see you Driving too fast through large pud dles can affect your brakes If you must go through puddles try to drive through them slowly If you believe you may have gotten your brakes wet apply them lightly while driving until normal braking operation returns Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areas unless you are sure the water is no higher than the bottom of the wheel hub Drive through any water slowly Allow adequate stopping distance because brake performance may be affected After driving through water dry the brakes by gently applying them sev eral times while the vehicle is moving slowly j Driving your vehicle Driving off road Drive carefully off road because your vehicle may be damaged by rocks or roots of trees Become familiar with the off road conditions where you are going to drive before you begin driving Highway driving Tires Adjust the tire inflation pressures to specification Low tire inflation pres sures will
282. of the following Depress the brake pedal Depress the clutch pedal with a manual transaxle Shift into N Neutral with an auto matic transaxle Press the CANCEL button Decrease the vehicle speed lower than the memory speed by 15 km h 9 mph Decrease the vehicle speed to less than approximately 40 km h 25 mph Each of these actions will cancel cruise control operation the SET indicator light in the instrument clus ter will go off but it will not turn the system off If you wish to resume cruise control operation move up the lever to RES located on your steering wheel You will return to your previously preset speed To resume cruising speed at more than approximately 40 km h 25 mph OYDDDR3024 If any method other than the CRUISE button was used to cancel cruising speed and the system is still activated the most recent set speed will automatically resume when you move the lever up to RES lt will not resume however if the vehicle speed has dropped below approximately 40 km h 25 mph Driving your vehicle NOTICE To turn cruise control off do Always check the road conditions One of the following when you move the lever up to RES to resume the speed OYDDDR3022 Press the CRUISE button the CRUISE indicator light in the instrument cluster will go off e Turn the ignition off Both of these actions cancel cruise control operation lf you want to resume cruise co
283. of your vehicle Recalling positions from memory 1 Shift the shift lever into P while the ignition switch is ON 2 To recall the position in memory press the desired memory button 1 or 2 The system will beep once then the driver seat will automatically adjust to the stored positions Adjusting the control switch for the driver seat while the system is recall ing the stored position will cause the movement to stop and move in the direction that the control switch is moved Easy access function if equipped With the shift lever in the P position the system will move the driver s seat automatically as follows Without smart key system It will move the driver s seat rear ward when the ignition key is removed and front driver s door is opened It will move the driver s seat for ward when the ignition key is inserted With smart key system It will move the drivers seat rear ward when the engine start stop button is turned to the OFF posi tion and front drivers door is opened It will move the driver s seat for ward when the engine start stop button is turned to the ACC or START position You can activate or deactivate this feature Refer to User settings in chapter 4 Headrest for front seat OMG038400 The driver s and front passenger s seats are equipped with a headrest for the occupant s safety and comfort The headrest not only provides com fort for the
284. ollow the Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of the following conditions apply If any of the following conditions apply follow he Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions Repeated short distance driving Driving in dusty conditions or sandy areas Extensive use of brakes Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are being used Driving on rough or muddy roads Driving in mountainous areas Extended periods of idling or low speed operation Driving for a prolonged period in cold temperatures and or extreme ly humid climates More than 50 driving in heavy city traffic during hot weather above 32 C 90 F If your vehicle is operated under the above conditions you should inspect replace or refill more fre quently than the following Normal Maintenance Schedule After 120 months or 240 000 km 150 000 miles continue to follow the pre scribed maintenance intervals Maintenance 0 lt lt 5 AS _ ZOuOuRk4 R R0R0Oo oa a lt NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty Where both mileage and time are shown the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first 1 Fuel filter amp Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic
285. one you want to switch to the highest priority then select Change Priority button from the Menu The selected device will be changed to the highest priority Priority icon will be displayed when the selected phone is set as a pri ority phone Features of your vehicle Disconnecting a Device Deleting a Device e When deleting the currently con nected device the device will auto matically be disconnected to pro Press the key Select Press the key Select ceed with the deleting process Phone Select Phone List Phone Select Phone List e If a paired Bluetooth Wireless Technology device is deleted the device s call history and contacts data will also be deleted e To re use a deleted device you must pair the device again From the paired phone list select the currently connected device and From the paired phone list select the select Disconnect button device you want to delete and select Delete button __ j Features of your vehicle e If you select the Call History but ton but there is no call history data a prompt is displayed which asks to download call history data e If you select the Contacts button but there is no contacts data stored a prompt is displayed which asks to download contacts data
286. ood sirene 4 32 How to use this manual 1 2 I If the engine will not start 6 4 If engine doesn t turn over or turns over slowly 6 4 If engine turns over normally but does not start 6 4 If you have a flat tire with spare tire 6 14 Changing tires arresti 6 15 Jack and tools iaia 6 14 Jack IAD sessanta tonnara 6 22 Removing and storing the spare tire 6 15 If you have a flat tire with tire mobility kit 6 8 Components of the TireMobilityKit 6 10 Introduction poni 6 8 Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit 6 9 1 4 Using the Tire Mobility Kit 6 11 In case of an emergency while driving 6 3 If engine stalls while driving 6 3 If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing 6 3 If you have a flat tire while driving 6 3 Instr me t cluster sssi Rw 0 R a R e Re R R T R 4 55 Gdl silos 4 57 Instrument Cluster Control 4 56 LCD Display Control carrai 4 57 Transaxle Shift Indicator 4 3500 5i2 00eseadiw as 4 60 Instrument panel overview nunnan 2 5 Interior features 25 5 04 0 wae ade tenes Ss bene ewee d 4 138 ASH tollerata 4 138 Cigarete phlei ss0d Gaus sarosane eks Teni 4 138 Climate control Seat oa 4 142 Clothes hanger ssi aces iveewewed a 4 145 CUPA 4 139 Floor mat alcol Ss 6s oe maw nia rari 4 145 LCD NODI pile drei ti 4 144
287. oolant to prevent corrosion and freezing e DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol coolant or mix them with the spec ified coolant e Do not use a solution that contains more than 60 antifreeze or less than 35 antifreeze which would reduce the effectiveness of the solution Maintenance For mixture percentage refer to the following table Ambi Mixture Percentage mbient volume Temperature _ Antifreeze Water __ 15C 5 F 25C 13F 4 CAUTION Removing radiator cap Ro Never attempt to remove the radiator MW cap while the engine is operating or hot Doing so might lead to cooling system and engine damage acus a o 35C STF sca o o OMD071005L Maintenance Too aqada 7 r r r r r r r r rrrr _ bwrrrrriwp teri Turn the engine off and wait until it Changing the coolant cools down Use care when remov l Have the coolant changed by an Ing the radiator cap Wrap a thick authorized Kia dealer according to towel around it and turn it counter clockwise slowly to the first stop netic at the Step back while the pressure is released from the cooling system When you are sure all the pressure has been released press down on the cap using a thick towel and con tinue turning counterclockwise to remove it Maintenance BRAKE CLUTCH IF EQUIPPED FLUID Checking the brake clutch fluid level TA PAN 9 OYDDM
288. operating If the fan is not running turn the engine off 4 Check to see if the water pump drive belt is missing If it is not missing check to see that it is tight If the drive belt seems to be satisfactory check for coolant leak ing from the radiator hoses or under the vehicle If the air condi tioning had been in use it is nor mal for cold water to be draining from it when you stop 5 If the water pump drive belt is bro ken or engine coolant leaks stop the engine immediately and call the nearest authorized Kia dealer for assistance 6 If you cannot find the cause of the overheating wait until the engine temperature has returned to nor mal Then if coolant has been lost carefully add coolant to the reser voir to bring the fluid level in the reservoir up to the halfway mark 7 Proceed with caution keeping alert for further signs of overheat ing If overheating happens again call an authorized Kia dealer for assistance Serious loss of coolant indicates there is a leak in the cooling system and this should be checked as soon as possible by an authorized Kia dealer What to do in an emergency IFYOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE WITH TIRE MOBILITY KIT IF EQUIPPED gt x OYDNEM2013 For safe operation carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual before use 1 Compressor 2 Sealant bottle The Tire Mobility Kit is a temporary fix to the tire and the tire should be inspected by an autho
289. or 1 Route the child restraint seat teth er strap over the seatback For vehicles with adjustable head rests route the tether strap under the headrest remove the headrest and the re install it and between the headrest posts otherwise route the tether strap over the top of the seatback Child restraint hook holders are located on the package tray 4 Door 2 Door or the floor behind the rear seat 5 Door Safety features of vour vehicle 2 Connect the tether strap hook to the appropriate child restraint hook holder and tighten to secure the child restraint seat Check that the child restraint system is secure by pushing and pulling it in different directions Incorrectly fitted child restraints may swing twist tip or separate causing death or serious injury Securing a child restraint seat with child seat lower anchor system B230D01NF Some child seat manufacturers make child restraint seats that are labeled as LATCH or LATCH com patible child restraint seats LATCH stands for Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children These seats include two rigid or webbing mount ed attachments that connect to two LATCH anchors at specific seating positions in your vehicle This type of child restraint seat eliminates the need to use seat belts to attach the child seat in the rear seats Lower Anchor Position Indicator s OTF030031N Child restraint symbols are located on the left and right rea
290. or gt 5 eee ee 4 144 Clothes banger seese eer inni 4 145 Eloormatanchor s ina 4 145 e Navigation system 4 146 Audio SYSTEM ee GG i 4 147 s Glass antenna eccu i 4 147 e Steering wheel audio control 4 148 s Aux USB and iPod port 4 149 Features of vour vehicle KEYS Record your key number The key code num ber is stamped on the key code tag attached to the key set Should you lose your keys this number will enable an authorized Kia dealer to duplicate the keys easily Remove the key code tag and store it in a safe place Also record the key code number and keep it in a safe and handy place but not in the vehicle Key operations E Type A OYDDCO2231 OYDECO2231 Type A Used to start the engine lock and unlock the doors E lype B OYDDCO2001 Type B To unfold the key press the release button and the key will unfold auto matically To fold the key fold the key manually while pressing the release button 4 CAUTION Key button operation Do not fold the key without pressing the release button This may damage the key Features of vour vehicle OYDDCO2002 Type C To remove the mechanical key press and hold the release button and remove the mechanical key To reinstall the mechanical key put the key into the hole and push it until a click sound is heard Features of your vehicle SMART KEY IF EQUIPPED
291. orm the following 1 Open the driver side door 2 Turn the parking lights OFF and ON again using the light switch on the steering column Headlight escort function If equipped The headlights and or taillights will remain on for approximately 20 min utes after the ignition key is removed or turned to the ACC or LOCK posi tion However if the drivers door is opened and closed the headlights are turned off after 30 seconds The headlights can be turned off by pressing the lock button on the trans mitter or smart key twice or turning off the light switch from the headlight or Auto light position If the driver gets out of the vehicle through other doors except driver s door the battery saver function does not operate and the headlight escort function does not turn off automatically Therefore It causes the battery to be discharged In this case make sure to turn off the lamp before getting out of the vehicle If the headlights are not working properly have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Don t attempt to inspect or replace the wiring yourself to prevent mal function Features of your vehicle Daytime running light Daytime Running Lights DRL can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day DRL can be helpful in many different driving conditions and it is especially helpful after dawn and before sunset The DRL system turns OFF when 1 The position
292. osition the driver s and front passenger s seat belt usage and impact severity The advanced SRS offers the ability to control the air bag inflation with two levels A first stage level is pro vided for moderate severity impacts A second stage level is provided for more severe impacts The passengers front air bag is designed to help reduce the injury of children sitting close to the instru ment panel in low speed collisions However children are safer if they are restraint in the rear seat According to the impact severity seating position and seat belt usage the SRSCM SRS Control Module controls the air bag inflation Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident Additionally your vehicle is equipped with an occupant detection system in the front passenger s seat The occu pant detection system detects the presence of a passenger in the front passenger s seat and will turn off the front passenger s air bag under cer tain conditions For more detail see Occupant detection system in this section Do not place any objects that may cause magnetic fields near the front seat These may cause a malfunction of the seat track position sensor Safety features of your vehicle Manufacturers are required by gov ernment regulations to provide a contact point concerning modifica tions to the vehicle for persons with disabilities which modifications may affect the
293. oth audio cu ing a download request ensure your Don DEPA PNE SAC Refer to your phones users manual select Connect for additional information regarding phone pairing and connections e Bluetooth related operations are pos sible only within devices that support Handsfree or audio features such as a Bluetoothe Wireless Technology mobile phone or a Bluetooth audio Connecting a Device device e lf a connected Bluetooth Wireless Technology device becomes discon Press the key Select Phone Select Phone List nected due to being out of communi cation range turning the device OFF or a Bluetooth Wireless Technology communication error corresponding Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices are automatically searched and reconnected If the system becomes unstable due to communication errors between the 1 Connected Phone Device that is car Handsfree and the Bluetooth currently connected Wireless Technology device reset the device by turning off and back on again Upon resetting Bluetooth Wireless Technology device the sys tem will be restored Features of your vehicle Changing Priority What is Priority It is possible to pair up to five Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices with the car audio system The Change Priority feature is used to set the connection priority of paired phones Press the key Select Phone Select Phone List From the paired phone list select the ph
294. ould newer epee ann The combined vaghi of occupants and cargo should newer evred us The combined weigh of occupants and cargo should never ipasi Le paida botal des occupants ef du chargement ne doll jamais depasser 0 oy Ib Le poids total des occupante st du changement ne dod arma depasse ig ou ib Le poids lotal des occupante el du changement ne doit jamais dipasser i MANUAL FOR 3 i MANUAL FOR l DIMENSIONS PNEUS FROID ADDITIONAL PTT _PNEUS FROID ADDITIONAL di PREUS AFRO VO UEL REAR VON JEL REAR VOIR LE MANU RIERE asesan mpa na ARRIERE P22 5 40R 18 220kKPa 33pai ARRIERE P215 45R17 230kPa J3psi DE L U R PARE Oke PARE sini l SPARE POUR PLUS DE DE SECOURS T125 B0D15 420kPa 60pai T125 BODIG 420kPa 60pai DE SECOURS E SEATING CAPACITY Ja NOMBRE DE PLACES SEATING CAPACITY Ja NOMBRE DE PLACES aag TO gg be TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION gt TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION gt TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT AA RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT A RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY od 4 wa A SEATING CAPACITY F 4 DE SEATING CAPACITY lt HOMBRE DE PLACES TAL AWANT iy RUMORE DE PLAGES TRA ASANT NL RUMORE DE PLAGES TAL AAMT The combined weight of occupants and cargo should newer capped The combined weight of oocupants and cargo should newer comend aoe Wy OF The combined weight of o
295. ous song next song play pause functions may not be supported in some mobile phones PHONE Making a call using the Steering wheel mount controls 1 MUTE button Mute the micro phone during a call 2 VOLUME button Raises or low ers speaker volume 3 button Activates voice recog nition 4 button Places and transfers calls 5 button Ends calls or cancels functions Check call history and making call Shortly press under 0 8 seconds the key on the steering remote controller The call history list will be dis played on the screen Press the key again to con nect a call to the selected number Redialing the most recently called number Press and hold over 0 8 seconds the key on the steering remote controller The most recently called number is redialed Features of your vehicle Bluetooth Wireless Technology Pairing Key Key on the Steering Remote Controller Pairing a Bluetooth Wireless Technology Device When No Devices have been Paired 1 Press the key or the Zad key on the steering remote controller The following screen is displayed 2 Select OK button to enter the Pair Phone screen What is Bluetooth Wireless Technology Pairing Pairing refers to the process of syn chronizing your Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone or device with the car audio system for connection Pairing is necessary to connect and use the Bluetooth Wireless Te
296. ower window switch 3 Rear door left power window switch 4 Rear door right power window switch 5 Window opening and closing 6 Automatic power window down 7 Power window lock button If equipped Features of your vehicle In cold and wet climates power win dows may not work properly due to freezing conditions Power windows The ignition switch must be in the ON position for power windows to oper ate Each door has a power window switch that controls the door s win dow The driver has a power window lock switch which can block the oper ation of passenger windows The power windows can be operated for approximately 30 seconds after the ignition key is removed or turned to the ACC or LOCK position However if the front doors are opened the power windows cannot be operated even within the 30 second period NOTICE While driving with the rear windows down or with the sunroof if equipped in an open or partially open position your vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffeting or pulsation noise This noise is a nor mal occurrence and can be reduced or eliminated by taking the follow ing actions If the noise occurs with one or both of the rear windows down partially lower both front windows approximately one inch If you experience the noise with the sunroof open slightly reduce the size of the sunroof opening Window opening and closing if equipped OYDDCO2017 The driver
297. ows you step by step procedure to temporarily seal the puncture Read the section Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit Park your car at the side of the road so that you can work with the Tire Mobility Kit away from moving traffic To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you re on fairly level ground always set your park ing brake Only use the Tire Mobility Kit for sealing inflation passenger car tires Only punctured areas located within the tread region of the tire can be sealed using the tire mobil ity kit Do not use on motorcycles bicy cles or any other type of tires When the tire and wheel are dam aged do not use Tire Mobility Kit for your safety Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may not be effective for tire damage larger than approximately 6 mm 0 24 in Please contact the nearest Kia dealership if the tire cannot be made roadworthy with the Tire Mobility Kit Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if a tire is severely damaged by driving run flat or with insufficient air pres sure Do not remove any foreign objects such as nails or screws that have penetrated the tire Provided the car is outdoors leave the engine running Otherwise operating the compressor may eventually drain the car battery Never leave the Tire Mobility Kit unattended while it is being used Do not leave the compressor run ning for more than 10 min at a ti
298. ply con struction the letter D means diago nal or bias ply construction and the letter B means belted bias ply con struction 5 Maximum permissible inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure Refer to the Tire and Loading Information label for recommended inflation pressure 6 Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire j Maintenance eee uz mZ zozozno lt lt z z lt czcezne M mmM ___ ZZDDDDii i i I t t Iiii VJi Vl liVJ j amp 4 A M M M amp w w amp w w W M nnh h X gt W n h Yn nh n n wYWY n n n n 7 Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maxi mum section width For example TREADWEAR 440 TRACTION A TEMPERATURE A Tread wear The tread wear grade is a compara tive rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a
299. r responsibility for passen PKMN3661 The driver must advise the pas senger to keep the seatback in an upright position whenever the vehicle is in motion If a seat is reclined during an accident the restraint system s ability to restrain will be greatly reduced WARNING Seat cushion Occupants should never sit on seat cushions The passenger s hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat belt during an accident or a sudden stop j Safety features of your vehicle WARNING Driver s seat e Never attempt to adjust the seat while the vehicle is mov ing This could result in loss of control of your vehicle Do not allow anything to inter fere with the normal position of the seatback Storing items against a seatback or in any other way interfering with proper locking of a seatback could result in a serious or fatal injury in a sudden stop or collision Sit as far back as possible from the steering wheel while still maintaining comfortable control of your vehicle A dis tance of at least 10 from your chest to the steering wheel is recommended Failure to do so could result in air bag infla tion injuries to the driver WARNING Seat adjustment e Do not adjust the seat while wearing seat belts Moving the s
300. r use only a genuine Kia replacement or its approved equiva lent e Do not hold the lighter in after it is already heated because it will overheat If the lighter does not pop out with in 30 seconds remove it to prevent overheating T CAUTION Cigarette lighter Do not insert accessories into the cigarette lighter socket Doing so can damage toe lighter socket Ashtray if equipped be OYDDC02054 To use the ashtray open the cover To clean or empty the ashtray pull it out Features of your vehicle Cup holder m Front NC Sliding armrest if equipped A T y y y amp tat amp up N I aorr amp A To move forward Grab the front portion of the armrest 1 then pull it forward g To move rearward W OYDDCO2056 Push the armrest rearward with your Cups or small beverage cans may be palm placed in the cup holders Features of your vehicle Sunvisor A CAUTION Vanity mirror eal warmer H SEE lamp Close the vanity mirror cover securely and return the sunvi sor to its original position after use If the vanity mirror is not closed securely the lamp will stay on and could result in bat tery discharge and possible sunvisor damage R Front SAN h OVG049174 Use the sunvisor to shield direct light through the front or side windows To use the sunvisor pull it downward To use the sunvisor for the side win dow pull it downward
301. r other non slip material under the drive wheels to provide traction when Stalled in ice snow or mud Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to free it from snow sand or mud first turn the steering wheel right and left to clear the area around your front wheels Then shift back and forth between 1st First and R Reverse in vehicles equipped with a manual transaxle or R Reverse and any forward gear in vehicles equipped with an automatic transaxle Do not race the engine and spin the wheels as little as pos sible If you are still stuck after a few tries have the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid engine overheat ing and possible damage to the transaxle The ESC system should be turned OFF prior to rocking the vehicle 4 CAUTION Vehicle rocking Prolonged rocking may cause engine overheating transaxle damage or failure and tire dam age __ j Driving your vehicle N CAUTION Spinning tires Do not spin the wheels espe cially at speeds more than 56 km h 35 mph Spinning the wheels at high speeds when the vehicle is stationary could cause a tire to overheat which could result in tire damage Smooth cornering gli dr d E TE n k 1 5 OBH058035L Avoid brakin
302. r s and the passenger s seat belt systems and is not a substitute for them Therefore your seat belts must be worn at all times while the vehicle is in operation For best protection from the side air bag system and to avoid being injured by the deploying side air bag both front seat occupants should sit in an upright position with the seat belt properly fastened The driver s hands should be placed on the steer ing wheel at the 9 00 and 3 00 posi tions The passenger s arms and hands should be placed on their laps Safetv features of vour vehicle If seat or seat cover is damaged have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer Inform that your vehicle is equipped with side air bags and an occupant detection system Curtain air bag OYDDSA2039 OYDDSA2038 The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration Curtain air bags are located along both sides of the roof rails above the front and rear doors They are designed to help protect the heads of the front seat occupants and the rear outboard seat occu pants in certain side impact colli sions The curtain air bags are designed to deploy only during certain side impact collisions depending on the crash severity angle speed and impact The curtain air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact situations collisions from the front or rear of the vehicle or in most rollover situations Do not allo
303. r seat backs to indicate the position of the lower anchors for child restraints Safety features of your vehicle Follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions to properly install child restraint seats with LATCH or LATCH compatible attachments Once you have installed the LATCH child restraint assure that the seat is properly attached to the LATCH and tether anchors Also test the child restraint seat before you place the child in it Tilt the seat from side to side Also try to tug the seat forward Check to see if LATCH anchors have been provided the anchors hold the seat in place in your vehicle The LATCH anchors are located in the left and right out board rear seating positions Their locations are shown in the illustra tion There is no LATCH anchor pro vided for the center rear seating position The LATCH anchors are located between the seatback and the seat cushion of the rear seat left and right outboard seating positions When you install your child s restraint system using the LATCH anchors buckle the shoulder lap belt then lock the retractor and pull the belt to remove the slack in the belt so it lies flat against the vehicle seat Safety features of your vehicle AIR BAG ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM 1 Driver s front air bag 2 Passenger front air bag 3 Side air bag 4 Curtain air bag Even in vehicles with air bags you and your passengers must always wear the sa
304. r speed and drive with caution until you can safely pull off of the side of the road Call for road side service or towing When you use the Tire Mobility Kit the tire pressure sensor valve stem and wheel may be stained by sealant After use wipe off sealant residue and inspect Consult you Kia dealership if necessary Checking the tire inflation pressure 1 After driving approximately 7 10 km 4 6 miles or about 10 min stop at a safe location 2 Connect connection hose 9 of the compressor directly to the tire valve 3 Plug the compressor power cord into the vehicle power outlet 4 Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the recomended tire inflation With the ignition switch on pro ceed as follows To increase the inflation pres sure Switch on the compressor position To check the current inflation pressure setting briefly switch off the compressor NOTICE The pressure gauge may show high er than actual reading when the compressor is running To get an accurate tire reading the compres sor needs to be turned off To reduce the inflation pres sure Press the button 8 on the compressor What to do in an emergency N CAUTION Tire pressure sensor When you use the Tire Mobility Kit including sealant not approved by Kia the tire pres sure sensors may be damaged by sealant The sealant on the tire pressure sensor and wheel should be removed when you replace the tire with a ne
305. rake system ABS 5 25 Electronic stability control ESC 5 27 Hill start assist control HAC 5 31 Parkmg balconata 5 23 OI O os be wee sie wee eee 5 22 Vehicle stability management VSM 5 31 Brake clutch DUI Se sean 7 34 Checking the brake clutch fluid level 7 34 Bull Wallace sik Z A endow oa eee dee wade dead 8 3 C Child restraint System inni 3 27 Lower anchor system 0 0 eee eee 3 32 Tether anchor system iodio 3 31 Using a child restraint system 3 28 Evaporative emission control Climate control air nIGr nananana anaana 7 37 including ORVR Onboard Refueling Vapor Filter inspection 2st ose ea ceedwes cee hiamd das 7 37 Recovery system ebedeneds sho 7 78 Cruise control SSG 0000 risate add owed os 5 35 Exhaust emission control system 7 79 Fiorista 8 2 D Engine compartment nana sana os 2 6 7 3 Engine coolant assisi rinata 7 31 Door he hed irene 4 109 Changing the coolant annann a eena 7 33 Front wiper deicer pira 4 109 Checking the coolant level ss siii 7 31 Rear window deffostet i240 ira anaana 4 109 Fe Me DUNDE iene rana 8 10 Dimensione a sapienti daria ferie 8 2 IMG Ol 3 beads toe sesta 7 29 Door oe once ons nona nen weeds wees es 4 18 Changing the engine oil and filter 7 30 Auto door lock unlock feature 4 20 Ch
306. ration e Do not place heavy or sharp objects on seats equipped with seat warmers Damage to the seat warming components could occur Features of your vehicle Climate control seat if equipped K OYDDCO2060 The climate control seat is provided to cool or warm the seat during hot or cold weather by blowing air through small vent holes on the surface of the seat and seatback While the engine is running push the rear portion of the switch blue color to cool the seat and push the front portion of the switch red color to warm the seat When the operation of the climate control seat is not needed keep the switch in the OFF position The climate control seat defaults to the OFF position whenever the igni tion switch is turned on e Each time you push the button the airflow is changed as follows SITA STI NA I SI ho A CAUTION e The climate control seat is a supplementary cooling heat ing system Use the climate control seat when the climate control system is on Using the climate control seat for pro longed periods of time with the climate control system off could cause the climate con trol seat performance to impair Continued Continued e When cleaning the seats do not use an organic solvent such as paint thinner ben zene alcohol and gasoline Doing so may damage the sur face of the seats Do not spill liquid such as water or beverages on the sur face of the front seats
307. rd the LOCK position The anti theft steering column lock is not a substitute for the parking brake Before leaving the drivers seat always make sure the shift lever is engaged in 1st gear for the manual transaxle or P Park for the auto matic transaxle set the parking brake fully and shut the engine off __ j Driving your vehicle ACC Accessory The steering wheel is unlocked and electrical accessories are operative If difficulty is experienced turning the ignition switch to the ACC position turn the key while turning the steer ing wheel right and left to release the tension ON The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started This is the normal running position after the engine is started Do not leave the ignition switch ON if the engine is not running to prevent battery discharge START Turn the ignition switch to the START position to start the engine The engine will crank until you release the key then it returns to the ON position The brake warning light can be checked in this position Driving your vehicle ENGINE START STOP BUTTON IF EQUIPPED Illuminated ENGINE START STOP button J OYDDDR3005 Whenever the front door is opened the ENGINE START STOP button will illuminate for your convenience
308. received frequency will be broadcast Features of your vehicle SIRIUS Satellite Radio information Satellite Radio channels SIRIUS Satellite Radio has over 130 channels including 69 channels of 100 commercial free music plus sports news talk and entertainment available nationwide in your vehicle For more information and a complete list of SIRIUS Satellite Radio chan nels visit sirius com in the United States sirius canada ca in Canada or call SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 Satellite Radio reception factors To receive the satellite signal your vehicle has been equipped with a satellite radio antenna located on the roof of your vehicle The vehicle roof provides the best location for an unob structed open view of the sky a requirement of a satellite radio system Like AM FM there are several factors that can affect satellite radio reception performance e Antenna obstructions For optimal reception performance keep the antenna clear of snow and ice build up and keep luggage and other material as far away from the anten na as possible Terrain Hills mountains tall build ings bridges tunnels freeway over passes parking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception SIRIUS Satellite Radio service SIRIUS Satellite Radio is a sub scription based satellite radio service that broadcasts music sports news and entertainment programming to radio r
309. rect the air discharged from the outlet Bi Level B C D E F Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor Floor Level A C D E Most of the air flow is directed to the floor with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side window defrosters Floor Defrost Level A C D E Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters Defrost Level A D Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters Features of vour vehicle OYDDCL2005 The MAX A C mode is used to cool the inside of the vehicle faster Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face In this mode the air conditioning and the recirculated air position will be selected automatically Instrument panel vents The outlet vents can be opened or closed separately using the thumb wheel Also you can adjust the direction of air delivered from these vents using the vent control lever as shown Temperature control OYDDCL2007 The temperature control knob allows you to control the temperature of the air flowing from the ventilation sys tem To change the air temperature in the passenger compartment turn the knob to the right for warm air or left for cooler air Features of vour vehicle Air intake control OYDDCL2008 This is used to
310. rection of air delivered from these vents using the vent control lever as shown Temperature control E Driver s side E Passenger s side OYDDCL2017 The temperature control knob allows you to control the temperature of the air flowing from the ventilation sys tem To change the air temperature in the passenger compartment turn the knob to the right for warm air or left for cooler air OYDDCL2018 Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature individually 1 Press the DUAL button to operate the driver and passenger side temperature individually Pressing the right temperature control but ton will automatically switch to the DUAL mode as well 2 Operate the left temperature con trol to adjust the driver side tem perature Operate the right tem perature control to adjust the pas senger side temperature Features of your vehicle When the driver side temperature is set to the highest HIGH or lowest LOW temperature setting the Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature equally Air intake control 1 Press the DUAL button again to deactivate DUAL mode The pas senger side temperature will be set to the same temperature as the driver side temperature 2 Operate the driver side tempera ture control switch The driver and passenger side temperature will be adjusted equally DUAL mode is deactivated for maxi mum heating or cooling OYDDCL2019 The air intake control
311. related fuses are disconnected you Clock must reset the time aa co To change the 12 hour format to ACC or ON position the clock but and M button at the same time for tons operate as follows more than 4 seconds For example if the time is 10 15 e HOUR 1 p m the display will change to Pressing the H button will advance 22 15 the time display by one hour Outside thermometer To change the temperature unit F a e MINUTE 2 to C or C to F press the H and Za ur M button at the same time for 1 to OYDECO2062 Pressing the M button will advance 3 seconds the time display by one minute Features of vour vehicle Clothes hanger if equipped OUN026348 To use the hanger pull down the upper portion of the hanger 4 CAUTION Hanging clothing Do not hang heavy clothes since those may damage the hook Floor mat anchor s ODMECO2034 When using a floor mat on the floor carpet make sure it attaches to the floor mat anchor s in the front and rear floor carpet of your vehicle This keeps the floor mat from sliding for ward The following must be observed when installing ANY floor mat in the vehicle Ensure that the floor mats are securely attached to the vehicle s floor mat anchor s before driving the vehicle Do not use ANY floor mat that can not be firmly attached to the vehi cle s floor mat anchors Do not stack floor mats on top of one another e g
312. ressed when moving the shift lever into reverse OYDDDR2101 j Driving your vehicle Using the clutch The clutch should be depressed all the way to the floor before shifting then released slowly The clutch pedal should always be fully released while driving Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving This can cause unnecessary wear Do not partially engage the clutch to hold the vehicle on an incline This causes unnecessary wear Use the foot brake or parking brake to hold the vehicle on an incline Do not operate the clutch pedal rapidly and repeatedly e During cold weather shifting may be difficult until the transaxle lubri cant is warmed up This is normal and not harmful to the transaxle e If you ve come to a complete stop and it s hard to shift into 1st or R Reverse leave the shift lever at neutral position and release the clutch Depress the clutch pedal and then shift into ist or R Reverse gear position 4 CAUTION Premature wear Do not use the shift lever as a handrest during driving as this D hifti can result in premature wear of ownshitting the transaxle shift forks When you must slow down in heavy traffic or while driving up steep hills downshift before the engine starts to labor Downshifting reduc
313. rized Kia deal er as soon as possible 4 CAUTION One sealant bottle for one tire The Tire Mobility Kit sealing compound in the bottle is to be used for one tire only See your Kia dealership for additional replacement sealant bottles Have your tire repaired as soon as possible The tire may loose air pres sure at any time after inflating with the Tire Mobility Kit Introduction OEL069019 With the Tire Mobility Kit you stay mobile even after experiencing a tire puncture The system of compressor and seal ing compound effectively and com fortably seals most punctures in a passenger car tire caused by nails or similar objects and reinflates the tire After you ensured that the tire is properly sealed you can drive cau tiously on the tire up to 200 km 120 miles at a max speed of 80 km h 50 mph in order to reach a service station or tire dealer to have the tire repaired or replaced What to do in an emergency It is possible that some tires espe cially with larger punctures or dam age to the sidewall cannot be sealed completely Air pressure loss in the tire may adversely affect tire performance For this reason you should avoid abrupt steering or other driving maneuvers especially if the vehicle is heavily loaded or if a trailer is in use The Tire Mobility Kit is not designed or intended as a permanent tire repair method and is to be used for one tire only This instruction sh
314. rized Kia dealer for assis tance Don t coast down hills with the vehicle out of gear This is extreme ly hazardous Keep the vehicle in gear at all times use the brakes to slow down then shift to a lower gear so that engine braking will help you maintain a safe speed Don t ride the brake pedal Resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving can be danger ous because the brakes might overheat and lose their effective ness It also increases the wear of the brake components If a tire goes flat while you are driv ing apply the brakes gently and keep the vehicle pointed straight ahead while you slow down When you are moving slowly enough for it to be safe to do so pull off the road and stop in a safe place If your vehicle is equipped with an automatic transaxle don t let your vehicle creep forward To avoid creeping forward keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped j Driving your vehicle e Be cautious when parking on a hill Firmly engage the parking brake and place the shift lever in P auto matic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle If your vehicle is facing downhill turn the front wheels into the curb to help keep the vehicle from rolling If your vehicle is facing uphill
315. rm up period Don t lug or over rev the engine Lugging is driving too slowly in a very high gear resulting in engine bucking If this happens shift to a lower gear Over revving is racing the engine beyond its safe limit This can be avoided by shifting at the recommended speed Use your air conditioning sparingly The air conditioning system is operated by engine power so your fuel economy is reduced when you use it Open windows at high speeds can reduce fuel economy Fuel economy is reduced by cross winds and headwinds To help off set some of this loss slow down when driving in these conditions Keeping a vehicle in good operating condition is important both for econ omy and safety Therefore have an authorized Kia dealer perform scheduled inspections and mainte nance Driving your vehicle SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving conditions are encountered such as water snow ice mud sand or similar haz ards follow these suggestions e Drive cautiously and allow extra distance for braking e Avoid sudden braking or steering e When braking with non ABS brakes pump the brake pedal with a light up and down motion until the vehicle is stopped Do not pump the brake pedal on a vehicle equipped with ABS If stalled in snow mud or sand use second gear Accelerate slow ly to avoid spinning the drive wheels e Use sand rock salt o
316. roper operation may occur depending on the char acteristics of your iPod Phone device If your iPhone is connected to both the Bluetooth Wireless Technology and USB the sound may not be properly played In your iPhone select the Dock con nector or Bluetooth Wireless Technology to change the sound output source Continued Continued When connecting iPod with the iPod Power Cable insert the connector to the multimedia socket completely If not inserted completely communications between iPod and audio may be interrupted When adjusting the sound effects of the iPod and the audio system the sound effects of both devices will overlap and might reduce or distort the qual ity of the sound Deactivate turn off the equaliz er function of an iPod when adjusting the audio system s vol ume and turn off the equalizer of the audio system when using the equalizer of an iPod When not using iPod with car audio detach the iPod cable from iPod Otherwise iPod may remain in accessory mode and may not work properly Features of your vehicle Bluetooth Wireless Technology Bluetooth Wireless Technology The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license A Bluetooth enabled call phone is required to use Bluetooth wireless technology Before Using the Bluetooth Handsfree What
317. rti cal angle Always pull straight ahead What to do in an emergenc OYF062017 Use a towing strap less than 5 m 16 feet long Attach a white or red cloth about 30 cm 12 inches wide in the middle of the strap for easy visibility e Drive carefully so that the towing strap is not loosened during tow ing Emergency towing precautions e Turn the ignition switch to ACC so the steering wheel isn t locked Place the transaxle shift lever in N Neutral Release the parking brake Press the brake pedal with more force than normal since you will have reduced brake performance More steering effort will be required because the power steer ing system will be disabled If you are driving down a long hill the brakes may overheat and brake performance will be reduced Stop often and let the brakes cool off If the car is being towed with all four wheels on the ground it can be towed only from the front Be sure that the transmission is in neutral Be sure the steering is unlocked by plac ing the ignition switch in the ACC position A driver must be in the towed vehicle to operate the steering and brakes A CAUTION Automatic transaxle e To avoid serious damage to the automatic transmission limit the vehicle speed to 15 km h 10 mph and drive less than 1 5 km 1 mile when tow ing Before towing check for an automatic transmission fluid leak under your vehicle If the automatic transmis
318. ry we recom mend you have it done by an authorized Kia dealer or a com mercial tow truck service If towing service is not available in an emergency your vehicle may be temporarily towed using a cable or chain secured to the emergency tow ing hook under the front or rear of the vehicle Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle A driver must be in the vehicle to steer it and operate the brakes Towing in this manner may be done only on hard surfaced roads for a short distance and at low speeds Also the wheels axles power train steering and brakes must all be in good condition e Do not use the towing hooks to pull a vehicle out of mud sand or other conditions from which the vehicle cannot be driven out under its own power Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than the vehicle doing the towing The drivers of both vehicles should communicate with each other fre quently Attach a towing strap to the towing hook Using a portion of the vehicle other than the tow hooks for towing may damage the body of your vehicle Use only a cable or chain specifi cally intended for use in towing vehicles Securely fasten the cable or chain to the towing hook provid ed Before emergency towing check that the hook is not broken or dam aged Fasten the towing cable or chain securely to the hook Do not jerk the hook Apply it steadily with even force To avoid damaging the hook do not pull from the side or at a ve
319. s Lower anchor system cccccccscccscseses 3 32 Air bag supplemental restraint system 3 34 s Air bag system operation 000ceeeeees 3 35 e Do not install a child restraint on a front passenger s seal 3 36 e Air bag warning light 0000 3 37 e SRS components and functions sss ss s s s s e e lt lt 3 38 Safetv features of vour vehicle SEAT Driver s seat 1 Seat adjustment forward back ward 2 Seatback recliner 3 Seat adjustment height for driver s seat Lumbar support for driver s seat Driver position memory system Headrest Walk in seat for 2 Door 4 N 5 6 7 Nn NS aaae Front passenger s seat 8 Seat adjustment forward back ward 9 Seatback recliner 10 Headrest 11 Walk in seat for 2 Door Rear seat 12 Armrest 13 Headrest 14 Seatback folding lever trunk for 4 Door 14 Seatback folding lever for 5 Door OYD033001 If equipped Safety features of your vehicle WARNING Loose objects Do not place anything in the dri ver s foot well or under the front seats Loose objects in the dri ver s foot area could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals 44 WARNING Uprighting seat Do not press the release lever on a manual seatback without holding and controlling the seatback The seatback will spring upright possibly impact ing you or other passengers WARNING Drive
320. s are locked if the lock button is pressed If all doors and trunk are closed the hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that all doors and trunk are locked Also if the lock button is pressed once more within 4 seconds the hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will Sound once to confirm that the door is locked However if any door remains open the hazard warning lights and or the chime will not operate But if all doors are closed after the lock button is pressed the hazard warning lights will blink once Unlock 2 The driver s door is unlocked if the unlock button is pressed once The hazard warning lights will blink for smart key the chime also sounds twice to indicate that the driver s door is unlocked All doors are unlocked if the unlock button is pressed once more within 4 seconds The hazard warning lights will blink for smart key the chime also sounds twice again to indicate that all doors are unlocked After pressing this button the doors will lock automatically unless you open any door within 30 seconds NOTICE If the keyless entry system is inoper ative due to exposure to water or liq uids it will not be covered by your manufacturer s vehicle warranty j Features of your vehicle Tru
321. s should be replaced immediately if there is any evidence of deterioration or damage Air cleaner filter A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is recommended when the filter is replaced Spark plugs Make sure to install new spark plugs of the correct heat range Cooling system Check cooling system components such as radiator coolant reservoir hoses and connections for leakage and damage Replace any damaged parts Coolant The coolant should be changed at the intervals specified in the mainte nance schedule Manual transaxle fluid if equipped Inspect the manual transaxle fluid according to the maintenance sched ule Maintenance nnn TT Automatic transaxle fluid if equipped Automatic transaxle fluid should not be checked under normal usage conditions But in severe conditions the fluid should be changed at an authorized Kia dealer in accordance to the scheduled maintenance at the begin ning of this chapter NOTICE Automatic transaxle fluid color is basically red As the vehicle is driven the auto matic transaxle fluid will begin to look darker It is normal condition and you should not judge the need to replace the fluid based upon the changed color Brake hoses and lines Visually check for proper installation chafing cracks deterioration and any leakage Replace any deteriorat ed or damaged parts immediately Brake clutch fluid Check brake fluid level in the brake fl
322. s the conditions 1 4 in the following table and activates or deactivates the front passenger air bag based on these conditions Always be sure that you and all vehi cle occupants are seated and restrained properly sitting upright with the seat in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with the person s legs comfortably extended feet on the floor and wearing the safety belt properly for the most effective protection by the air bag and the safety belt e The ODS Occupant Detection System may not function properly if the passenger takes actions which can defeat the detection system These include 1 Failing to sit in an upright position 2 Leaning against the door or cen ter console 3 Sitting towards the sides or the front of the seat 4 Putting legs on the dashboard or resting them on other locations which reduce the passenger weight on the front seat 5 Improperly wearing the safety belt 6 Reclining the seat back j Safety features of vour vehicle Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection system Indicator Warning light Condition detected by the occupant paSSENGER AIR detection system SEE di SRS warning Front passenger y BAG OFF indica eb i light alr Dag tor light
323. se thoroughly with water Also be sure to clean the wheels after driving on salted roads This helps prevent corro sion e Avoid washing the wheels with high speed car wash brushes Do not use any alkaline or acid detergent It may damage and cor rode the aluminum or chrome wheels coated with a clear protec tive finish it has Maintenance S Corrosion protection Protecting your vehicle from corro sion By using the most advanced design and construction practices to combat corrosion we produce vehicles of the highest quality However this is only part of the job To achieve the long term corrosion resistance your vehicle can deliver the owner s cooperation and assistance is also required Common causes of corrosion The most common causes of corro sion on your vehicle are Road salt dirt and moisture that Is allowed to accumulate underneath the vehicle e Removal of paint or protective coatings by stones gravel abra sion or minor scrapes and dents which leave unprotected metal exposed to corrosion High corrosion areas If you live in an area where your vehi cle is regularly exposed to corrosive materials corrosion protection is particularly important Some of the common causes of accelerated cor rosion are road salts dust control chemicals ocean air and industrial pollution Moisture breeds corrosion Moisture creates the conditions in which corrosion is most likely to occur For
324. seated in the front passenger seat if tte PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator is on turn the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion and ask the passenger to sit properly sitting upright with the seat back in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor Restart the engine and have the person remain in that position This will allow the system to detect the person and to enable the passenger air bag If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator is still on ask the passen ger to move to the rear seat x NOTICE The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator illuminates for about 4 sec onds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or after the engine is started If the front passenger seat is occupied the occu pant detection sensor will then clas sify the front passenger after several more seconds Safety features of your vehicle Any child age 12 and under should ride in the rear seat Children too large for child restraints should use the available lap shoulder belts No matter what type of crash children of all ages are safer when restrained in the rear seat x NOTICE Do not modify or replace the front passenger seat Don t place anything on or attach anything such as a blan ket front seat covers or after market seat heater to the front passenger seat This can adversely affect the occupant detection system
325. seconds all doors will unlock Horn Feedback if equipped e Off The Horn feedback operation will be deactivated e On After locking the door by pressing the lock button on the transmitter if you press the lock button again within 4 seconds the warning sound will operate once to indicate that all doors are locked Lamp Head Lamp Delay if equipped If this item is checked the headlamp delay and headlamp welcome func tion will be activated Welcome Light if equipped If this item is checked the welcome light function of the puddle lamp will be activated One Touch Turn Lamp if equipped If this item is checked the lane change signals will blink 3 5 or 7 times when the turn signal lever is moved slightly Settings Welcome Sound If this item is checked the welcome sound function will be activated Shift Indicator if equipped If this item is checked the shift indi cator function will be activated For more details refer to Instrument Cluster in this chapter Seat Easy Access if equipped If this item is checked the driver lt seat will automatically move forward or rearward for the driver to enter or exit the vehicle comfortably Features of your vehicle AVG Fuel Eco Reset e Auto Reset The average fuel economy will reset automatically when refueling e Manual Reset The average fuel economy will not reset automatically whenever refu eling For more details refer to
326. select outside fresh air position or recirculated air position To change the air intake control posi tion push the control button Recirculated air position a hie vr The indicator light on the button illuminates when the recirculated air posi tion is selected With the recirculated air position selected air from the passenger compartment will be drawn through the heat ing system and heated or cooled according to the function selected Outside fresh air position The indicator light on the ACI button will not illuminate x when the outside fresh air position is selected With the outside fresh air position selected air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the function selected Prolonged operation of the heater in the recirculated air position without air conditioning selected may cause fog ging of the windshield and side win dows and the air within the passenger compartment may become stale In addition prolonged operation of the air conditioning with the recircu lated air position selected will result in excessively dry air in the passen ger compartment Features of vour vehicle Fan speed control To turn off the blowers OYDDCL2009 OYDDCL2032 The ignition switch must be inthe ON To turn off the blowers turn the fan position for fan operation speed control knob to the 0 posi The fan speed control knob allows ton you to control the fan
327. set 1 6 AM Preset 1 6 FM 87 5 107 9 AM 530 1710 SIRIUS Satellite Function e When listening to the radio displays the next radio screen FM1FM2 AM SAT1 SAT2 SAT3 FM1 e When listening to a different mode displays the most recently played radio screen e When currently listening to the FM radio maintains the current state e When listening to a different mode displays the most recently played FM screen Displays the FM1 screen Displays the FM2 screen Displays the AM screen Plays the most recently played broadcast saved in FM Preset 1 6 Plays the broadcast saved in AM Preset 1 6 Plays the FM broadcast of the corresponding frequency Plays the AM broadcast of the corresponding frequency e When currently listening to the SIRIUS maintains the current state e When listening to a different mode displays the most recently played SIRIUS screen Features of your vehicle Command Function Command Function SIRIUS Satellite Displays the selected SIRIUS screen My Music Plays the music saved in My Music 1 3 AUX Auxiliary Plays the connected external device SIRIUS Channel Plays the selected SIRIUS channel Bluetooth Audio Plays the music saved in connected Bluetooth 0 223 device Media Moves to the most recently played media Please repeat Repeats the most recent comment screen Cancel Exit Ends voice command CD Plays the music saved in the CD USB Plays
328. side the vehicle Since excessive water droplets may cause damage to electrical equipment air condi tioning should only be used with the windows closed Air conditioning system operation tips If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape To help reduce moisture inside of the windows on rainy or humid days decrease the humidity inside the vehicle by operating the air conditioning system During air conditioning system operation you may occasionally notice a slight change in engine speed as the air conditioning com pressor cycles This is a normal system operation characteristic Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system per formance When using the air conditioning system you may notice clear water dripping or even puddling on the ground under the passenger side of the vehicle This is a normal sys tem operation characteristic Operating the air conditioning sys tem in the recirculated air position provides maximum cooling how ever continual operation in this mode may cause the air inside the vehicle to become stale During cooling operation you may occasionally notice a misty air flow because of rapid cooling and humid air intake This is a normal system operation characteristic If you operate air conditioner excessively the difference between th
329. sion fluid is leaking a flatbed equipment or towing dolly must be used Maintenance Engine compartment 0 0 7 3 Maintenance SErVICEsS etero 7 4 e Owner s responsibility 0 000000 7 4 e Owner maintenance precautions 7 5 Owner maintemance cccccccccccccces 7 6 e Owner maintenance schedule 00 7 6 Scheduled maintenance service 7 8 e Normal maintenance schedule 7 10 e Maintenance under severe usage conditions 7 23 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 7 25 Engine Oller e 7 29 e Checking the engine oil level 06 7 29 e Changing the engine oil and filter 7 30 Kneme coolant 2 2 2 222 3 a 7 31 e Checking the coolant level 4 4 7 31 s Changing the coolant s ee Se 6 tere os cys ote ca 7 33 Brake clutch fuid eeter soe ee ae ee es 7 34 e Checking the brake clutch fluid level 7 34 Washer fuid o oer cae Ra 7 35 e Checking the washer fluid level 7 35 Barlomeibrakle 7 35 e Checking the parking brake 4 7 35 Air cleanen ooe a e E k 7 36 Filter replacement 0 00 7 36 Climate control air filter 7 37 Filler inspeccion 52 ee ste fete aro ee ane 7 37 Waper blades 4 2222 s 0cekecc ev ees cesses 7 38 Blade mspectiori 3 stv sens es oes oe eee 7 38 e Bl
330. sired position to operate the rear wiper and washer ON Normal wiper operation INT Intermittent wipe OFF Wiper is not in operation OYD044500 Push the lever away from you to spray rear washer fluid and to run the rear wipers 1 3 cycles The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever Features of your vehicle INTERIOR LIGHT Do not use the interior lights for extended periods when the engine is not running lt may cause battery discharge Automatic turn off function if equipped The interior lights automatically turn off approximately 20 minutes after the ignition switch is turned off If your vehicle is equipped with the theft alarm system the interior lights automatically turn off approximately 3 seconds after the system is in armed stage Map lamp if equipped OYDDC02044 Push the lens 1 to turn the map lamp on or off This light produces a spot beam for convenient use as a map lamp at night or as a personal lamp for the driver and front passenger Features of your vehicle e DOOR 2 In the DOOR position the map lamp and the room lamp come on when any door is opened regard less of the ignition switch position When doors are unlocked by the transmitter or smart key the map lamp and the room lamp come on for approximately 30 seconds as long as any door is not open The map lamp and the room lamp go out gradually after approximate ly 30
331. speed of the air flowing from the ventilation system To change the fan speed turn the knob to the right for higher speed or left for lower speed Setting the fan speed control knob to the 0 position turns off the fan j Features of vour vehicle Air conditioning if equipped OYDDCL2010 Press the A C button to turn the air conditioning system on indicator light will illuminate Press the button again to turn the air conditioning system off System operation Ventilation 1 Set the mode to the 2 position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed Heating 1 Set the mode to the ed position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 5 If dehumidified heating is desired turn the air conditioning system if equipped on e If the windshield fogs up set the mode to the 7 position Operation Tips e To prevent dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the vehicle through the ventilation system temporarily set the air intake con trol to the recir
332. stem in the rear seat If a larger child over age 12 must be seated in the front seat the child should be securely restrained by the available lap shoul der belt and the seat should be placed in the rearmost position Children age 12 and under should be restrained securely in the rear seat NEVER place a child age 12 and under in the front seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in the front seat of a vehicle If the shoulder belt portion slightly touches the child s neck or face try placing the child closer to the center of the vehicle If the shoulder belt still touches their face or neck they need to be returned to a child restraint system Restraint of pregnant women Pregnant women should wear lap shoulder belt assemblies when ever possible according to specific recommendations by their doctors The lap portion of the belt should be worn AS SNUGLY AND LOW AS POSSIBLE on the hips not across the abdomen __ lt Safety features of your vehicle Injured person A seat belt should be used when an injured person is being transported When this is necessary you should consult a physician for recommenda tions One person per belt Two people including children should never attempt to use a single seat belt This could increase the severity of injuries in case of an acci dent Do not lie down To reduce the chance of
333. strained to minimize the risk of injury in an accident sudden stop or sudden maneuver According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seats than in the front seat Larger children not in a child restraint should use one of the seat belts pro vided You should be aware of the spe cific requirements in your country Child and or infant safety seats must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat You must use a commercial ly available child restraint system that meets the requirements of the safety standards of your country Child restraint systems are designed to be secured in vehicle seats by seat belt or by a tether anchor and or LATCH anchors if equipped Children could be injured or killed in a crash if their restraints are not proper ly secured For small children and babies a child seat or infant seat must be used Before buying a particular child restraint system make sure it fits your car seat and seat belts and fits your child Follow all the instructions provided by the manufacturer when installing the child restraint system 44 WARNING Restraint location Never install a child or infant seat on the front passenger s seat A child riding in the front pas senger seat can be forcefully struck by an inflating air bag WARNING Hot child restraint A child restraint system can become very hot if it is left in a closed vehicle on a sunny day Be sure
334. sunroof while the engine is running 2 Push and release the control lever forward in the direction of close repeatedly until the sunroof does not move Sunroof will stop at the close position or the tilt position depends on the sunroof condition 3 Release the control lever when sunroof does not move 4 Push the control lever forward in the direction of close about 10 seconds When the sunroof is in the close position Glass will tilt up then will move up and down slightly When the sunroof is in the tilt position Glass will move up and down slightly 5 Within 3 seconds push the sun roof control lever forward in the direction of close until the sunroof operates as follows Tilt down Slide Open gt Slide Close NOTICE Do not release the lever until the operation is completed If you release the lever during oper ation try again from step 2 6 Release the sunroof control lever after all operation has completed The sunroof system has been reset For more detailed information contact an authorized Kia dealer x NOTICE If the sunroof is not reset when the vehicle battery is disconnected or discharged or related fuse is blown the sunroof may operate improperly Features of your vehicle STEERING WHEEL Electric power steering EPS Power steering uses the motor to assist you in steering the vehicle If the engine is off or if the power steer ing system becomes inoperative the
335. sure to clean the underside thoroughly when winter is over When cleaning underneath the vehicle give particular attention to the components under the fenders and other areas that are hidden from view Do a thorough job just dampening the accumulated mud rather than washing it away will accelerate corrosion rather than prevent it Water under high pres sure and steam are particularly effective in removing accumulated mud and corrosive materials e When cleaning lower door panels rocker panels and frame mem bers be sure that drain holes are kept open so that moisture can escape and not be trapped inside to accelerate corrosion Keep your garage dry Don t park your vehicle in a damp poorly ventilated garage This cre ates a favorable environment for cor rosion This is particularly true if you wash your vehicle in the garage or drive it into the garage when it is still wet or covered with snow ice or mud Even a heated garage can con tribute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated so moisture is dispersed Keep paint and trim in good condi tion Scratches or chips in the finish should be covered with touch up paint as soon as possible to reduce the possibility of corrosion If bare metal is showing through the atten tion of a qualified body and paint shop is recommended Bird droppings Bird droppings are highly corrosive and may damage painted surfaces in just a few hours Always remove bird droppings
336. t iii 4 135 Center console Strive era 4 135 ei plicnicht rassssotara deserta 7 48 Cool DOZ ssar rsss Anania 4 136 Treron orarie iaia 7 46 Glove DOK a cee sue R cat A RR seasons 4 135 Tire sidewall labeling 005 7 49 Sunglass holder ccsa dscadess0dhe ceed Mawes 4 136 Tire tacho 6 560208 294 vana ia beak eee ae 7 49 NUMIOOL 5 sess aaa acta 4 37 Wheel alignment and tire balance 7 47 Resetting the sunroof i206 iii 4 40 Wheel replacement nana 7 49 Sliding the sunroof 0 0 0 4 38 TOWING ossigenata 6 23 Sunroof open warning nesese 4 37 Emergency towing nnua esa 6 24 c TT aer ese en OR RT 4 39 Removable towing hook 6 24 Tilting the sunroof pira fiancata 4 39 TOWING Servi s 9 a K R a K deserts ewes aes 6 23 Trailer TOWER A R coat ares cet deh ew R RRR 0 5 49 T Trip Computer se reese een 4 74 Fuel Economy on 323 425 0060 tee bb ae ewes tas sae 4 75 Theft alarm system spp sese ease haste wn vee ss 4 15 CAVI asia ollare 4 74 Armed Stag ius eni ecawnd nia beata 4 15 Tip A PRE 4 76 DISSE Stagc6 4 16 IIO E sso triti sesame ae 4 22 Thet alarmi st 96 3 pid ae ead deemed oe ue ees 4 16 Closing the Prank R R R R RR R R RR RN a K 4 23 Tire specification and pressure label 8 10 Emergency trunk safety release 4 23 Tires and WHCEISs cassia onorata 7 44 Opening the trunk lt 0 0 cate eed bees de tee ees 4 22 All
337. t illuminates e Once you set the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop Button to the ON position It remains on until the engine is started e When there is a malfunction with either the alternator or electrical charging system Features of your vehicle If there is a malfunction with either the alternator or electrical charging system 1 Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle 2 Turn the engine off and check the alternator drive belt for looseness or breakage If the belt is adjusted properly there may be a problem in the electrical charging system In this case have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light if equipped E Bea ag This warning light illuminates e When the engine coolant tempera ture is above 120 C 248 F This means that the engine is overheat ed and may be damaged If your vehicle is overheated refer to Overheating in chapter 6 T CAUTION Engine Overheating Do not drive the vehicle when the Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light is illuminated or the engine is overheated Continuing to drive the vehicle while it is overheated may dam age the engine Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light ar This warning light illuminates e Once you set the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop Button to the ON position It remains on until the engine is started e
338. t operate the engine with in the tachometer s RED ZONE This may cause severe engine damage Engine coolant gauge temperature OYDDDI2007 OYDDDI2008 This gauge shows the temperature of the engine coolant when the igni tion switch is ON Do not continue driving with an over heated engine If your vehicle over heats refer to If the engine over heats in chapter 6 If the gauge pointer moves beyond the normal range area toward the H position it indicates overheating that may damage the engine Features of vour vehicle Fuel gauge OYDDDI2009 OYDDDI2010 The fuel gauge indicates the approx imate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank The fuel tank capacity is given in chapter 8 The fuel gauge is supplemented by a low fuel warning light which will illuminate when the fuel tank is nearly empty On inclines or curves the fuel gauge pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel warning light may come on earlier than usual due to the movement of fuel in the tank 4 CAUTION Low fuel Avoid driving with extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the catalytic converter Odometer E Type A E Type B ODO 123456 km OYDDDI2902 OYDDDI2904 R Type C ooo 12345 km OYDDDI2906 The odometer indicates the total dis tance the vehicle has been driven You will also find the odometer useful to determine when periodic mainte
339. t side Prompt Feedback This feature is used to change voice command feedback between Normal and Expert modes Select Prompt Feedback Set through TUNE knob s On This mode is for beginner users and provides detailed instructions during voice command operation e Off This mode is for expert users and omits some information during voice command operation When using Expert mode guidance instructions can be heard through the Help or Menu commands Language This menu is used to set the display and voice recognition language Select Language Set through TUNE knob The system will reboot after the language is changed Language support by region English Francais Espanol Features of your vehicle RADIO FM AM OR SIRIUS Changing RADIO mode FM AM or SIRIUS Press the key to change the mode in order of FM1FM2 AM SAT1 SAT2 gt SAT3 e When the power is off press the key to turn on the audio system and receive radio broad casts e Mode Pop up On state Displays the change radio mode pop up screen While the pop up screen is displayed you can change the radio mode FM1 FM2 AM SAT1 SAT2 SA T3 through the tune knob or E keys Adjust Volume Turn the VOL knob left right to adjust the volume SEEK Press the key Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Automatically searches for the next station Pressing and holding the key
340. t the same time This happens because of the low battery voltage It does not mean your ABS has mal functioned Do not pump your brakes s Have the battery recharged before driving the vehicle Electronic stability control ESC OYDDDR2107 The Electronic Stability control ESC system is designed to stabi lize the vehicle during cornering maneuvers ESC checks where you are steering and where the vehicle is actually going ESC applies the brakes on individual wheels and intervenes with the engine manage ment system to stabilize the vehicle Electronic stability control ESC will not prevent accidents Excessive speed in turns abrupt maneuvers and hydroplaning on wet surfaces can still result in serious accidents Only a safe and attentive driver can prevent accidents by avoiding maneuvers that cause the vehicle to lose traction Even with ESC installed always follow all the normal precautions for driving including driving at safe speeds for the condi tions The Electronic Stability Control ESC system is an electronic sys tem designed to help the driver main tain vehicle control under adverse conditions It is not a substitute for safe driving practices Factors includ ing speed road conditions and driv er steering input can all affect whether ESC will be effective in pre venting a loss of control It is still your responsibility to drive and corner at reasonable speeds and to leave a sufficient mar
341. t will illuminate Press the button again to turn the air conditioning system off OYDDCL2022 Press the OFF button to turn off the air climate control system However you can still operate the mode and air intake buttons as long as the igni tion switch is in the ON position j Features of your vehicle System operation Ventilation 1 Set the mode to the position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed Heating 1 Set the mode to the ed position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 5 If dehumidified heating is desired turn the air conditioning system if equipped on e If the windshield fogs up set the mode to the or 7 position Operation Tips e To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the vehicle through the ventilation system temporarily set the air intake control to the recirculated air position Be sure to return the control to the fresh air position when the irritation has passed to keep fresh air in the vehicle This will help
342. ter installing a new filter run the engine for several minutes and check for leaks at the connections Fuel filters should be installed by an authorized Kia dealer Fuel lines fuel hoses and con nections Check the fuel lines fuel hoses and connections for leakage and dam age Have an authorized Kia dealer replace any damaged or leaking parts immediately Vapor hose and fuel filler cap The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should be inspected at those inter vals specified in the maintenance schedule Make sure that a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is cor rectly replaced j Maintenance L Vacuum crankcase ventilation hoses Inspect the surface of hoses for evi dence of heat and or mechanical damage Hard and brittle rubber cracking tears cuts abrasions and excessive swelling indicate deterio ration Particular attention should be paid to examine those hose surfaces nearest to high heat sources such as the exhaust manifold Inspect the hose routing to assure that the hoses do not come in con tact with any heat source sharp edges or moving component which might cause heat damage or mechanical wear Inspect all hose connections such as clamps and couplings to make sure they are secure and that no leaks are pres ent Hose
343. ter is available when the shift lever is in the D position or the sport mode Driving your vehicle With the shift lever in the D position The paddle shifter can operate when the vehicle speed is more than 6 2 mph Pull the or paddle shifter once to shift up or down one gear and the system changes from automatic mode to manual mode If the vehicle speed is lower than 6 2 mph if you depress the accelerator pedal for more than 7 seconds or if you shift the shift lever from D to sports mode and shift it from sports mode to D again the system change from manual mode to automatic mode With the shift lever in the sports mode Pull the or paddle shifter once to shift up or down one gear If you pull the and paddle shifters at the same time you can t shift the gear Shift lock system if equipped For your safety the automatic transaxle has a shift lock system which prevents shifting the transaxle out of P Park unless the brake pedal is depressed To shift the transaxle from P Park into R Reverse 1 Depress and hold the brake pedal 2 Start the engine or turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Move the shift lever If the brake pedal is repeatedly depressed and released with the shift lever in the P Park position a chattering noise near the shift lever may be heard This is a normal con dition OYDDDR4104 Shift lock override with smart key system If
344. th the sensor performance Sensor may not recognize objects less than 30 cm 11 81 in from the sensor or it may sense an incor rect distance Use with caution When the sensor is frozen or stained with snow or water the sensor may be inoperative until the stains are removed using a soft cloth Do not push scratch or strike the sensor with any hard objects that could damage the surface of the sensor Sensor damage could occur NOTICE This system can only sense objects within the range and location of the sensors it can not detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed Also small or slim objects or objects located between sensors may not be detected Always visually check in front and behind the vehicle when driving Be sure to inform any drivers in the vehicle that may be unfamiliar with the system regarding the system s capabilities and limitations Features of your vehicle Self diagnosis When you shift the gear to the R Reverse position and if one or more of the below occurs you may have a malfunction in the rear parking assist system e You don t hear an audible warning sound or if the buzzer sounds inter mittently NY W Y 9 D e amp is displayed if equipped blinks have your vehicle checked byan authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible F eatures of vour vehicle REARVIEW CAMERA IF EQUIPPED The rear view camera will acti
345. that folder is not displayed NOTICE il iO z Playin an Incompatible gt RSS gt Rd gt Folder AeA Sora hes Co rotected Audio CD Folder ABB gt folder BA Folder BB Folder B Some copy protected CDs which do not comply with international audio Ens CD standards Red Book may not play on your car audio Please note Folder BB that inabilities to properly play a copy protected CD may indicate that the CD is defective not the CD player Features of your vehicle 4 CAUTION Please refrain from use if the screen is blank or no soud can be hear as these signs may indi cate product malfunction Features of your vehicle Adjust the volume to levels that allow the driver to hear sounds from outside of the vehicle Driving in a state where external sounds cannot be heard may lead to acci dents Pay attention to the volume setting when turning the device on A sud den output of extreme volume upon turning the device on could lead to hearing impairment Adjust the volume to a suitable levels before turning off the device CAUTION e Do not subject the device to severe shock or impact Direct pressure onto the front side of the monitor may cause dam age to the LCD or touch screen When cleaning the device make sure to turn off the device and use a dry and smooth cloth Never use tough materials chemical clo
346. the Engine Start Stop Button system lt means that you could start the engine by pressing the Engine Start Stop Button once more e If the warning illuminates each time you press the Engine Start Stop Button have your vehi cle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Press start button with smart key for smart key system E Type B E Type C Press start button with smart key Press start button with smart key fo w OYDEDI2027 OYDEDI2047 e This warning message illuminates if you press the Engine Start Stop Button while the warning message Key not detected is illuminating e At this time the immobilizer indica tor light blinks Check fuse BRAKE SWITCH for smart key system and auto matic transaxle E Type B E Type C Check fuse BRAKE SWITCH Check fuse BRAKE SWITCH dh OYDEDI2067 OYDEDI2048 e This warning message illuminates if the brake switch fuse is discon nected lt means that you should replace the fuse with a new one If that is not possible you can start the engine by pressing the Engine Start Stop Button for 10 seconds in the ACC position Features of vour vehicle Shift to P or N to start engine for smart key system and auto matic transaxle E Type B E Type C Shift ta P or WW l to start engine Shift to P or N to start engine pi LaF on LU PRIN OYDEDI2064 OYDEDI2049 e This warning message illuminates if you
347. the hood after turning off the engine on a flat surface shifting the shift lever to the P Park position for automatic transaxle and to the 1st First gear or R Reverse for manual transaxle and setting the parking brake 2 Go to the front of the vehicle raise the hood slightly push the second ary latch 1 left side and lift the Nood 2 3 Raise the hood It will raise com pletely by itself after it has been raised about halfway Closing the hood 1 Before closing the hood check the following All filler caps in the engine com partment must be correctly installed e Gloves rags or any other com bustible material must be removed from the engine com partment 2 Return the support rod to its clip to prevent it from rattling 3 Lower the hood until it is about 30 cm 1 ft above the closed posi tion and let it drop Make sure that it locks into place Features of your vehicle The support rod must be inserted completely into the hole whenever you inspect the engine compartment This will prevent the hood from falling and possibly injuring you _ _ j Features of vour vehicle FUEL FILLER LID Opening the fuel filler lid x d he SS l oe OY D S C O 2023 The fuel filler lid must be opened from inside the
348. the passenger side gt 4 CAUTION Washer pump A l To prevent possible damage to 4 the washer pump do not oper Ul ate the washer when the fluid reservoir is empty OYF049101 In the OFF position pull the lever gently toward you to spray washer fluid on the windshield and to run the wipers 1 3 cycles Use this function when the wind shield is dirty The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever If the washer does not work check the washer fluid level If the fluid level is not sufficient you add appropriate non abrasive wind shield washer fluid to the washer reservoir Features of your vehicle 4 CAUTION Wipers amp windshields e To prevent possible damage to the wipers or windshield do not operate the wipers when the windshield is dry e Io prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use gaso line kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them e To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other compo nents do not attempt to move the wipers manually __ j Rear window wiper and wash er switch 5 door if equipped _ OAM049103N The rear window wiper and washer switch is located at the end of the wiper and washer switch lever Turn the switch to de
349. the rear of the vehicle when opening the tailgate A CAUTION Make certain that you close the tailgate before driving your vehi cle Possible damage may occur to the tailgate lift cylinders and attached hardware if the tailgate is not closed prior to driving Closing the tailgate OYDDCO3233 To close the tailgate lower and push down the tailgate firmly Make sure that the tailgate is securely latched Make sure your hands feet and other parts of your body are safely out of the way before closing the tail gate Features of your vehicle Emergency tailgate safety release A CAUTION Make sure nothing is near the tailgate latch and striker while closing the tailgate It may dam age the tailgate s latch J pi 5 i N me OYDDCO3234 Your vehicle is equipped with the emergency tailgate safety release lever located on the bottom of the tailgate When someone is inadver tently locked in the luggage compart ment The tailgate can be opened by doing as follows 1 Input the machanical key into the hole 2 Push the machanical key to the right 3 Push up the tailgate j Features of your vehicle Features of your vehicle WINDOWS 1 Driver s door power window switch 2 Front passengers door p
350. the seat cushion Pull the rear portion of the control switch up to raise or down to lower the rear part of the seat cushion Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position Safety features of your vehicle Lumbar support for driver s seat if equipped R R z OYDDSA2008 The lumbar support can be adjusted by pressing the lumbar support switch on the side of the driver s seat Press the front portion of the switch to increase support or the rear portion of the switch to decrease support Driver position memory system if equipped for power seat 7 B Wovppsa2014 A driver position memory system is provided to store and recall the driver seat position with a simple button operation By saving the desired posi tion into the system memory different drivers can reposition the driver seat based upon their driving preference If the battery is disconnected the desired seat position memory will need to be re saved Storing positions into memory using the buttons on the door Storing driver s seat positions 1 Shift the shift lever into P while the ignition switch is ON 2 Adjust the driver seat to position comfortable for the driver 3 Press SET button on the control panel The system will beep once 4 Press one of the memory buttons 1 or 2 within 5 seconds after pressing the SET button The sys tem will beep twice when memory has been successfully stored Safety features
351. the shift lever cannot be moved from the P Park position into the R Reverse position with the brake pedal depressed continue depress ing the brake then do the following 1 Press the shift lock release button 2 Move the shift lever 3 Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer immediately Driving your vehicle Ignition key interlock system If equipped The ignition key cannot be removed unless the shift lever is in the P Park position Good driving practices e Never move the shift lever from P Park or N Neutral to any other position with the accelerator pedal depressed Never move the shift lever into P Park when the vehicle is in motion Slow down before shifting to a lower gear Otherwise the lower gear may not be engaged Always use the parking brake Do not depend on placing the transaxle in P Park to keep the vehicle from moving Optimum vehicle performance and economy is obtained by smoothly depressing and releasing the accelerator pedal Moving up a steep grade froma standing start To move up a steep grade from a standing start depress the brake pedal shift the shift lever to D Drive Select the appropriate gear depending on load weight and steep ness of the grade and release the parking brake Depress the accelera tor gradually while releasing the service brakes __
352. ths or solvents alcohol benzene thinners etc as such materi als may damage the device panel or cause color quality deterioration Do not place beverages close to the audio system Spilling beverages may lead to system malfunction Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume and cosmetic oil from contacting the dashboard because they may cause dam age or discoloration If you want to change the position of device installation please inquire with your place of purchase or service maintenance center Technical expertise is required to install or disassemble the device Turn on the car ignition before using this device Do not operate the audio system for long periods of time with the ignition turned off as such operations may lead to battery discharge In case of product malfunction please contact your place of pur chase or After Service center Placing the audio system within an electromagnetic environment may result in noise interference Features of your vehicle USING THE USB DEVICE To use an external USB device make sure the device is not con nected when starting up the vehicle Connect the device after starting up If you start the engine when the USB device is connected it may damage the USB device USB flashdrives are very sensitive to electric shock If the engine is started up or turned off while the external USB device is connected the external USB device may not work The System may
353. tion check all connec tors at the ignition coil and spark plugs Reconnect any that may be disconnected or loose 3 Check the fuel line in the engine compartment 4 If the engine still does not start call an authorized Kia dealer or seek other qualified assistance What to do in an emergency EMERGENCY STARTING Jumper Cables a Discharged battery Booster battery iy f wi 1VQA4001 Connect cables in numerical order and disconnect in reverse order Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous if done incorrectly Therefore to avoid harm to yourself or damage to your vehicle or battery follow these jump starting procedures If in doubt we strongly recommend that you have a competent technician or towing serv ice jump start your vehicle j T CAUTION 12 volt battery Use only a 12 volt jumper sys tem You can damage a 12 volt starting motor ignition system and other electrical parts beyond repair by use of a 24 volt power supply either two 12 volt batteries in series or a 24 volt motor generator set WARNING Battery Never attempt to check the elec trolyte level of the battery as this may cause the battery to rupture or explode WARNING Frozen batteries Do not attempt to jump start the
354. tion switch is in either the ON or ACC position your car will receive both AM and FM broadcast signals through the anten na in the rear window glass _ lt Features of your vehicle Steering wheel audio controls if equipped OYDDMM2003 The steering wheel may incorporate audio control buttons Do not operate audio remote control buttons simultaneously VOLUME 1 e Press the lever upward to Increase the volume e Press the lever downward to decrease the volume SEEK PRESET V 2 The SEEK PRESET button has dif ferent functions based on the system mode For the following functions the button should be pressed for 0 8 sec onds or more RADIO mode It will function as the AUTO SEEK select button CD USB iPod mode It will function as the FF REW button If the SEEK PRESET button is pressed for less than 0 8 seconds it will work as follows in each mode RADIO mode It will function as the PRESET STA TION buttons CD USB iPod mode It will function as TRACK UP DOWN button Features of your vehicle MODE 3 Press the button to change audio source FM 1 2 AM SAT 1 3 CDUSB AUX iPod FM In addition to mode change Power on off can be made by pressing this button when the ignition swit
355. to lock the doors If trunk or engine hood remains open the hazard warning lights won t operate and theft alarm will not arm Close the trunk or engine hood The hazard warning lights blink once and theft alarm arms j Features of your vehicle The theft alarm system can be acti vated by an authorized Kia dealer If you want this feature consult an authorized Kia dealer Do not arm the system until all passengers have left the vehicle If the system is armed while a pas senger s remains in the vehicle the alarm may be activated when the remaining passengers leaves the vehicle If any door or trunk or engine hood is opened within 30 seconds after the sys tem enters the armed stage the system will be disarmed to pre vent unnecessary alarm Theft alarm stage The alarm will be activated if any of the following occurs while the system is armed e A front or rear door is opened without using the mechanical key or trans mitter or smart key e The trunk is opened without using the mechanical key or transmitter or smart key The engine hood is opened The horn will sound and the hazard warning lights will blink continuously for approximately 27 seconds 2times To turn off the system unlock the doors with the transmitter
356. to check the seat cover buckles and latches before plac ing a child in the restraint system When the child restraint system is not in use store it in the luggage area or fasten it with a seat belt so that it will not be thrown forward in case of a sudden stop or an accident 44 WARNING Holding children Never hold a child in your arms or lap when riding in a vehicle The violent forces created dur ing a crash will tear the child from your arms and throw the child against the cars interior Always use a child restraint system which is appropriate for your child s height and weight 4 WARNING Seat belt use Do not use one seat belt for two occupants at the same time This will eliminate any safety benefit provided by the seat belt to the occupants j Safety features of your vehicle Using a child restraint system Rear facing child restraint system F Ma gt WU N lt a Forward facing child restraint system PT Pa T 2037038 For small children and babies the use of a child seat or infant seat is required This child seat or infant seat should be of appropriate size for the child and should be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions For safety reasons we recommend that the child
357. ttery condition Q Inspect vacuum hose U Inspect air conditioning refrigerant U Inspect brake hoses and lines U Inspect drive belts First 96 000 km 60 000 miles or 72 months after every 24 000 km 15 000 miles or 24 months Q Inspect drive shafts and boots U Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler U Inspect front brake disc pads calipers and rotors U Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint O Inspect suspension mounting bolts O Inspect brake clutch if equipped fluid Q Inspect fuel filter U Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections Q Inspect fuel tank air filter if equipped U Inspect rear brake disc pads parking brake Q Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap fuel tank Continued kt el Maintenance gt y M ue 22111111111 2_Llr1Te m_0m_________t1ur r rr NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE Continued Q Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit Q Replace air cleaner filter Q Replace engine oil and filter 96 000 km 60 000 miles or 96 months U Add fuel additive 12 000 km 7 500 miles or 12 months Q Inspect cooling system hoses and connections Q Inspect brake pedal free play Q Inspect all latch hinges and locks Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace 108 000 km 67 500 miles or 54 months O Rotate tire U Inspect battery condition Q Inspect air cleaner filter
358. u turn the ignition switch to the ON position if the immobilizer indicator h goes off after blink ing 5 times your transponder equipped in the ignition key is out of order You cannot start the engine without the limp home procedure To start the engine you have to input your password by using the ignition switch Your password is only avail able from an authorized Kia dealer ship Contact an authorized dealer for more information The following procedure is how to input your password of 2345 as an example 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position The immobilizer indicator f will blink 5 times and go off indicating the beginning of the limp home procedure 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ACC position 3 To enter the first digit in this example 2 turn the ignition switch to the ON and ACC position twice Perform the same proce dure for the next digits between 3 seconds and 10 seconds for example for 3 turn the ignition ON and ACC 3 times 4 If all of the digits have been input successfully you have to start the engine within 30 seconds If you attempt to start the engine after 30 seconds the engine will not start and you will have to input your password again After performing the limp home pro cedure you have to see an author ized Kia dealer immediately to inspect and repair your ignition key or immobilizer system Features of vour vehicle THEFT ALARM SYS
359. ueling Vapor Recovery system ss s s s lt s s e eR ee cue ee ews 7 78 e Exhaust emission control system 7 79 Maintenance ENGINE COMPARTMENT E 1 8 2 0 Gasoline engine 1 Engine oil filler cap 2 Engine oil dipstick 3 Brake clutch fluid reservoir 4 Air cleaner 5 Fuse box 6 Positive battery terminal 7 Negative battery terminal 8 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 9 Radiator cap 10 Engine coolant reservoir _ OYDNMC2041 OYDNMC2067 n i i i Maintenance E MAINTENANCE SERVICES You should exercise the utmost care to prevent damage to your vehicle and injury to yourself whenever per forming any maintenance or inspec tion procedures Should you have any doubts con cerning the inspection or servicing of your vehicle we strongly recom mend that you have an authorized Kia dealer perform this work An authorized Kia dealer has factory trained technicians and genuine Kia parts to service your vehicle proper ly For expert advice and quality serv ice see an authorized Kia dealer Inadequate incomplete or insuffi cient servicing may result in opera tional problems with your vehicle that could lead to vehicle damage an accident or personal injury Owner s responsibility NOTICE Maintenance Service and Record Retention are the owner s responsi bility You should retain documents that show proper maintenance has been performed on your vehicle in
360. uid reservoir The level should be between MIN and MAX marks on the side of the reservoir Use only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification Parking brake Inspect the parking brake system including the parking brake pedal and cables Brake discs pads calipers and rotors Check the pads for excessive wear discs for run out and wear and calipers for fluid leakage j Maintenance lee EEE z ii A ZU _ m e m m me lt m gt gt Oo l l l lIm lt _ 1 904 0AAAY __ oo o oaOoa aa Exhaust pipe and muffler Visually inspect the exhaust pipes muffler and hangers for cracks dete rioration or damage Start the engine and listen carefully for any exhaust gas leakage Tighten con nections or replace parts as neces sary Suspension mounting bolts Check the suspension connections for looseness or damage Retighten to the specified torque Steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint With the vehicle stopped and engine off check for excessive free play in the steering wheel Check the linkage for bends or dam age Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration cracks or damage Replace a
361. ure they are the same size as your original tires ESC OFF usage When driving e It s a good idea to keep the ESC turned on for daily driving whenev er possible e To turn ESC off while driving press the ESC OFF button while driving on a flat road surface Never press the ESC OFF button while ESC is operating ESC indica tor light blinks If ESC is turned off while ESC is operating the vehicle may slip out of control Driving your vehicle Hill start assist control HAC Hill start Assist Control is a comfort function The main intent is to pre vent the vehicle from rolling back wards while driving uphill on an inclined surface HAC holds the brak ing pressure builtup by driver during stopping procedure for 2 seconds after releasing brake pedal During the pressure hold period the driver has enough time to press the accelerator pedal to drive off The braking pressure is reduced as soon as the system detects the dri ver s intention to drive off e The HAC does not operate when the transaxle shift lever is in the P Park or N Neutral position e The HAC activates even though the ESP is off but it does not acti vate when the ESP has malfunc tioned Vehicle stability management VSM This system provides o further enhancements to vehicle stability and steering responses when a vehi cle is driving on a slippery road or a vehicle detected changes in coeffi cient of friction between r
362. use the engine oil of a viscosity grade 5W 30 API SM ILSAC GF 4 ACEA A5 or above However if the engine oil is not available in your country select the proper engine oil using the engine oil vis cosity chart N Specifications amp Consumer information VEHICLE CERTIFICATION VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN Frame Number OMD080001 The vehicle identification number VIN is the number used in register ing your vehicle and in all legal mat ters pertaining to its ownership etc VIN Label OVQ076002N VIN label The VIN is also on a plate attached to the top of the dashboard The number on the plate can easily be seen through the windshield from outside LABEL OFS080002 The vehicle certification label attatched on the driver s side center pillar gives the vehicle identification number VIN Specifications amp Consumer information TIRE SPECIFICATION AND ENGINE NUMBER PRESSURE LABEL si AA land IS 0MD083003N ML OMD0620012N The engine number is stamped on The tires supplied on your new vehi the engine block as shown in the cle are chosen to provide the best drawing performance for normal driving The tire label located on the driver s side center pillar gives the tire pres sures recommended for your vehicle Index Index PXCUIVG COO SY SO crei SR 5 40 Air bag supplemental restraint system 3 34 Air bag warning label 3 56 Air
363. utton 2 Release the button to lock the anchor into position Try sliding the height adjuster to make sure that it has locked into position Never position the shoulder belt across your neck or face j Safety features of your vehicle B200A01NF You should place the lap belt portion as low as possible and snugly across your hips If the lap belt is located too high on your waist it may increase the chance of injury in the event of a collision The arm closest to the seat belt buckle should be over the belt while the other arm should be under the belt as shown in the illustration Seat belts Front passenger and rear seat 3 point system with combination locking retractor To fasten your seat belt Combination retractor type seat belts are installed in the rear seat posi tions to help accommodate the installation of child restraint systems Although a combination retractor is also installed in the front passenger seat position it is strongly recom mended that children always be seated in the rear seat NEVER place an infant restraint system in the front seat of the vehicle This type of seat belt combines the features of both an emergency lock ing retractor seat belt and an auto matic locking retractor seat belt To fasten your
364. vate with the ignition switch on and the shift lever in the R Reverse position a a Note during initial start up system may not display instantly due to the audio system booting up 2 4 seconds may be required before displaying during initial reverse selection This occurs when starting and immediately shifting to reverse This system is a supplemental sys tem that shows behind the vehicle through the UVO audio or navigation display backing up Always keep the camera lens clean If lens is covered with foreign matter the camera may not operate normally The rearview camera is not a substi tute for proper and safe backing up procedures Always drive safely and use caution when backing up The rearview camera may not display every object behind the vehicle j Features of your vehicle LIGHTING Battery saver function The purpose of this feature is to prevent the battery from being dis charged The system automatically turns off the parking lights when the driver removes the ignition key and opens the driver side door e With this feature the parking lights will turn off automatically if the driv er parks on the side of the road at night If necessary to keep the lights on when the ignition key is removed perf
365. vehicle if the discharged battery is frozen or if the electrolyte level is low as the battery may rupture or explode 44 WARNING Battery Keep all flames or sparks away from the battery The battery produces hydrogen gas which will explode if exposed to flame or sparks 44 WARNING Sulfuric acid risk When jump starting your vehi cle be careful not to get acid on yourself your clothing or on the vehicle Automobile batteries contain sulfuric acid This is poisonous and highly corro sive What to do in an emergency Jump starting procedure 1 Make sure the booster battery is 12 volt and that its negative termi nal is grounded 2 If the booster battery is in another vehicle do not allow the vehicles to touch 3 Turn off all unnecessary electrical loads 4 Connect the jumper cables in the exact sequence shown in the illus tration First connect one end of a jumper cable to the positive termi nal of the discharged battery 1 then connect the other end to the positive terminal on the booster battery 2 Proceed to connect one end of the other jumper cable to the negative terminal of the booster battery 3 then the other end to a solid sta tionary metallic point for example the engine lifting bracket away from the battery 4 Do not con nect it to or near any part that moves when the engine is cranked Do not allow the jumper cables to contact anything except the correct battery
366. vehicle s advanced air bag system However Kia does not endorse nor will it Support any changes to any part or structure of the vehicle that could affect the advanced air bag system including the occupant detection system Advanced air bags are combined with pre tensioner seat belts to help provide enhanced occupant protec tion in frontal crashes Front air bags are not intended to deploy in colli sions in which sufficient protection can be provided by the pre tensioner seat belt alone Front air bags are not intended to deploy in side impact rear impact or rollover crashes In addition front air bags will not deploy in frontal crash es below the deployment threshold Rear impact _ am 1JBA3522 Safetv features of vour vehicle Side air bag Front OYDDSA2027 s mmm Dal i TE U OYDDSA2037 The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration Your vehicle is equipped with a side air bag in each front seat The purpose of the air bag is to pro vide the vehicle s driver and or the front passenger with additional pro tection than that offered by the seat belt alone The side air bags are designed to deploy only during certain side impact collisions depending on the crash severity angle speed and point of impact The side air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact situations The side air bag is supplemental to the drive
367. ver IMS Module Driver Smart Key Outside Handle Passenger Smart Key Outside Handle BCM Tire MEMORY 7 BA Pressure Monitoring Module Auto Light amp Photo Sensor Instrument Cluster Data Link Connector Multipurpose Check Connector Digital Clock A C Control Module Electro Chromic Mirror Driver Power Outside Mirror Passenger Power Outside Mirror MODULE 7 ICM Relay Box Turn Signal Lamp Sound Relay Folding Relay Unfolding Relay PDM 3 With Smart Key Smart Key Control Module W O Smart Key Immobilizer Module MDPS MDPS Unit MODULE 3 Instrument Cluster With Burglar Alarm amp W O Smart Key amp W O IMMO ICM Relay Box Burglar Alarm Relay START 7 5A W O Burglar Alarm or With Smart Key or With IMMO Transaxle Range Switch A T E R Fuse amp Relay Box Start 1 Relay Smart Key Control Module ECM MULTIMEDIA1 15A Audio A V amp Navigation Head Unit DC DC Converter BRAKE SWITCH Stop Lamp Switch Smart Key Control Module PDM 1 Smart Key Control Module POWER OUTLET 2 Power Outlet A BAG IND Instrument Cluster Air Bag IND Crash Pad Switch Tire Pressure Monitoring Module Stop Lamp Switch Digital Clock BCM ISG Off MODULE 4 10A Switch Rear Parking Assist Sensor LH Out In Rear Parking Assist Sensor RH Out In Front Parking Assist Sensor LH RH A BAG SRS Control Module Passenger Weight Classification Sensor Maintenance Engine compartment fuse panel Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected MDPS
368. ves away from the radio station the signal will weaken and sound will begin to fade When this occurs we suggest that you select another stronger station Flutter Static Weak FM signals or large obstructions between the transmitter and your radio can dis turb the signal causing static or fluttering noises to occur Reducing the treble level may lessen this effect until the disturbance clears JBM005 Station Swapping As an FM sig nal weakens another more power ful signal near the same frequency may begin to play This is because your radio is designed to lock onto the clearest signal If this occurs select another station with a stronger signal Multi Path Cancellation Radio signals being received from sever al directions can cause distortion or fluttering This can be caused by a direct and reflected signal from the same station or by signals from two stations with close fre quencies If this occurs select another station until the condition has passed Features of your vehicle Using a cellular phone or a two way radio When a cellular phone is used inside the vehicle noise may be produced from the audio system This does not mean that something is wrong with the audio equipment In such a case try to operate mobile devices as far from the audio equipment as possible When using a communication sys tem such as a cellular phone or a radio set inside the vehicle a sepa rate external antenna
369. w one and inspect the tire pressure sensors at an authorized dealer Technical Data System voltage DC 12 V Working voltage DC 10 15 V Amperage rating max 15 A Suitable for use at temperatures 30 70 C 22 158 F Max working pressure 6 bar 87 psi Size Compressor 168 x 150 x 68 mm 6 6 x 5 9 x 2 7 in Sealant bottle 104 x 85 mm 4 1x9 3 3 in Compressor weight 1 05 kg 2 31 Ibs Sealant volume 300 ml 18 3 cu in Sealant warranty 5 years sealant _ _ j What to do in an emergency IFYOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE IF EQUIPPED Jack and tools OTF060002 The spare tire jack jack handle and wheel lug nut wrench are stored in the luggage compartment Remove the luggage under tray out of the way to reach the equipment 1 Jack handle 2 Jack 3 Wheel lug nut wrench Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergency tire changing only To prevent the jack from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store it properly Follow jacking instructions to reduce the possibility of personal injury Always move the vehicle completely off the road and onto the shoulder before trying to change a tire The jack should be used on firm level ground If you cannot find a firm level place o
370. w the passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors put their arms on the doors stretch their arms out of the window or place objects between the doors and pas sengers when they are seated on seats equipped with side and or cur tain air bags NOTICE Never try to open or repair any com ponents of the side curtain air bag system This should only be done by an authorized Kia dealer Safetv features of vour vehicle Why didn t my air bag go off in Air bag collision sensors a collision Inflation and non inflation conditions of the air bag There are many types of accidents in which the air bag would not be expected to provide additional protection These include rear impacts sec ond or third collisions in multiple Impact accidents as well as low speed impacts OYDDSA2028 OYDDSA2029 OYDDSA2030 OYDDSA2031 1 SRS control module 3 Side impact sensor 2 Front impact sensor Safety features of your vehicle Problems may arise if the sensor Air bag inflation conditions installation angles are changed due to the deformation of the front bumper body or B pillar where side collision sensors are installed Have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer Installing aftermarket bumper guards or replacing a bumper with non gen uine parts may adversely affect your vehicle s collision and air bag deploy ment performance 1JBA3513 Front air bags Front air bags are designed to
371. witch to increase support or the rear por tion of the switch to decrease sup port Front seat adjustment power The front seat can be adjusted by using the control switch located on the outside of the seat cushion Before driving adjust the seat to the proper position so as to easily con trol the steering wheel pedals and switches on the instrument panel A CAUTION The power seat is driven by an electric motor Stop operating once the adjustment is com pleted Excessive operation may damage the electrical equipment When in operation the power seat consumes a large amount of electrical power To prevent unnecessary charging system drain don t adjust the power seat longer than necessary while the engine is not running Do not operate two or more power seat control switches at the same time Doing so may result in power seat motor or electrical component malfunc tion Safetv features of vour vehicle Forward and backward OYDDSA2005 Push the control switch forward or backward to move the seat to the desired position Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position Seatback angle eee Push the control switch forward or backward to move the seatback to the desired angle Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position Seat cushion height for driver s side Pull the front portion of the control switch up to raise or down to lower the front part of
372. witch is turned ON or if it remains illuminated after illuminating for approximately 6 sec onds or if it illuminates while the vehicle is being driven please have an authorized Kia dealer inspect the pre tensioner seat belt or SRS air bag system as soon as possible NOTICE Do not attempt to service or repair the pre tensioner seat belt system in any manner Do not attempt to inspect or replace the pre tensioner seat belts yourself This must be done by an authorized Kia dealer Pre tensioners are designed to oper ate only one time After activation pre tensioner seat belts must be replaced If the pre tensioner must be replaced contact an authorized Kia dealer Seat belt precautions Infant or small child You should be aware of the specific requirements in your country Child and or infant seats must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat For more information about the use of these restraints refer to Child restraint system in this section Safety features of your vehicle Larger children Children who are too large for child restraint systems should always occu py the rear seat and use the available lap shoulder belts The lap portion should be fastened snug on the hips and as low as possible Periodically check belt fit A child s squirming could put the belt out of position Children are given the most safety in the event of an accident when they are restrained by a proper restraint sy
373. with the mobile phone check to see that the mobile phone sup ports Bluetooth features e Even if the phone supports Bluetooth the phone will not be found during device searches if the phone has been set to hidden state or the Bluetooth power is turned off Disable the hidden state or turn on the Bluetooth power prior to searching connect ing with the Head unit Bluetooth phone is automatically connected when the ignition on e If you do not want automatic con nection with your Bluetooth device turn off the Bluetooth feature within your mobile phone e The Handsfree call volume and quality may differ depending on the mobile phone Park the vehicle when connecting the head unit with the mobile phone e Bluetooth connection may become intermittently discon nected in some mobile phones Follow these steps to try again 1 Within the mobile phone turn the Bluetooth function off on and try again 2 Turn the mobile phone power Off On and try again 3 Completely remove the mobile phone battery reboot and then again 4 Reboot the Audio Video Navigation System and try again 5 Delete all paired devices pair and try again e Handsfree call quality and volume may differ depending on the model of your mobile phone Features of your vehicle Voice Recognition e When using the voice recognition feature only commands listed with in the user s manual are supported Be aware that
374. x or chrome preser vative and rub to a high luster During winter weather or in coastal areas cover the bright metal parts with a heavier coating of wax or preservative If necessary coat the parts with non corrosive petroleum jelly or other protective compound Underbody maintenance Corrosive materials used for ice and snow removal and dust control may collect on the underbody If these materials are not removed acceler ated rusting can occur on underbody parts such as the fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have been treated with rust protection Thoroughly flush the vehicle under body and wheel openings with luke warm or cold water once a month after off road driving and at the end of each winter Pay special attention to these areas because it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it The lower edges of doors rocker panels and frame members have drain holes that should not be allowed to clog with dirt trapped water in these areas can cause rust ing Aluminum or chrome wheel main tenance The aluminum or chrome wheels are coated with a clear protective finish Do not use any abrasive cleaner polishing compound solvent or wire brushes on aluminum or chrome wheels They may scratch or damage the finish e Clean the wheel when cooled Use only a mild soap or neutral detergent and rin
375. y tire wear Check the tire pressures at least once a month Be sure that the wheels are aligned correctly Improper align ment can result from hitting curbs or driving too fast over irregular surfaces Poor alignment causes faster tire wear and may also result in other problems as well as greater fuel consumption Keep your vehicle in good condi tion For better fuel economy and reduced maintenance costs main tain your vehicle in accordance with the maintenance schedule in section 7 If you drive your vehicle in severe conditions more frequent maintenance is required see sec tion 7 for details Keep your vehicle clean For maxi mum service your vehicle should be kept clean and free of corrosive materials It is especially important that mud dirt ice etc not be allowed to accumulate on the underside of the vehicle This extra weight can result in increased fuel consumption and also contribute to corrosion Travel lightly Don t carry unneces sary weight in your vehicle Weight reduces fuel economy Don t let the engine idle longer than necessary If you are waiting and not in traffic turn off your engine and restart only when you re ready to go Driving your vehicle Remember your vehicle does not require extended warm up After the engine has started allow the engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds prior to placing the vehicle in gear In very cold weather however give your engine a slightly longer wa
376. y turning the knob left right When the desired song is dis played press the knob to play the song Moves focus in all selection menus and selects menus Features of your vehicle 13 GB Preset Radio Mode Saves frequencies channels or receives saved fre quencies channels CD USB iPod My Music mode Repeat Random In the Radio Media Setup and Menu pop up screen the number menu is selected 14 Changes to FM AM mode Each time the key is pressed the mode is changed in order of FM1 FM2 AM 15 Changes to SIRIUS Satellite Radio mode Each time the key is pressed the mode is changed in order of SAT1 SAT2 SAT3 __ j Features of your vehicle SETUP Mode Pop up Mode Pop up Changes Con C OT 7 l l selection mode Display Settings e During On state press the or key to display the mode Press the key K Select Display change pop up screen through TUNE knob or key gt Select menu through TUNE knob Text Scroll Text Scroll gt Set COn COof Maintains scroll Scrolls only one 1 time Media Display When playing an MP3 file select the desired display info from Folder File or Album Artist Song Features of your vehicle SOUND SETTINGS Press the key
377. you should wash it after each off road trip Pay special attention to the removal of any accumulation of salt dirt mud and other foreign materials Make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are kept clear and clean Insects tar tree sap bird droppings industrial pollution and similar deposits can damage your vehicle s finish if not removed immediately Even prompt washing with plain water may not completely remove all these deposits A mild soap safe for use on painted surfaces may be used After washing rinse the vehicle thor oughly with lukewarm or cold water Do not allow soap to dry on the fin ish After washing the vehicle test the brakes while driving slowly to see if they have been affected by water If braking performance is impaired dry the brakes by applying them lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed __ j Maintenance Waxing l l Wax the vehicle when water will no CAUTION Drying vehicle longer bead on the paint e Wiping dust or dirt off the Always wash and dry the vehicle body with a dry cloth will before waxing Use a good quality scratch the finish liquid or paste wax and follow the Do not use steel wool abra manufacturers instructions Wax all sive cleaners or stron

2015 Forte Owner`s Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents